Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Edr-5000 Eaton Distribution Relay: Instruction Manual For Installing, Operating, and Maintaining The EDR-5000
Edr-5000 Eaton Distribution Relay: Instruction Manual For Installing, Operating, and Maintaining The EDR-5000
Rev. New
EDR-5000
1
Metering,
79 27A
Statistics and
Demand
59A Current and Volt.:
74 50 unbalance
46 50R 51R 50P 51P 67P 67R LOP %THD and THD
TC BF
59N Fund. and RMS
min./max./avg.
phasors and
angles
3
CTS SOTF CLPU
Power:
25
1 Fund. and RMS
55 MVA, Mwatt, Mvar,
47 67X
A/D PF
3 Disturb. recorder
81 * Fault recorder
27M 59M 81R 78V 50X 51X 51V 32 32V
U/O
Event recorder
standard
2 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 3
IM02602007E EDR-5000
4 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Permanent Blocking.....................................................................................................................................278
Temporary Blocking.....................................................................................................................................278
To Activate or Deactivate the Tripping Command of a Protection Module....................................................280
Activate, Deactivate Respectively to Block Temporary Protection Functions...............................................281
Protection (Prot) Module............................................................................................................283
How to Block All Protective and Supervisory Functions................................................................................283
Direct Commands of the Protection Module.................................................................................................290
Global Protection Parameters of the Protection Module...............................................................................290
Protection Module Input States....................................................................................................................290
Protection Module Signals (Output States)..................................................................................................290
Protection Module Values.............................................................................................................................291
Switchgear/Breaker - Manager...................................................................................................292
Breaker Configuration..................................................................................................................................292
Switching the Breaker at the Panel..............................................................................................................318
Protective Elements....................................................................................................................327
Directional Feature – Phase Current............................................................................................................327
50P/67P- DEFT Overcurrent Protection.......................................................................................................330
51P/67P - INV Overcurrent-Protection.........................................................................................................337
Directional Features for Measured (IX) Ground Fault Elements 50X/51X....................................................354
50X/67X DEFT Measured Ground Fault Protection.....................................................................................357
51X/67X INV Measured Ground Fault Protection.........................................................................................364
Directional Features for Calculated (IR) Ground Fault Elements 50R/51R..................................................372
50R/67R DEFT Calculated Ground Fault Protection....................................................................................375
51R/67R INV Calculated Ground Fault Protection.......................................................................................382
ZI - Zone Interlocking...................................................................................................................................389
79 - Automatic Reclosure.............................................................................................................................401
46 - Current Unbalance Protection...............................................................................................................431
LOP – Loss of Potential...............................................................................................................................438
SOTF - Switch Onto Fault Protection...........................................................................................................443
CLPU - Supervision Module Cold Load Pickup............................................................................................449
27M - Undervoltage Protection.....................................................................................................................456
59M - Overvoltage Protection.......................................................................................................................465
27A - Auxiliary Undervoltage Protection.......................................................................................................474
59A - Auxiliary Overvoltage Protection.........................................................................................................479
59N - Neutral Overvoltage...........................................................................................................................484
25 - Sync-check...........................................................................................................................................489
47 - Voltage Unbalance Protection...............................................................................................................519
81O/U, 81R, 78V Frequency Protection.......................................................................................................526
32 - Power Protection...................................................................................................................................549
32V - Reactive Power Protection.................................................................................................................560
55A and 55D - PF Protection.......................................................................................................................571
ExP - External Protection.............................................................................................................................578
Supervision..................................................................................................................................584
50BF – Breaker Failure Supervision............................................................................................................584
CTS – Current Transformer Supervision......................................................................................................601
74TC - Trip Circuit Monitoring......................................................................................................................606
Self Supervision...........................................................................................................................................612
Programmable Logic...................................................................................................................614
General Description.....................................................................................................................................614
Programmable Logic at the Panel................................................................................................................618
Programmable Logic Via PowerPort-E.........................................................................................................618
Commissioning...........................................................................................................................641
Commissioning/Protection Test....................................................................................................................641
Decommissioning – Removing the Plug from the Relay..............................................................................642
Service and Commissioning Support........................................................................................644
Maintenance Mode......................................................................................................................................644
Principle – General Use...............................................................................................................................644
Before Use...................................................................................................................................................645
How to Use the Maintenance Mode.............................................................................................................645
Forcing the Relay Output Contacts..............................................................................................................647
Disarming the Relay Output Contacts..........................................................................................................648
Failure Simulator (Sequencer)*....................................................................................................................649
www.eaton.com 5
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Technical Data.............................................................................................................................666
Climatic Environmental Conditions...............................................................................................................666
Degree of Protection EN 60529...................................................................................................................666
Routine Test.................................................................................................................................................666
Housing........................................................................................................................................................666
Current and Ground Current Measurement.................................................................................................667
Voltage and Residual Voltage Measurement................................................................................................667
Frequency Measurement.............................................................................................................................668
Voltage Supply.............................................................................................................................................668
Power Consumption.....................................................................................................................................668
Display.........................................................................................................................................................668
Front Interface RS232..................................................................................................................................668
Real Time Clock...........................................................................................................................................668
Digital Inputs................................................................................................................................................668
Relay Outputs..............................................................................................................................................669
Supervision Contact (SC).............................................................................................................................669
Time Synchronization IRIG-B00X.................................................................................................................669
Zone Interlocking.........................................................................................................................................670
RS485*........................................................................................................................................................670
Fiber Optic*..................................................................................................................................................670
URTD-Interface*..........................................................................................................................................670
Boot Phase..................................................................................................................................................670
Standards.....................................................................................................................................671
Approvals.....................................................................................................................................................671
Design Standards........................................................................................................................................671
High Voltage Tests (IEC 60255-6)................................................................................................................671
EMC Immunity Tests....................................................................................................................................671
EMC Emission Tests....................................................................................................................................672
Environmental Tests.....................................................................................................................................672
Mechanical Tests.........................................................................................................................................673
Specifications..............................................................................................................................674
Specifications of the Real Time Clock..........................................................................................................674
Specifications of the Measured Value Acquisition........................................................................................674
Protection Elements Accuracy.....................................................................................................................675
Appendix......................................................................................................................................681
Instantaneous Current Curves (Phase)........................................................................................................687
Time Current Curves (PHASE)....................................................................................................................688
Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Calculated).......................................................................700
Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Measured)........................................................................701
Time Current Curves (Ground Current)........................................................................................................702
Assignment List..........................................................................................................................714
6 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
ff29cf4c2846dafcd774575c3a3fc66e
7e00f5bb7cdd4f821e6f72b400fc1985
RMS Handoff: 0
File: C:\p4_data\deliver_EDR-5000_KWelchering\generated\EDR-5000_user_manual_eaton_en.odt
This manual applies to devices (version):
Version 1.0.b
Build: 12288
www.eaton.com 7
IM02602007E EDR-5000
General Description
Eaton’s EDR-5000 distribution protection relay is a multi-functional, microprocessor-based relay for feeder
circuits of all voltage levels. It may be used as the primary protection on feeders, mains, and tie breaker
applications; or as backup protection for transformers, high voltage lines, and differential protection. The relay is
most commonly used on medium voltage switchgear applications.
The EDR-5000 feeder protection relay provides complete current, voltage, and frequency protection and
metering in a single, compact case. The relay has four current inputs rated for either 5 amperes or 1 ampere
and four voltage inputs. Three of the voltage inputs are to be connected to the 3-phase power voltage for
voltage protection and for metering. They can be connected in wye-ground or open delta configuration. The
fourth voltage is for independent single-phase undervoltage/overvoltage protection, or ground protection for an
ungrounded system.
The maintenance mode, password protected soft key can be used for arc flash mitigation to change to an
alternate settings group or set to have instantaneous elements only. The multiple setting groups can also be
changed,via communications or a digital input.
An integral keypad and display is provided for direct User programming and retrieval of data without the need of
a computer. 14 programmable LEDs provide quick indication of relay status.
A front port is provided for direct computer connection. An RS-485 communication port on the back is standard
for local area networking using Modbus-RTU. An optional Ethernet port and protocols are available.
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay includes programmable logic functions. Logic gates and timers may
be defined and arranged for customized applications. Programmable logic control functions make the
EDR-5000 relay ideally suited for main-tie-main and main 1/main 2 transfer schemes. The relay allows for four
preprogrammed setting groups which can be activated through software or contact input.
Flash memory is used for the programming and all settings are stored in nonvolatile memory. The relay allows
for four preprogrammed setting groups which can be activated through software, the display, or a contact input.
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay has mass memory for data storage and a real-time clock with 1 ms
8 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
time resolution. The relay will log 300 sequence of event records, 20 detailed trip logs, minimum/maximum
values, load profiles, breaker wear information, and oscillography data.
The EDR-5000 has programmable binary inputs, two normally opened and eight Form C heavy duty outputs and
one form C signal alarm relay. It can be powered from 19 Vdc to 300 Vdc or 40 Vac to 250 Vac auxiliary power.
Features
Protection Features
Phase overcurrent elements
• Three instantaneous elements with timers ( 50P[1], 50P[2], and 50P[3])
• Three inverse time overcurrent elements (51P[1], 51P[2], and 51P[3])
• 11 standard curves
• Instantaneous or time delay reset
• Voltage Restraint (51P[2] and 51P[3])
• Directional Control (All Elements)
Six Frequency elements that can be assigned to: over frequency, under frequency, rate of change, or
vector surge (81[1], 81[2], 81[3], 81[4], 81[5], 81[6])
Sync-check (25)
www.eaton.com 9
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Metering Features
• Amperes: Positive, negative, and zero sequence
• Ampere demand
• Volts: Positive, negative, and zero sequence
• Phase angles
• Volt-amperes and VA demand
• Watts and kW demand
• kWh (forward, reverse, net)
• Vars and kvar demand
• kvarh (lead, leg and net)
• Power factor
• Frequency
• % THD V and I
• Magnitude THD V and I
• Minimum/maximum recording
• Trending (load profile over time)
Monitoring Features
• Trip coil monitor
• Breaker wear primary and secondary (accumulated interrupted current)
• Oscillography (6000 cycles total)
• Fault data logs (up to 20 events)
• Sequence of events report (up to 300 events)
• Clock (1 ms time stamping)
Control Functions
• Breaker open/close
• Remote open/close
• Programmable I/O
• Programmable Logic
• Programmable LEDs
• Multiple setting groups
• Cold load pickup
• CT supervision
Communication Features
• Local HMI
• Password protected
• Addressable
• IRIG-B
• Local communication port
• Remote communication port:
- RS-232; and
- RS-485
• Protocols:
10 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
- Modbus-RTU;
- Modbus-TCP (Optional); and
- IEC61850 (Optional)
• Configuration software
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay provides complete 3-phase and ground directional overcurrent
protection. There are 8 independent ground overcurrent elements. The ground elements “X” use the
independently measured ground (or neutral) current from a separate current-sensing input. The ground
elements “R” uses a calculated 3Io residual current obtained from the sum of the 3-phase currents. This
calculated current could be used for either the neutral or ground current in a 3-phase, 4-wire system. Each of
the phase and ground overcurrent elements can be selected to operate based on fundamental or RMS current.
Phase direction is a function used to supervise all phase current elements (50, 51). A quadrature voltage is
compared to a corresponding phase current to establish the direction of the fault. This function is selectable to
operate in the forward, reverse or both directions. Ground direction is used to supervise ground current
elements and is accomplished by using ground, negative sequence or residual currents supervised by zero,
negative, or positive sequence voltages or ground current. This function s selectable to operate in forward,
reverse or both directions.
Voltage restraint reduces the overcurrent pickup level (51P[3]). This modification of the pickup overcurrent level
is compared to the corresponding phase input voltage. The EDR-5000 uses the simple linear model below to
determine the effective pickup value.
Sync-check
The sync-check function is provided for double-ended power source applications. The sync-check monitors
voltage magnitude, phase angle and slip frequency between the bus and line. It also incorporates breaker close
time, dead bus dead line, dead bus live line, and live bus live line features
Reverse Power
Reverse power provides control for power flowing through a feeder. There are three elements to be configured:
• Operate in forward;
• Reverse; or
• Under or over power conditions.
Reverse power is typically applied to generator or motor applications while under power is generally applied to
load or generation loss
Reverse Vars
Reverse vars can be used to detect loss of excitation in synchronous machines. There are three elements to be
configured:
• Operate in forward;
• Reverse; or
• Under or over vars conditions.
www.eaton.com 11
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Inverse-Time Characteristics
There are 11 User-selectable inverse-time overcurrent curve characteristics. The User can select from the
ANSI, IEC, or thermal curve families and can select instantaneous or time delay reset characteristics.
Breaker Failure
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay includes a breaker failure (50BF, 62BF) function that can be initiated
from either an internal or external trip signal. This is an independent element that can be used to operate a
lockout relay or trip an upstream breaker. The timer must be longer than the breaker operating time and the
protective function reset times.
Voltage Protection
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay has four voltage-input circuits. There is a 3-phase set designated as
Main Voltage (M) and a single-phase voltage circuit designated as Auxiliary Voltage (A). Both include
undervoltage (27) and overvoltage (59) protection. The 3-phase voltage protection can be set to operate on a
single-phase, 2 out of 3 phases, or all 3-phase logic. The Main VTs also provide phase voltage
unbalance/reversal (47 negative sequence) protection. Each element has an independent threshold set point
and adjustable time delay.
In high impedance grounded systems, ground fault protection is provided by the detection of zero sequence
voltage (3Vo) voltage in the neutral of the transformer by an overvoltage element (59N) connected to the
secondary of the distribution grounding transformer, or in the secondary of a Wye- Broken Delta transformer
used when the neutral is not accessible or in Delta system. In the EDR-5000, the User can measure this zero
sequence voltage through the 4th voltage input; the 59N element has to be desensitized for 3rd harmonic
voltages that can be present in the system under normal operation.
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay can be applied on either an A-B-C or A-C-B phase rotation. A User
setting permits correct operation and indication of the actual system configuration.
Frequency Protection
The EDR-5000 relay provides six frequency elements than can be used to detect under/over frequency, rate of
change, and a vector surge (decoupling of two systems) protection on the Main VT inputs. Each element has an
independent threshold set point and adjustable time delay.
Autoreclosing Logic
The EDR-5000 provides a six shot-recloser scheme. Autoreclosing is normally used by the utilities in their
distribution and transmission lines, but it can be used in commercial and industrial applications with long
overhead lines. Nearly 85% of the faults that occur on overhead lines are transient in nature. Tripping of a
breaker normally clears a transient fault and reclosing of the breaker restores power back to the circuit.
Maintenance Mode
The Maintenance Mode can improve safety by providing a simple and reliable method to reduce fault clearing
time and lower incident energy levels at energized panels. The Maintenance Mode allows the User to switch to
more sensitive settings via a password protected soft key, communication, or via a digital Input while
maintenance work is being performed at an energized panel or device. The more sensitive settings provide
greater security for maintenance personnel and helps reduce the possibility of injury.
12 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Trip Log
The EDR-5000 protection relay will store a maximum of 20 trip records in a FIFO trip log. Each trip record will
be date and time stamped to a 1 ms resolution. The trip log record will include information on the type of fault,
protection elements that operated, fault location, and currents and voltages at the time of the fault.
Waveform Capture
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay provides oscillography-recording capabilities. The relay will record all
measured signals along with the binary signals of pickup, trip, logic, and contact closures. The EDR-5000 relay
can record up to 6000 cycles of data. The number of records is proportional to the size of each record; the
maximum size per record is 600 cycles. The waveform capture is initiated by up to eight different triggers; it can
also be generated manually through the display or via communications.
Load Profiling/Trending
The EDR-5000 relay automatically records selected quantities into non-volatile memory every 5, 10, 15, 30, or
60 minutes, depending on the trending report setting.
Programmable I/O
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay provides heavy-duty, trip rated, two normally open and eight Form C
contacts. Two isolated inputs can be used for monitoring the trip circuit. One Form C contact is dedicated to the
relay failure alarm function and is operated in a normally energized (fail-safe) mode. There are eight User-
configurable discrete inputs that accept a wet contact and can operate through a wide range of power. Each
input and output is User-programmable for maximum application flexibility.
Programmable Logic
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay provides logic gates and timers that the User can customize for
special or unique applications. Each gate can be assigned a logic function of either AND, OR, NAND or NOR.
Each gate can have a maximum of four input signals and each input signal can be required to be a NOT. Input
signals can be external inputs received via the binary inputs or internal values associated with the protection,
alarm or metering set points. Each gate has a unique output assignment and designation that can be used as
the input to another gate. There are 24 independent timers that have adjustable pickup and dropout delay
settings.
www.eaton.com 13
IM02602007E EDR-5000
All functions concerning the type code will be defined. Should there be a description of any functions,
parameters, or inputs/outputs that do not apply to the device in use, please ignore that information.
All details and references are explained to the best of our knowledge and are based on our experience and
observations.
This manual describes the full featured versions of the devices, including all options.
All technical information and data included in this manual reflect their state at the time this document was issued.
Eaton Corporation reserves the right to carry out technical modifications in line with further development without
changing this manual and without previous notice. Therefore no claim can be brought based on the information
and descriptions included in this manual.
Text, graphics, and formulas do not always apply to the actual delivery scope. The drawings and graphics are
not true to scale. Eaton Corporation does not accept any liability for damage and operational failures caused by
operating errors or disregarding the directions of this manual.
No part of this manual is allowed to be reproduced or passed on to others in any form, unless Eaton Corporation
has issued advanced approval in writing.
This User manual is part of the delivery scope when purchasing the device. In case the device is passed on
(sold) to a third party, the manual has to be passed on as well.
Any repair work carried out on the device requires skilled and competent personnel with verifiable knowledge
and experienced with local safety regulations and have the necessary experience with working on electronic
protection devices and power installations.
IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS
The symbol/word combinations detailed below are designed to call the User's attention to issues that could affect
User safety and well being as well as the operating life of the device.
14 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
CAUTION, without the safety alert symbol, is used to address practices not
related to personal injury.
FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS
Read this entire manual and all other publications pertaining to the work to
be performed before installing, operating, or servicing this equipment.
Practice all plant and safety instructions and precautions. Failure to follow
the instructions can cause personal injury and/or property damage.
PROPER USE
Typical applications for this product family/device line are for example:
• Feeder protection;
• Mains protection;
• Machine protection.
This device is not designed for any usage beyond these applications. The
manufacturer cannot be held liable for any resulting damage. The User
alone bears the risk if this device is used for any application for which it
was not designed. As to the appropriate use of the device: the technical
data specified by Eaton Corporation has to be met.
www.eaton.com 15
IM02602007E EDR-5000
OUT-OF-DATE PUBLICATION
This publication may have been revised or updated since this copy was
produced. To verify that you have the latest revision, be sure to check the
Eaton Corporation website:
www.eaton.com
If the User's publication is not found on the web site, please contact Eaton
Customer Support to get the latest copy.
4. Do not remove any printed circuit board (PCB) from the device cabinet
unless absolutely necessary. If you must remove the PCB from the
device cabinet, follow these precautions:
• Do not touch any part of the PCB except the edges.
• When replacing a PCB, keep the new PCB in the plastic, anti-
static protective bag it comes in until you are ready to install
the PCB. Immediately after removing the old PCB from the
device cabinet, place it in the anti-static protective bag.
16 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Eaton Corporation reserves the right to update any portion of this publication at any time. Information provided
by Eaton Corporation is believed to be correct and reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by Eaton
Corporation unless otherwise expressly undertaken.
• 1 – Protective Relay;
• 1 – Mount (Standard or Projection);
• 1 – Quick Start Guide; and
• 2 – CDs
Disk 1 - Contains the User's Manual, Modbus Datapoint List, Wiring Diagram, and Device
Template for Off-line Parameter Setting;
Disk 2 - Contains PowerPort-E and Quality Manager software applications.
Please make sure the product label, wiring diagram, type code, and materials and description pertain to this
device. If you have any doubts, please contact Eaton Corporation's Customer Service Department.
Storage
The devices must not be stored outdoors. If stored, it must be stored in an area with temperature and humidity
control (see the Technical Data section contained in this manual).
Important Information
www.eaton.com 17
18
IM02602007E
Active
Adaptive Parameter
Device Planning:
<Name>
Parameter of a Module-Input with a
SelectionList/DropDown. An (1..n)
signal/output from the list or a pre-
<Name>
defined value can be selected. Direct Command
Signal: 1..n, Assignment List
Prot.I dir fwd
<Name>
Measured Values: IG
"inactive", the output 1 is active and set to "ItemNull", an "active"-signal will be 1..n,
1..n,
Assignment
VeEnableList
IG.nondir Trip at
output 2 is inactive. If the setting value VG=0 given out. No assignment,1..n
"IG.Block at VE=0" is set to "active", Inactive 1
the output 2 is active and the output 1
2
is inactive. Active
Symbols
www.eaton.com
Limit value monitoring with three I/ In
analog input values. Compares 3
analog values with the set limit; output IA
values are three different binary
values as a result of the comparision.
IB
If the analog signal exceeds the limit I/
In, the corresponding output signal
becomes "1". IC
"φ "=Elements with complex functions
AR.t-D
"gray-box".
φ
t-D 0 Limit value monitoring (Compared to V
<20%Vn
a fixed value). Compares a value with
the fixed set limit; output value is
binary as a result of the comparision.
If the signal exceeds the limit, the
corresponding output signal becomes
"1".
And
AND RS flip-flop a c
S Q
abcd b d
R1 Q
Or 0 0 Unchanged
OR 0101
1010
1101
Exclusive-XR
XOR Time stage: A "1" at the
input starts the element. If
the time <name>.t is Delay Timer Delay Timer
Negated Output
Band-pass (filter)
IH1
www.eaton.com
Counter
IH1 Edge triggered counter
Band-pass (filter) + Increment +
IH2 R Reset R
IH2
19
20
Each pickup of a module (except from
supervision modules but including BF) will
lead to a general pickup (collective pickup).
Name.Pickup 14
Output Signal 2 Name.Trip Phase A
IM02602007E
6
Name.Trip Phase C
Each trip of an active, trip authorized protection module
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2 will lead to a general trip.
IH2.Blo Phase C 7 18
Name.Trip Phase C
www.eaton.com
Each trip of an active, trip authorized protection module
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2 will lead to a general trip.
IH2.Blo IG 8 18a
Name.TripCmd
Please Refer to Diagram: Direction Decision Each trip of an active, trip authorized protection module
Phase overcurrent will lead to a general trip.
Name. Fault in Projected Direction 9 18b
Name.TripCmd
Please Refer to Diagram: Direction Decision Each trip of an active, trip authorized protection module
Ground Fault will lead to a general trip.
Name. Fault in Projected Direction 10 19
Name.TripCmd
Please Refer to Diagram: Direction Decision Each trip of an active, trip authorized protection module
Ground Fault will lead to a general trip.
Prot - 50R - Direction Detection 10a 19a
Name.TripCmd
Each trip of an active, trip authorized protection module
Please Refer to Diagram: Direction Decision Ground
will lead to a general trip.
Prot - 50X - Direction Detection Fault 10b 19b
Name.TripCmd
Each trip of an active, trip authorized protection module
Please Refer to Diagram: VTS will lead to a general trip.
VTS.Pickup 11 19c
www.eaton.com
Name.Pickup IB 25b Bkr.State 33
Each phase selective pickup of a module (I, IG, V, VX
depending on the device type) will lead to a phase
selective general pickup (collective pickup). Please Refer to Diagram: Bkr.Bkr Manager
Name.Pickup IC 26 Bkr.Pos CLOSE 34
Each phase selective pickup of a module (I, IG, V, VX
depending on the device type) will lead to a phase
selective general pickup (collective pickup). Please Refer to Diagram: Bkr.Bkr Manager
Name.Pickup IC 26a Bkr.Pos OPEN 35
Each phase selective pickup of a module (I, IG, V, VX
depending on the device type) will lead to a phase
selective general pickup (collective pickup).
Please Refer to Diagram: Bkr.Bkr Manager
Name.Pickup IC 26b Bkr.Pos Indeterm 36
Each phase selective pickup of a module (I, IG, V, VX
depending on the device type) will lead to a phase
selective general pickup (collective pickup). Please Refer to Diagram: Bkr.Bkr Manager
Name.Pickup 27 Bkr.Pos Disturb 37
Please Refer to Diagram: LOP.LOP Blo
LOP.LOP Blo 38
Please Refer to Diagram: Q->&V<.Decoupling Energy Resource
Q->&V<.Decoupling Energy Resource 39
Please Refer to Diagram: CTS.Pickup
CTS.Pickup 40
IM02602007E
21
22
Breaker.Prot CLOSE
Breaker.Prot CLOSE 41
IM02602007E
Breaker.CLOSE Cmd
Breaker.CLOSE Cmd 42
EDR-5000
www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
General Conventions
»Parameters are indicated by right and left double arrow heads and written in italic.«
»SIGNALS are indicated by right and left double arrow heads and small caps.«
Module and Instance (Element) names are displayed italic and underlined.
»Pushbuttons, Modes, and Menu entries are indicated by right and left double arrow heads.«
www.eaton.com 23
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device
EDR-5000
Device Planning
Planning of a device means to reduce the functional range to a degree that suits the protection task to be fulfilled
(i.e.: the device shows only those functions needed or desired). If the User, for example, deactivates the voltage
protection function, all parameter branches related to this function will not appear in the parameter. All
corresponding events, signals, etc. will also be deactivated. Due to this change, the parameter trees become
very transparent.
Planning also involves adjustment of all basic system data (frequency etc.).
The manufacturer does not accept liability for any personal or material
damage as a result of incorrect planning.
24 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
There are two mounts available for the EDR-5000: a Standard Mount and a Projection Mount. To order the
EDR-5000 with a Standard Mount, append the device code with a zero (0). To order the EDR-5000 with a Pro-
jection Mount, append the device code with a one (1). Refer to the table below for details of the available device
options.
A retrofit kit for Eaton IQ cutouts is available (Style No. 66D2217G01 – Catalog No. ER-IQEDRKIT). This kit is
required when replacing a DT-3000 with the EDR-5000.
EDR-5000 A 0 B A 1
Choose from the following options.
Hardware Option 1
8 DI, 11 Outputs, Removable Terminals, Zone A
Interlocking.
8 DI, 11 Outputs, Removable Terminals, Zone B
Interlocking, and Larger Display*.
Hardware Option 2
Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, 0
Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac. (Zero)
Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 1
0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc,
40-250 Vac.*
Communication Options
Modbus-RTU (RS-485) B
IEC-61850 (Goose) H
Modbus-RTU + Modbus-TCP I
www.eaton.com 25
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Mounting Options
Standard Mount 0
(Zero)
Projection Panel Mount 1
* Consult the factory for the availability of sensitive ground and larger display.
The catalog number identification table defines the electrical characteristics and operation features included in
the EDR-5000. For example, if the catalog number were EDR-5000A0BA1, the device would have the following:
EDR-5000
(A) - 8 DI, 11 Outputs Relays, Removable Terminals, Zone Interlocking
(0) - 5A/1A Phase and Ground CTs, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac.
(B) - Modbus-RTU (RS-485)
(A) - Without Conformal Coating
(1) - Projection Panel Mount
26 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Three-Side-View
DO NOT over-tighten the mounting nuts of the relay (0.164 X32 ). Check the
torque by means of a torque wrench (1.7 Nm [15 In-lb]). Over-tightening
the mounting nuts could cause personal injury or damage the relay.
www.eaton.com 27
IM02602007E EDR-5000
28 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Overview of Slots
Housing B2
Slot1 Slot2 Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6
Schematic Diagram
Grounding
www.eaton.com 29
IM02602007E EDR-5000
A B C
X4.
1 VA/
2 VAB
3 VB/
4 VBC
5 VC/
6 VCA
7
VX
8
X3.
A B C
1A
1
IA' 5A
2 IA
N
3
1A
4
IB' 5A
5 IB
N
6
1A
7
IC' 5A
8 IC
9 N
1A
10
5A
11 IX
IX' N
12
IA IB IC
LOAD
30 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
A B C
X4.
1 VA/
2 VAB
3 VB/
4 VBC
5 VC/
6 VCA
7
VX
8
X3.
A B C
1A
1
IA' 5A
2 IA
N
3
1A
4
IB' 5A
5 IB
N
6
1A
7
IC' 5A
8 IC
9 N
1A
10
IA IB IC 5A
11 IX
IX' N
12
LOAD
Wye Input Wiring with Aux VX Input Connected to the Load Side of the Breaker and 1A
CTs in Residual Connection
www.eaton.com 31
IM02602007E EDR-5000
X4.
A B C
1 VA/
2 VAB
3 VB/
4 VBC
5 VC/
6 VCA
7
VX
8
X3.
A B C
1A
1
IA' 5A
2 IA
N
3
1A
4
IB' 5A
5 IB
N
6
1A
7
IC' 5A
8 IC
9 N
1A
10
5A
11 IX
IX' N
12
IA IB IC
LOAD
32 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
X4.
A B C
1 VA/
2 VAB
3 VB/
4 VBC
5 VC/
6 VCA
7
VX
8
X3.
A B C
1A
1
IA' 5A
2 IA
N
3
1A
4
IB' 5A
5 IB
N
6
1A
7
IC' 5A
8 IC
9 N
1A
10
IA IB IC 5A
11 IX
IX' N
12
LOAD
Open Delta VTs Input Wiring with Aux VTs Connected to the Load Side of the Breaker
and 1A CTs in Residual Connection
www.eaton.com 33
IM02602007E EDR-5000
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6
The type of power supply card and the number of digital inputs on it used in this slot is dependent on the ordered
device type. The different variants have a different scope of functions.
• (DI8-X1): This assembly group comprises a wide-range power supply unit; and two non-grouped digital
inputs and six (6) digital inputs (grouped).
Make sure that the tightening torque is 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm].
34 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• The auxiliary voltage inputs (wide-range power supply unit) are non-polarized. The device can be
powered with an AC or DC control voltage.
Digital Inputs
For each digital input group, the related voltage input range has to be
configured. Wrong switching thresholds can result in malfunctions/wrong
signal transfer times.
The digital inputs are provided with different switching thresholds (that are configurable) (two AC and five DC in-
put ranges). The following switching levels can be defined:
• 24 Vdc;
• 48 Vdc
• 60 Vdc;
• 110/120 Vac/dc; and
• 230/240 Vac/dc.
If a voltage >80% of the set switching threshold is applied at the digital input, the state change is recognized
(logically “1”). If the voltage is below 40% of the set switching threshold, the device detects logically “0”.
www.eaton.com 35
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Terminal Marking
X?.
1 PE
2 V+ Power Supply
3 V-
4 N.C.
5 COM1
6 DI1
7 COM2
8 DI2
9 COM3
10 COM
11 DI3
12 DI4
13 DI5
14 DI6
15 DI7
16 DI8
17 Do not use
18 Do not use
Pin Assignment
0+HTL-NT
PE
1
V+
2
Power Supply
V-
3
N.C.
4
COM1
5
DI1
6
COM2
7
DI2
8
COM3
9
COM3
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
DI7
DI8
Do not use
Do not use
36 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6
The type of card in this slot is dependent on the ordered device type. The different variants have a different
scope of functions.
• (RO-4Z X2): Assembly Group with four Relay Outputs (two Form A and two Form C) and Zone
Interlocking.
Make sure that the tightening torque is 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm].
www.eaton.com 37
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Terminal Marking
X?.
1 Do not use
2 Do not use
3
RO1
4
5
RO2
6
7
8 RO3
9
10
11 RO4
12
13
14 OUT
15 COM
16
17 IN
18 COM
Pin Assignment
RO-4Z X
Do not use
1
Do not use
2
3
RO1 N.O.
54
RO2 N.O.
6
RO3 N.C.
7
RO3 CMN
8
RO3 N.O.
9
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
RO4 N.C.
RO4 CMN
RO4 N.O.
OUT
COM
IN
COM
38 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6
This slot contains the current transformer measuring inputs. Depending on the order code, this might be a
standard current measuring card or a sensitive ground current measuring card.
The input for ground current measuring either can be connected to a zero sequence current transformer or,
alternatively, it is possible to connect the summation current path of the phase current transformer to this input
(residual connection).
www.eaton.com 39
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• Make sure the transformer ratios and the power of the CTs are
correctly rated. If the rating of the CTs is not correct (overrated),
then the normal operational conditions may not be recognized. The
pickup value of the measuring unit amounts to approximately 3% of
the rated current of the device. Also, the CTs need a current greater
than approximately 3% of the rated current to ensure sufficient
accuracy.
40 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Terminal Markings
X?.
1A
1
5A
2 IA
N
3
1A
4
5A
5 IB
N
6
1A
7
5A
8 IC
9 N
1A
10
5A
11 IX
12 N
Pin Assignment
0+HTL-TI-x
IA-1A 1
3 IA-N
IA-5A 2
IB-1A 4
6 IB-N
IB-5A 5
IC-1A 7
9 IC-N
IC-5A 8
IX-1A 10
12 IX-N
IX-5A 11
www.eaton.com 41
IM02602007E EDR-5000
The sensitive ground current measuring inputs has a measuring input for 0.1 A and 0.5 A.
The input for ground current measuring either can be connected to a zero sequence current transformer or,
alternatively, it is possible to connect the summation current path of the phase current transformer to this input
(residual connection).
42 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Terminal Markings
X?.
1A
1
5A
2 IA
N
3
1A
4
5A
5 IB
N
6
1A
7
5A
8 IC
9 N
0.1A
10
0.5A
11 IX
12 N
Pin Assignment
IA-1A 1
3 IA-N
IA-5A 2
IB-1A 4
6 IB-N
IB-5A 5
IC-1A 7
9 IC-N
IC-5A 8
IX-0.1A 10
12 IX-N
IX-0.5A 11
www.eaton.com 43
IM02602007E EDR-5000
For current and voltage sensing function external wired and appropriate
current and voltage transformer shall be used, based on the required input
measurement ratings. Those devices provide the necessary insulation
functionality.
CT Connection Options
The current transformers may be connected in several ways, and the specified configuration affects the way
system measurements are made and results computed. The computation of the residual current IR, is
dependent on the system configuration setting for the CT connection. The configurations resulting from the
setting options are shown as well as the calculated IR residual current.
A B C
X3.
1A
1
IA' 5A
2 IA
N
3
1A
4
IB' 5A
5 IB
IA N
6
1A
7
IC' 5A
8 IC
9 N
IB 1A
10
5A
11 IX
12 N
IC
IR calc = IA + IB + IC = IG
44 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
A B C
X3.
1 1A
IA'
2 5A
IA
3 N
4 1A
IB'
5 5A
IB
IA
6 N
7 1A
IC' 5A
8 IC
9 N
IB 1A
10
IX' 5A
11 IX
12 N
IC
IR calc = IA + IB + IC
IX meas = IG
www.eaton.com 45
IM02602007E EDR-5000
A B C N
X3.
1A
1
IA' 5A
2 IA
N
3
1A
4
IB' 5A
5 IB
IA N
6
1A
7
IC' 5A
8 IC
9 N
IB 1A
10
IN' 5A
11 IX
12 N
IC
IR calc´
IN
IR calc = IG = IA + IB + IC - IN
IX meas=IN
46 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
A B C N
X3.
1A
1
IA' 5A
2 IA
N
3
1A
4
IA IB' 5A
5 IB
N
6
1A
IB 7
IC' 5A
8 IC
9 N
1A
IC
IR calc´ 10
5A
11 IX
12 N
IG = IA + IB + IC + IN
IR calc = IA + IB + IC = IG + IN
IN
IX meas = IG
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6
www.eaton.com 47
IM02602007E EDR-5000
For the Open Delta connection the system parameter »Main VT con« has to
be set to »Open Delta«.
For the Wye connection the system parameter »Main VT con« has to be set
to »Wye«.
48 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Terminal Marking
X?.
1
VL1/VL12
2
3
VL2/VL23
4
5
VL3/VL31
6
7
VX
8
Pin assignment
0+HTL-TU-x
VL1.1
1
VL1.2
2
VL2.1
3
VL2.2
4
VL3.1
5
6
VL3.2
VX1.1
7
8
VX1.2
www.eaton.com 49
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Common VT Wirings
Check the installation direction of the VTs.
For current and voltage sensing function, externally wired and appropriate
current and voltage transformer must be used, based on the required input
measurement ratings. Those devices provide the necessary insulation
functionality.
Now adjust the voltage values in the nominal voltage range with the corresponding nominal frequencies that are
not likely to cause over-voltage or under-voltage trips.
Compare the values shown in the device display with the readings of the measuring instruments. The deviation
must be according to the specifications in the Technical Data section.
50 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
VT Wye
A B C
X?.
A
1 VA/
VCA'
2 VAB
VAB' B
3 VB/
4 VBC
VBC' C
5 VC/
VAB N
6 VCA
VBC VA' VB' VC'
7
VCA VX
8
VA
VB
VC
www.eaton.com 51
IM02602007E EDR-5000
VT Open Delta
A B C
X?.
A
1 VA/
VCA'
2 VAB
VAB' B
3 VB/
4 VBC
VBC' C
5 VC/
VAB VCA
6
VBC
7
VCA VX
8
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6
52 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
The type of card in this slot is dependent on the ordered device type. The different variants have a different
scope of functions.
Make sure that the tightening torque is 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm].
www.eaton.com 53
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Terminal Marking
X?.
1
2 RO1
3
4
5 RO2
6
7
8 RO3
9
10
11 RO4
12
13
14 RO5
15
16
17 RO6
18
Pin Assignment
0+HTL-MK
RO1 N.C.
1 2
RO1 CMN
3
RO1 N.O.
4
RO2 N.C.
5
RO2 CMN
6
RO2 N.O.
7
RO3 N.C.
8
RO3 CMN
RO3 N.O.
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
RO4 N.C.
RO4 CMN
RO4 N.O.
RO5 N.C.
RO5 CMN
RO5 N.O.
RO6 N.C.
RO6 CMN
RO6 N.O.
54 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6
Ethernet - RJ45
Terminal Marking
RxD +
RxD –
TxD +
TxD –
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
1 8
www.eaton.com 55
IM02602007E EDR-5000
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6
The data communication interface in the X103 slot is dependent on the ordered device type. The scope of
functions is dependent on the type of data communication interface.
• RS485 Terminals
56 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Make sure that the tightening torque is 2-4 In-lb [0.22-0.45 Nm].
Terminal Marking
Protective Relay
+5V GND
HF Shield
560 Ω
560Ω
120Ω
B(+)
A(-)
X103
1
2
3
4
5
6
Pin Assignment
Protective Relay
+5V GND
HF Shield
R1 R1
R1 = 560 Ω R2
R2 = 120 Ω
B(+)
A(-)
1 2 3 4 5 6
www.eaton.com 57
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Protective Relay
+5V GND
HF Shield
R1 = 560 Ω R1 R1
R2
R2 = 120 Ω
1 2 3 4 5 6
B(+)
B(+)*
A(-)*
A(-)
Wiring Example: Device at the End of the BUS (Using the Integrated Terminal Resistor)
Protective Relay
+5V GND
HF Shield
R1 = 560 Ω R1 R1
R2
R2 = 120 Ω
1 2 3 4 5 6
B(+)
A(-)
58 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
HF Shield
HF Shield
HF Shield
HF Shield
Common
Common
Common
Common
2.2nF 2.2nF 2.2nF 2.2nF
TR-N
TR-N
TR-N
TR-P
TR-P
TR-P
TR-P
TR-N
B(+)
B(+)
B(+)
B(+)
(internal) (internal) (internal) (internal)
A(-)
A(-)
A(-)
A(-)
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
Shield at bus master side Shield at bus device side Shield at bus master side Shield at bus device side
connected to earth termination connected to earth termination connected to earth termination connected to earth termination
resistors used resistors used resistors not used resistors not used
HF Shield
HF Shield
HF Shield
Common
Common
Common
Common
TR-P
TR-P
TR-P
TR-N
TR-N
TR-N
B(+)
B(+)
B(+)
B(+)
A(-)
A(-)
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
Shield at bus master side Shield at bus device side Shield at bus master side Shield at bus device side
connected to earth termination connected to earth termination connected to earth termination connected to earth termination
resistors used resistors used resistors not used resistors not used
www.eaton.com 59
IM02602007E EDR-5000
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6
This comprises the IRIG-B00X and the System contact (Supervision Contact).
Make sure that the tightening torque is 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm].
Terminals
SC
IRIG-B+
IRIG-B-
X104
1
2
3
4
5
60 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
0+HTL-uP-6 / 0+HTL-uP-14
X104
1 2 3 4 5
IRIG-B+
IRIG-B-
SC CMN
SC N.C.
SC N.O.
The Supervision Contact (SC) closes after the boot phase of the device if the protection is working. This Super-
vision Contact (SC) will open if an internal device error has occurred (please refer to the Self Supervision sec-
tion).
The System-OK contact (SC relay) cannot be configured. The system contact is a Form “C” contact that picks
up when the device is free from internal faults. While the device is booting up, the System OK relay (SC) re-
mains dropped-off (unenergized). As soon as the system is properly started, the System Contact picks up and
the assigned LED is activated accordingly (please refer to the Self Supervision section).
X120 - PC Interface
The interface is a 9-pole D-Sub at all device fronts.
Pin Assignment
1 5
6 9
1 DCD
2 RxD
3 TxD
4 DTR
5 GND
6 DSR
7 RTS
8 CTS
9 RI
Housing shielded
www.eaton.com 61
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Wiring Diagrams
Please refer to the file “edr-5000_wiring_diagrams.pdf” on your manual CD.
62 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• »Nominal voltage«;
• »Debouncing time«: A state change will only be adopted by the digital input after the debouncing time
has expired; and
t
Input Signal
0
The debouncing time will be started each time the state of the input signal alternates.
In addition to the debouncing time that can be set via software, there is always a
hardware debouncing time (approx 12 ms) that cannot be turned of.
www.eaton.com 63
IM02602007E EDR-5000
DI-8P X
Name of the Assembly group:
DI-8P X1
60 V dc, /DI-8P X1
230/240 V dc,
110/120 V ac,
230/240 V ac
Inverting 1 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/DI-8P X1
/Group 1]
Debouncing A change of the state of a digital input will No Debouncing Time, 20 ms [Device Para
Time 1 only be recognized after the debouncing
time has expired (become effective). Thus, 20 ms, /Digital Inputs
transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
50 ms, /DI-8P X1
100 ms /Group 1]
Nom Voltage Nominal voltage of the digital inputs 24 V dc, 110/120 V dc [Device Para
60 V dc, /DI-8P X1
230/240 V dc,
110/120 V ac,
230/240 V ac
Inverting 2 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/DI-8P X1
/Group 2]
64 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
100 ms /Group 2]
Nom Voltage Nominal voltage of the digital inputs 24 V dc, 110/120 V dc [Device Para
60 V dc, /DI-8P X1
230/240 V dc,
110/120 V ac,
230/240 V ac
Inverting 3 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]
Debouncing A change of the state of a digital input will No Debouncing Time, 20 ms [Device Para
Time 3 only be recognized after the debouncing
time has expired (become effective). Thus, 20 ms, /Digital Inputs
transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
50 ms, /DI-8P X1
100 ms /Group 3]
Inverting 4 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]
Debouncing A change of the state of a digital input will No Debouncing Time, 20 ms [Device Para
Time 4 only be recognized after the debouncing
time has expired (become effective). Thus, 20 ms, /Digital Inputs
transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
50 ms, /DI-8P X1
100 ms /Group 3]
Inverting 5 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]
www.eaton.com 65
IM02602007E EDR-5000
100 ms /Group 3]
Inverting 6 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]
Debouncing A change of the state of a digital input will No Debouncing Time, 20 ms [Device Para
Time 6 only be recognized after the debouncing
time has expired (become effective). Thus, 20 ms, /Digital Inputs
transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
50 ms, /DI-8P X1
100 ms /Group 3]
Inverting 7 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]
Debouncing A change of the state of a digital input will No Debouncing Time, 20 ms [Device Para
Time 7 only be recognized after the debouncing
time has expired (become effective). Thus, 20 ms, /Digital Inputs
transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
50 ms, /DI-8P X1
100 ms /Group 3]
Inverting 8 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]
Debouncing A change of the state of a digital input will No Debouncing Time, 20 ms [Device Para
Time 8 only be recognized after the debouncing
time has expired (become effective). Thus, 20 ms, /Digital Inputs
transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
50 ms, /DI-8P X1
100 ms /Group 3]
66 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
DI 1 Signal: Digital Input
DI 2 Signal: Digital Input
DI 3 Signal: Digital Input
DI 4 Signal: Digital Input
DI 5 Signal: Digital Input
DI 6 Signal: Digital Input
DI 7 Signal: Digital Input
DI 8 Signal: Digital Input
The module WiredInputs allows aliasing Digital Inputs. By means of the menu [Device Para/WiredInputs] the
User can assign specific functions on digital inputs.
Alias Example: The 52a contact will be assigned/connected to Digital input1 (DI1). Once the 52a is
aliased (linked) on the DI1, the signal »WiredInput.52A« can be used instead of the DI1 signal for further
processing within the protective relay. That means, from now on any state changes of the Digital Input1
will we represented by the »WiredInput.52A« signal.
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
www.eaton.com 67
IM02602007E EDR-5000
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
TOCa M1 Main 1 Breaker Connected -.-, -.- [Device Para
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
43/10 M1 Main 1 Breaker Selected To Trip -.-, -.- [Device Para
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
68 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
52b M2 Main 2 Breaker Open -.-, -.- [Device Para
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
TOCa M2 Main 2 Breaker Connected -.-, -.- [Device Para
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
www.eaton.com 69
IM02602007E EDR-5000
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
52a T Tie Breaker Closed -.-, -.- [Device Para
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
52b T Tie Breaker Open -.-, -.- [Device Para
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
70 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
43/10 T Tie Breaker Selected To Trip -.-, -.- [Device Para
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
43 M System In Manual -.-, -.- [Device Para
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
www.eaton.com 71
IM02602007E EDR-5000
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
43 P1 Preferred Source 1 -.-, -.- [Device Para
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
43 P2 Preferred Source 2 -.-, -.- [Device Para
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
72 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
www.eaton.com 73
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/WiredInputs]
43 P1-I State of the module input: Preferred Source [Device Para
1
/WiredInputs]
43 P2-I State of the module input: Preferred Source [Device Para
2
/WiredInputs]
Bkr Trouble-I Breaker Trouble [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
Set the following parameters for each of the relay output contacts.
The states of the module outputs and the signals (e.g. states of protective functions) can be assigned to
the relay output contacts. The relay output contacts are “dry-type“ contacts.
• Each relay output contact can be set as »Latched« (Latched = active or inactive). A latched relay output
contact will return to it's latched position after a loss of power to the protective device. A latched relay
output contact will keep it´s position as long as it has not been reset and as long as the power supply
feeds the protective relay. In the case of a loss of power to the protective device, the relays will return to
the latched position once the power is restored to the protective device (latched = relay output contacts
have a memory). A latched state of a relay output contact always needs to be reset after a power loss
even if the assignments are taken away (if the assignments are reprogrammed).
74 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Latched = inactive«:
If the latching function is »inactive«, the relay output and, respectively, the relay output contact will adopt
the state of those pickups that were assigned.
• »Latched = active«:
If the latching function is »active«, the state of the relay output and, respectively, the relay output contact
that was set by the pickups will be stored (they have a memory that needs to be reset).
The relay output contact can only be acknowledged after reset of those signals that had
initiated the setting of the relay and after expiration of the »t-OFF delay«.
• At signal changes, the minimal latching time (»t-OFF delay«) ensures that the relay will be maintained as
picked-up or released for at least this period.
Acknowledgment Options
• If »Latched is active«, each relay output contact can be acknowledged by a signal (for example: It could
be reset by the state of a digital input);
• Via the module »Ex Acknowledge« where all relay output contacts can be acknowledged at once if the
signal for external acknowledgment that was selected from the »Assignment list« becomes true (e.g.:
the state of a digital input); and
• Via Communication (Comm), all relay output contacts can be acknowledged at once.
www.eaton.com 75
76
Inverting Switch Off Delay
IM02602007E
XOR
0 State of the Relay
OR
t-Off Delay Output
Assignment 1 OR
XOR
Inverting 1
Assignment 2
XOR
Inverting 2
Assignment 3 AND S Q
OR
XOR
Inverting 3 R1 Q
Assignment 4
XOR
Inverting 4
EDR-5000
Assignment 5
XOR
Inverting 5
www.eaton.com
Assignment 6
XOR
Inverting 6
Assignment 7
XOR
Inverting 7
Latched
Inactive
Active
Acknowledge -HMI
Acknowledge-1..n, Assignment List OR
Acknowledge-Comm
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
RO-4ZI X - Settings
RO-4Z X2
/RO-4Z X2]
Force ZI RO Signal: Forced Zone Interlocking OUT Normal, Normal [Service
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]
Force RO1 By means of this function the normal Relay Normal, Normal [Service
Output State can be overwritten (forced).
The relay can be set from normal operation De-Energized, /Test Mode (Prot
(relay works according to the assigned inhibit)
signals) to "force energized" or "force de- Energized
energized" state. /WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]
www.eaton.com 77
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]
Force RO3 By means of this function the normal Relay Normal, Normal [Service
Output State can be overwritten (forced).
The relay can be set from normal operation De-Energized, /Test Mode (Prot
(relay works according to the assigned inhibit)
signals) to "force energized" or "force de- Energized
energized" state. /WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]
Force RO4 By means of this function the normal Relay Normal, Normal [Service
Output State can be overwritten (forced).
The relay can be set from normal operation De-Energized, /Test Mode (Prot
(relay works according to the assigned inhibit)
signals) to "force energized" or "force de- Energized
energized" state. /WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
latched when it picks up.
Active /Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
78 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List Breaker [Device Para
TripCmd
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
www.eaton.com 79
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
80 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
latched when it picks up.
Active /Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Acknowledgme Acknowledgment Signal - An 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
nt acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges
the corresponding Relay Output) can be /Relay Outputs
assigned to each Relay Output. The
acknowledgment-signal is only effective if /RO-4Z X2
the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
/RO 2]
Only available if: Latched = Active
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List Prot.Pickup [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
www.eaton.com 81
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
82 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
www.eaton.com 83
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Acknowledgme Acknowledgment Signal - An 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
nt acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges
the corresponding Relay Output) can be /Relay Outputs
assigned to each Relay Output. The
acknowledgment-signal is only effective if /RO-4Z X2
the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
/RO 3]
Only available if: Latched = Active
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List BF.Trip [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
84 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
www.eaton.com 85
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
latched when it picks up.
Active /Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Acknowledgme Acknowledgment Signal - An 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
nt acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges
the corresponding Relay Output) can be /Relay Outputs
assigned to each Relay Output. The
acknowledgment-signal is only effective if /RO-4Z X2
the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
/RO 4]
Only available if: Latched = Active
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
86 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
www.eaton.com 87
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
88 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/DISARMED
/RO-4Z X2]
Disarm Mode CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to Permanent, Permanent [Service
safely perform maintenance while
eliminating the risk of taking an entire Timeout /Test Mode (Prot
process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking inhibit)
and Supervision Contact cannot be
disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that /WARNING! Cont?
the relays are ARMED AGAIN after
maintenance. /DISARMED
/RO-4Z X2]
t-Timeout The relays will be armed again after 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.03 s [Service
DISARM expiring of this time.
/Test Mode (Prot
Only available if: Mode = Timeout inhibit)
DISARM
/WARNING! Cont?
/DISARMED
/RO-4Z X2]
Force Mode By means of this function the normal Relay Permanent, Permanent [Service
Output States can be overwritten (forced) in
case that the Relay Output is not in a Timeout /Test Mode (Prot
disarmed state. The relays can be set from inhibit)
normal operation (relay works according to
the assigned signals) to "force energized" /WARNING! Cont?
or "force de-energized" state.
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]
t-Timeout The Output State will be set by force for the 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.03 s [Service
Force duration of this time. That means, for the
duration of this time, the Relay Output does /Test Mode (Prot
not show the state of the signals that are inhibit)
assigned on it.
/WARNING! Cont?
Only available if: Mode = Timeout
DISARM /Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]
www.eaton.com 89
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
RO1.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
RO1.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
RO1.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
RO1.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
RO1.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
RO1.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
90 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
RO2.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
RO2.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
RO2.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
RO2.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
RO2.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
www.eaton.com 91
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Ack signal RO 2 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal [Device Para
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to
active, the Relay Output can only be /Relay Outputs
acknowledged if those signals that initiated
the setting are fallen back and the hold time /RO-4Z X2
is expired.
/RO 2]
RO3.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
RO3.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
RO3.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
RO3.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
RO3.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
92 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
RO3.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Ack signal RO 3 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal [Device Para
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to
active, the Relay Output can only be /Relay Outputs
acknowledged if those signals that initiated
the setting are fallen back and the hold time /RO-4Z X2
is expired.
/RO 3]
RO4.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
RO4.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
RO4.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
RO4.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
www.eaton.com 93
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
RO4.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
RO4.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Ack signal RO 4 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal [Device Para
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to
active, the Relay Output can only be /Relay Outputs
acknowledged if those signals that initiated
the setting are fallen back and the hold time /RO-4Z X2
is expired.
/RO 4]
Signals of RO-4ZI X
Name Description
ZI OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUT
RO 1 Signal: Relay Output
RO 2 Signal: Relay Output
RO 3 Signal: Relay Output
RO 4 Signal: Relay Output
DISARMED! Signal: CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform
maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process
off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot
be disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that the relays are
ARMED AGAIN after maintenance
Outs forced Signal: The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by
force. That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced
and hence does not show the state of the assigned signals.
94 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
RO-6 X Settings
RO-6 X5
/RO-6 X5]
Force RO1 By means of this function the normal Relay Normal, Normal [Service
Output State can be overwritten (forced).
The relay can be set from normal operation De-Energized, /Test Mode (Prot
(relay works according to the assigned inhibit)
signals) to "force energized" or "force de- Energized
energized" state. /WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]
Force RO2 By means of this function the normal Relay Normal, Normal [Service
Output State can be overwritten (forced).
The relay can be set from normal operation De-Energized, /Test Mode (Prot
(relay works according to the assigned inhibit)
signals) to "force energized" or "force de- Energized
energized" state. /WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]
www.eaton.com 95
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]
Force RO4 By means of this function the normal Relay Normal, Normal [Service
Output State can be overwritten (forced).
The relay can be set from normal operation De-Energized, /Test Mode (Prot
(relay works according to the assigned inhibit)
signals) to "force energized" or "force de- Energized
energized" state. /WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]
Force RO5 By means of this function the normal Relay Normal, Normal [Service
Output State can be overwritten (forced).
The relay can be set from normal operation De-Energized, /Test Mode (Prot
(relay works according to the assigned inhibit)
signals) to "force energized" or "force de- Energized
energized" state. /WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]
Force RO6 By means of this function the normal Relay Normal, Normal [Service
Output State can be overwritten (forced).
The relay can be set from normal operation De-Energized, /Test Mode (Prot
(relay works according to the assigned inhibit)
signals) to "force energized" or "force de- Energized
energized" state. /WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]
96 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
latched when it picks up.
Active /Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Acknowledgme Acknowledgment Signal - An 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
nt acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges
the corresponding Relay Output) can be /Relay Outputs
assigned to each Relay Output. The
acknowledgment-signal is only effective if /RO-6 X5
the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
/RO 1]
Only available if: Latched = Active
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
www.eaton.com 97
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
98 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
latched when it picks up.
Active /Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Acknowledgme Acknowledgment Signal - An 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
nt acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges
the corresponding Relay Output) can be /Relay Outputs
assigned to each Relay Output. The
acknowledgment-signal is only effective if /RO-6 X5
the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
/RO 2]
Only available if: Latched = Active
www.eaton.com 99
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
100 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
www.eaton.com 101
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
latched when it picks up.
Active /Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Acknowledgme Acknowledgment Signal - An 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
nt acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges
the corresponding Relay Output) can be /Relay Outputs
assigned to each Relay Output. The
acknowledgment-signal is only effective if /RO-6 X5
the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
/RO 3]
Only available if: Latched = Active
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
102 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
www.eaton.com 103
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
latched when it picks up.
Active /Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
104 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
www.eaton.com 105
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
106 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
latched when it picks up.
Active /Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Acknowledgme Acknowledgment Signal - An 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
nt acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges
the corresponding Relay Output) can be /Relay Outputs
assigned to each Relay Output. The
acknowledgment-signal is only effective if /RO-6 X5
the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
/RO 5]
Only available if: Latched = Active
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
www.eaton.com 107
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
108 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
www.eaton.com 109
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Acknowledgme Acknowledgment Signal - An 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
nt acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges
the corresponding Relay Output) can be /Relay Outputs
assigned to each Relay Output. The
acknowledgment-signal is only effective if /RO-6 X5
the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
/RO 6]
Only available if: Latched = Active
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
110 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
www.eaton.com 111
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
DISARMED Enables and disables the disarming of the Inactive, Inactive [Service
Ctrl relay output contacts. This is the first step
of a two step process, to inhibit the Active /Test Mode (Prot
operation or the relay output contacts. inhibit)
Please refer to "DISARMED" for the second
step. /WARNING! Cont?
/DISARMED
/RO-6 X5]
Disarm Mode CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to Permanent, Permanent [Service
safely perform maintenance while
eliminating the risk of taking an entire Timeout /Test Mode (Prot
process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking inhibit)
and Supervision Contact cannot be
disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that /WARNING! Cont?
the relays are ARMED AGAIN after
maintenance. /DISARMED
/RO-6 X5]
t-Timeout The relays will be armed again after 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.03 s [Service
DISARM expiring of this time.
/Test Mode (Prot
Only available if: Mode = Timeout inhibit)
DISARM
/WARNING! Cont?
/DISARMED
/RO-6 X5]
112 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/RO-6 X5]
t-Timeout The Output State will be set by force for the 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.03 s [Service
Force duration of this time. That means, for the
duration of this time, the Relay Output does /Test Mode (Prot
not show the state of the signals that are inhibit)
assigned on it.
/WARNING! Cont?
Only available if: Mode = Timeout
DISARM /Force RO
/RO-6 X5]
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
RO1.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
RO1.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
RO1.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
www.eaton.com 113
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
RO1.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
RO1.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Ack signal RO 1 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal [Device Para
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to
active, the Relay Output can only be /Relay Outputs
acknowledged if those signals that initiated
the setting are fallen back and the hold time /RO-6 X5
is expired.
/RO 1]
RO2.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
RO2.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
RO2.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
114 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
RO2.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
RO2.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
RO2.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
Ack signal RO 2 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal [Device Para
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to
active, the Relay Output can only be /Relay Outputs
acknowledged if those signals that initiated
the setting are fallen back and the hold time /RO-6 X5
is expired.
/RO 2]
RO3.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
RO3.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
www.eaton.com 115
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
RO3.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
RO3.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
RO3.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
RO3.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Ack signal RO 3 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal [Device Para
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to
active, the Relay Output can only be /Relay Outputs
acknowledged if those signals that initiated
the setting are fallen back and the hold time /RO-6 X5
is expired.
/RO 3]
RO4.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
116 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
RO4.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
RO4.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
RO4.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
RO4.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
RO4.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Ack signal RO 4 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal [Device Para
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to
active, the Relay Output can only be /Relay Outputs
acknowledged if those signals that initiated
the setting are fallen back and the hold time /RO-6 X5
is expired.
/RO 4]
www.eaton.com 117
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
RO5.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
RO5.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
RO5.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
RO5.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
RO5.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
RO5.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
118 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
RO6.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
RO6.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
RO6.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
RO6.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
RO6.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
www.eaton.com 119
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Ack signal RO 6 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal [Device Para
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to
active, the Relay Output can only be /Relay Outputs
acknowledged if those signals that initiated
the setting are fallen back and the hold time /RO-6 X5
is expired.
/RO 6]
Signals of RO-6 X
Name Description
RO 1 Signal: Relay Output
RO 2 Signal: Relay Output
RO 3 Signal: Relay Output
RO 4 Signal: Relay Output
RO 5 Signal: Relay Output
RO 6 Signal: Relay Output
DISARMED! Signal: CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform
maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process
off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot
be disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that the relays are
ARMED AGAIN after maintenance
Outs forced Signal: The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by
force. That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced
and hence does not show the state of the assigned signals.
LED Configuration
The LEDs can be configured within menu:
[Device Para/LEDs/Group X]
If LEDs are configured as »Latched=active«, they will keep (return to) their
blink code and color even if there is a power outage within the power
supply of the protective device.
If the LEDs are configured as »Latched=active«, they will also retain their
blink code and color even if the LEDs are reprogrammed in another way.
This also applies if the LEDs are set to »Latched = inactive«. Resetting a
LED that has latched a signal will always require an acknowledgement.
120 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
This chapter contains information on the LEDs that are placed on the left
hand side of the display (Group A).
If your device is also equipped with LEDs on the right hand side of the
display (Group B), the analog information in this chapter is valid. The only
difference between “Group A” and “Group B” is within the menu paths.
Via the »INFO« push-button, it is always possible to display the current pickups and alarm texts that are
assigned to an LED. Please refer to the Navigation section for a description of the »INFO« push-button
functionality.
• »Latching (self holding function)«: If »Latching« is set to »Active«, the state that is set by the pickups will
be stored until it is reset. If »Latching« is set to »Inactive«, the LED always adopts the state of those
pickups that were assigned.
• »LED active color«: LED lights up in this color when at least one of the allocated functions is valid (red,
red-flashing, green, green flashing, off).
• »LED inactive color«: LED lights up in this color when none of the allocated functions is valid (red, red-
flashing, green, green flashing, off).
• »Assignment 1...n« Apart from the LED for System OK, each LED can be assigned up to five functions
(e.g. pickups) out of the »Assignment list«.
Acknowledgment Options
• A signal from the »LED Reset list« (e.g. digital inputs or communication signals) (If »Latched = active«);
• The »Ex Acknowledge« module - all LEDs can be acknowledged at once, if the signal for external
acknowledgment becomes true (e.g.: the state of a digital input); and
www.eaton.com 121
122
IM02602007E
Assignment 1
XOR
Inverting 1
Assignment 2
XOR
Inverting 2
Assignment 3
XOR OR LED Active Color
Inverting 3 OR
Assignment 4
LED Inactive Color
XOR
Inverting 4
EDR-5000
Assignment 5
XOR
Inverting 5
www.eaton.com
AND S Q
R1 Q
Latched
Inactive
Active
Acknowledge -HMI
Acknowledge-1..n, Assignment List OR
Acknowledge-Comm
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
LED Settings
LEDs group A ,LEDs group B
/LED 1]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
latching is set to active the LED can only be
acknowledged if all signals that initiated the /LEDs
setting of the LED are no longer present.
/LEDs group A
Dependency Only available if: Latched =
Active /LED 1]
LED Active The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, LEDs group A: [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is true. Red
Red, /LEDs
LEDs group B:
Red flash, Green /LEDs group A
-
LED Inactive The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, - [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Red, /LEDs
www.eaton.com 123
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
124 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched Inactive, LEDs group A: [Device Para
when it picks up. Active
Active /LEDs
LEDs group B:
Inactive /LEDs group A
/LED 2]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
latching is set to active the LED can only be
acknowledged if all signals that initiated the /LEDs
setting of the LED are no longer present.
/LEDs group A
Only available if: Latched = Active
/LED 2]
LED Active The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, Red [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Red, /LEDs
-
LED Inactive The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, - [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Red, /LEDs
www.eaton.com 125
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: [Device Para
51R[1].TripCmd
/LEDs
LEDs group B:
-.- /LEDs group A
/LED 2]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
126 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched Inactive, Active [Device Para
when it picks up.
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
latching is set to active the LED can only be
acknowledged if all signals that initiated the /LEDs
setting of the LED are no longer present.
/LEDs group A
Only available if: Latched = Active
/LED 3]
LED Active The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, Red [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Red, /LEDs
-
LED Inactive The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, - [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Red, /LEDs
www.eaton.com 127
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/LED 3]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: [Device Para
-.-
/LEDs
LEDs group B:
59M[1].TripCmd /LEDs group A
/LED 3]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
128 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched Inactive, Active [Device Para
when it picks up.
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
latching is set to active the LED can only be
acknowledged if all signals that initiated the /LEDs
setting of the LED are no longer present.
/LEDs group A
Only available if: Latched = Active
/LED 4]
LED Active The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, Red [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Red, /LEDs
-
LED Inactive The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, - [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Red, /LEDs
www.eaton.com 129
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/LED 4]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: [Device Para
50R[1].TripCmd
/LEDs
LEDs group B:
81[3].TripCmd /LEDs group A
/LED 4]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: [Device Para
-.-
/LEDs
LEDs group B:
81[5].TripCmd /LEDs group A
/LED 4]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
130 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched Inactive, LEDs group A: [Device Para
when it picks up. Inactive
Active /LEDs
LEDs group B:
Active /LEDs group A
/LED 5]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
latching is set to active the LED can only be
acknowledged if all signals that initiated the /LEDs
setting of the LED are no longer present.
/LEDs group A
Only available if: Latched = Active
/LED 5]
LED Active The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, LEDs group A: [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is true. Red flash
Red, /LEDs
LEDs group B:
Red flash, Red /LEDs group A
-
LED Inactive The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, - [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Red, /LEDs
www.eaton.com 131
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/LED 5]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
132 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched Inactive, Active [Device Para
when it picks up.
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
latching is set to active the LED can only be
acknowledged if all signals that initiated the /LEDs
setting of the LED are no longer present.
/LEDs group A
Only available if: Latched = Active
/LED 6]
LED Active The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, Red [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Red, /LEDs
-
LED Inactive The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, - [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Red, /LEDs
www.eaton.com 133
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/LED 6]
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
134 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched Inactive, LEDs group A: [Device Para
when it picks up. Inactive
Active /LEDs
LEDs group B:
Active /LEDs group A
/LED 7]
Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
latching is set to active the LED can only be
acknowledged if all signals that initiated the /LEDs
setting of the LED are no longer present.
/LEDs group A
Only available if: Latched = Active
/LED 7]
LED Active The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, LEDs group A: [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is true. Green flash
Red, /LEDs
LEDs group B:
Red flash, Red /LEDs group A
-
LED Inactive The LED lights up in this color if the state of Green, - [Device Para
Color the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Red, /LEDs
www.eaton.com 135
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
136 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive, Inactive [Device Para
Active /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
LED1.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
LED1.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
LED1.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
www.eaton.com 137
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
Acknow Sig 1 Module Input State: Acknowledgment [Device Para
Signal (only for automatic
acknowledgment). /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
LED2.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
LED2.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
LED2.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
LED2.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
LED2.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
138 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
LED3.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
LED3.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
LED3.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
LED3.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
LED3.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
Acknow Sig 3 Module Input State: Acknowledgment [Device Para
Signal (only for automatic
acknowledgment). /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
www.eaton.com 139
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
LED4.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
LED4.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
LED4.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
LED4.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
Acknow Sig 4 Module Input State: Acknowledgment [Device Para
Signal (only for automatic
acknowledgment). /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
LED5.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
140 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
LED5.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
LED5.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
LED5.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
Acknow Sig 5 Module Input State: Acknowledgment [Device Para
Signal (only for automatic
acknowledgment). /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
LED6.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
LED6.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
www.eaton.com 141
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
LED6.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
LED6.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
Acknow Sig 6 Module Input State: Acknowledgment [Device Para
Signal (only for automatic
acknowledgment). /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
LED7.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
LED7.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
LED7.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
142 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
LED7.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
Acknow Sig 7 Module Input State: Acknowledgment [Device Para
Signal (only for automatic
acknowledgment). /LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
www.eaton.com 143
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Front Panel
1 2 3 4
Protective
Device
5
Softkeys
6 7 8 9 10
144 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 145
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• Navigation;
• Parameter
decrement/increment;
146 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 147
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Softkey Description
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Up«, the User will be taken to the prior menu point/one parameter up by
scrolling upwards.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Left«, the User will be taken one step back.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Down«, the User will be taken to the next menu point/one parameter down
by scrolling downwards.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Right«, the User will be taken to a sub-menu.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Top of List«, the User will be taken directly to the top of a list.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Bottom of List«, the User will be taken directly to the end of a list.
148 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Softkey Description
• Via »SOFTKEY« »+«, the related digit will be incremented. (Continuous pressure -> fast).
• Via »SOFTKEY« »-«, the related digit will be decremented. (Continuous pressure -> fast)
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Left«, the User will be taken one digit to the left.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Right«, the User will be taken one digit to the right.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Parameter Setting«, the User will call up the parameter setting mode.
In order to return to the main menu, just keep pressing the Softkey »Arrow-Left« until you arrive at the »Main
Menu».
Key Description
á Move up within the navigation tree or parameter list.
Ctrl+O Opens the file opening dialog. Allows browsing through the file system for an existing
device file.
Ctrl+N Creates a new parameter file by means of a template.
www.eaton.com 149
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Key Description
F2 Loads device data.
150 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
PowerPort-E
PowerPort-E is software that is used to configure a device and read data from a device. PowerPort-E provides
the following:
Installation of PowerPort-E
Port 52152 must not be blocked by a Firewall. If it is, the connection will be
blocked.
System Requirements: Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista, or Windows 7).
To install PowerPort-E:
• Select an installation path or confirm the standard installation path by mouse click on the »Continue«
button.
• Confirm the entry for the suggested installation folder by mouse click on the »Continue« button.
If the suggested installation folder was chosen in the procedure above, the User can now call up the program via
Uninstalling PowerPort-E
Via the [Start>System Control >Software] menu, the PowerPort-E application can be uninstalled from the com-
puter.
www.eaton.com 151
IM02602007E EDR-5000
If the PC/notebook does not have a serial interface, the User will need a
special USB-to-serial-adapter. If the USB-to-serial-adapter is correctly
installed, communication with the device can be established using the CD
provided (see the next section).
• Connect the PC/notebook with the device via a null modem cable.
• When initially setting up the connection, a dialog window appears with the information that, so far, a
direct connection with your protection device has not been established. Click on »Yes«.
• If, to this point, a location has not been set up on your PC, your location information has to be put in.
Confirm the pop-up window »Telephone and Modem Options« with »OK«.
• The Windows network connection assistant appears after the location information is set up. Select the
connection type »Establish direct connection to another computer«.
• Select the serial interface (COM-Port) where the device shall be connected.
• Select »To be used for all Users« in the »Availability of the connection« window.
• Do not change the connection name appearing in window »Name of the connection« and click the
button »Complete«.
• Finally, you arrive again in the window »Device Installation« from where you started establishing the
connection. Confirm the adjustments by clicking the »OK« button.
152 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
If the PC/notebook does not have a serial interface, the User will need a
special USB-to-serial-adapter. If the USB-to-serial-adapter is correctly
installed, communication with the device can be established using the CD
provided (see the next section).
• Connect your PC/notebook with the device via a null modem cable.
• When initially setting up the connection, a dialog window appears with the information that, so far, a
direct connection with your protection device has not been established. Click on »Yes«.
www.eaton.com 153
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• If, to this point, a location has not been set up on your PC, your location information has to be put in.
Confirm the following pop-up window »Telephone and Modem Options« by selecting »OK«.
• The Windows network connection assistant appears after the location information is set up. Select the
connection type »Establish direct connection to another computer«.
• Select the serial interface (COM-Port) where the device will be connected.
• Select »To be used for all Users« in the »Availability of the connection« window.
• Do not change the connection name appearing in the »Name of the connection« window and click the
»Complete« button.
• Finally, you arrive again in the »Device Installation« window where you started establishing the
connection. Confirm the adjustments by clicking the »OK« button.
Protective
Relay
RS232
PowerPort-E
Establishing the connection between PowerPort-E and the device is a three step procedure.
2.Installing a (virtual) modem (that is a precondition for TCP/IP communication via a null modem cable)/
(to be done within the Windows Phone and Modem dialog).
154 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
3.Establishing a network connection between PowerPort-E and the device (to be done within
PowerPort-E).
• Open the Windows Start menu and type “Phone and Modem” and RETURN.
• This opens the “Phone and Modem” Dialog.
• Go to the »Modem« tab.
• Click on the »Add« button.
• The Hardware Wizard window “Install New Modem” pops up.
• Set the check box “Don´t detect my modem; I will select it from a list”.
• Click on the »Next« button.
• Select Communications cable between two computers.
• Click on the »Next« button.
• Choose the correct COM-Port.
• Click on the »Next« button.
• Click on the »Finish« button.
• Select the new added modem and click on the »Properties« button.
• Go to the »General« tab.
• Click on the »Change settings« button.
• Go to the »Modem« tab.
• Within the Drop-Down Menu, set the correct baud rate = 115200.
• Close this dialog with the »OK« button.
• Close the Phone and Modem dialog with the »OK« button.
• You have to reboot your computer now!
• Connect the device to the PC/notebook via a correct null modem cable.
• Run PowerPort-E.
• Call up »Device Connection« within the menu »Device Connection«.
• Click on the »Settings« button.
• A connection wizard will pop up asking you How do you want to connect.
• Choose »Dial-up«.
• The telephone number must not be empty. Please enter any number (e.g. 1).
• The User name and password can be ignored.
• Click on the »OK« button.
If your computer has no direct connection to the Internet, that means that it is placed behind a proxy server. In
certain circumstances, the device connection has to be modified. The device connection has to be provided with
www.eaton.com 155
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Internet Explorer
For each connection, the proxy settings have to be set manually. Please proceed as follows.
• Set the check box »Use Proxy Server for this connection«.
• Enter the proxy settings that are available from your network administrator.
Firefox
The proxy settings are centrally managed, so there is no need to modify any settings.
(In case there is more than one protective device within the TCP/IP network
or establishing an unintentional wrong connection to a protective device
based on a wrong entered IP address.
The User MUST double check the IP addresses of the connection that is to
be established. That means, the User MUST first read out the IP address at
the HMI of the device (within menu [Device para/TCP IP]) then compare the
IP address with the list. If the addresses are identical, establish the
connection. If they are not, DO NOT establish the connection.
156 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Call up the »Device parameter/TCP/IP« menu at the HMI (panel) and set the following parameters:
• TCP/IP address
• Subnet mask
• Gateway
PowerPort-E
TCP/IP
IP-Address
Device
Example
www.eaton.com 157
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Or:
PowerPort-E
TCP/IP
Ethernet
TCP/IP
TCP/IP TCP/IP
IP-Address
IP-Address
IP-Address
Protective Protective
...
Relay Relay
Part 1: If you do not know the Slave ID of the device that should be connected via Modbus Tunnel, it can be
read out at the device.
158 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Call up the menu »Device parameter/Modbus« at the HMI (panel) and read out the Slave ID.
Part 2: Setting the IP address of the gateway and the Slave ID of the device that is to be connected via Modbus
tunnel using PowerPort-E.
www.eaton.com 159
IM02602007E EDR-5000
PowerPort-E
TCP/IP
Modbus RTU
SLAVE ID n
SLAVE ID 3
Protective Protective
...
Relay Relay
PowerPort-E Troubleshooting
• Make sure that the Windows service Telephony is started. In [Start>System Control >Administration
>Services] the service »Telephony« must be visible and must have been started. If not, the service has
to be started.
• For establishing the connection, the User needs to have sufficient rights (administration rights).
• If a firewall is installed on your computer, TCP/IP port 52152 must have been released.
160 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• If your computer does not have a serial interface, the User needs a USB-to-serial-adapter, approved by
Eaton Corporation. This adapter has to be properly installed.
• Ensure that a null modem cable is used (a standard serial cable without control wires does not enable
communication).
»Cancel«:
The warning is ignored and the connection adjustments remain as they are
set. This procedure is accepted for a limited time, but the User is required
to establish a correct connection at a later time.
www.eaton.com 161
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• Close PowerPort-E.
• Click on the correct (in case there is more than one) entry »Connection cable between two computers«.
162 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
The star symbol (in the device tree window) indicates that parameters in the
opened file (within PowerPort-E) differ from parameters stored on your
local hard disk.
If a parameter file is saved on the local hard drive, these parameters are no
longer classified to be modified and cannot be transmitted via the »Transfer
only modified parameters into the device« button.
In case the User has loaded and modified a parameter file from the device
and saved it to the local hard drive without transferring the parameters into
the device before hand, the User cannot use the »Transfer only modified
parameters into the device« button. In this case, use the »Transfer all
parameters into the device« button.
The »Transfer only modified parameters into the device« button only works
if modified parameters are available in the PowerPort-E application.
In contrast, all parameters of the device are transferred when the »Transfer
all parameters into the device« button is pressed (provided all device
parameters are valid).
• In order to (re-)transfer changed parameters into the device, select »Transfer all parameters into the
device« in the »Device« menu.
• Confirm the safety inquiry »Shall the parameters be overwritten into the device?«.
• Confirm the inquiry »Parameters successfully updated?«. It is recommended to save the parameters
into a local file on your hard drive. Confirm »Shall The Data Be Saved Locally?“« with »Yes«
(recommended). Select a suitable folder on the hard disk.
• The changed parameter data are now saved in the chosen folder.
www.eaton.com 163
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Click on »Save as ...« in the »File« menu. Specify a name, choose a folder on the hard disk, and save the
device data accordingly.
• Printer settings;
• Page preview;
• Printing; and
• Exporting the selected print range into a "txt" file.
The printing menu of the PowerPort-E software offers different types of printing ranges.
When exporting data, only the actual selected printing range will be
exported into a “txt” file. That means that if the User has chosen the
“Complete device parameter tree” printing range, then the “Complete
device parameter tree” will be exported. But, if the User has chosen the
“Actual working window” printing range, only that range of data will be
exported.
If the User exports a “txt” file, the content of this file is encoded as
Unicode. That means that, if the User wants to edit this file, the application
must support Unicode encoded files (e.g.: Microsoft Office 2003 or higher).
164 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
The PowerPort-E application also enables the User to create a configuration/parameter file off-line using a
“Device Model”. The advantage of using a device model is that the User can pre-configure a device by setting
parameters in advance.
The User can also read the parameter file out of the device, further process it off-line (e.g.: from the office) and
finally re-transfer it to the device.
• Load an existing parameter file from a device (please refer to the Section “Loading Device Data When
Using PowerPort-E");
• Create a new parameter file (see below); or
• Open a locally saved parameter file (backup).
• In order to create a new off-line parameter file, select »Create new parameter file« within the »File«
menu.
• A working window pops- up. Please make sure that you select the right device type with the correct
version and configuration.
• In order to save the device configuration, select »Save« out of the »File« menu.
• Within the »Modify Device Configuration (Typecode)« menu, the User can modify the device
configuration or simply find out the type code of the current selection.
If the User wants to transfer the parameter file into a device, please refer to Section “Restoring Device Data
When using PowerPort-E”.
Measuring Values
www.eaton.com 165
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• If the device data have not been loaded, select »Receive Data From The Device« from the »Device«
menu.
• Double click on the »Measured Values« icon within the »Operation« navigation tree.
• Double click the »Standard Values« or »Special values« within the »Measured values« tree.
• The measured and calculated values are now shown in tabular form in the window.
To have the measuring data read in a cyclic manner, select »Auto refresh«
in the »View« menu. The measured values are read out about every two
seconds.
If the device is not equipped with an voltage measuring card the first measuring input on the first current
measuring card (slot with the lowest number) will be used as the reference angle (»IA«).
/Current Fund.]
IB Fund. Measured value: Phase current [Operation
(Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
IC Fund. Measured value: Phase current [Operation
(Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
IX meas Fund. Measured value (measured): IX [Operation
(Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
IR calc Fund. Measured value (calculated): IR [Operation
(Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
166 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Current Fund.]
I1 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Positive [Operation
phase sequence current (Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
I2 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Unbalanced [Operation
load current (Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
Angle IA Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of [Operation
Phasor IA
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
Angle IB Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of [Operation
Phasor IB
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
Angle IC Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of [Operation
Phasor IC
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
Angle IX meas Measured Value: Angle of Phasor IX meas [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
Angle IR calc Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of [Operation
Phasor IR calc
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
Angle I0 Measured Value (calculated): Angle of Zero [Operation
Sequence System
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
Angle I1 Measured Value (calculated): Angle of [Operation
Positive Sequence System
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
www.eaton.com 167
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Current Fund.]
IA RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]
IB RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]
IC RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]
IX meas RMS Measured value (measured): IX (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]
IR calc RMS Measured value (calculated): IR (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]
%IA THD Measured Value (Calculated): IA Total [Operation
Harmonic Distortion
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]
%IB THD Measured Value (Calculated): IB Total [Operation
Harmonic Distortion
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]
%IC THD Measured Value (Calculated): IC Total [Operation
Harmonic Distortion
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]
IA THD Measured Value (Calculated): IA Total [Operation
Harmonic Current
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]
168 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Current RMS]
IC THD Measured Value (Calculated): IC Total [Operation
Harmonic Current
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]
%(I2/I1) Measured value (calculated): I2/I1 if ABC, [Operation
I1/I2 if CBA
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
VAB Fund. Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage [Operation
(Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
VBC Fund. Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage [Operation
(Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
VCA Fund. Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage [Operation
(Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
VA Fund. Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage [Operation
(Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
www.eaton.com 169
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Voltage Fund.]
VC Fund. Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage [Operation
(Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
VX meas Fund. Measured value (measured): VG measured [Operation
(Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
VR calc Fund. Measured value (calculated): VR [Operation
(Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
V0 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Symmetrical [Operation
components Zero voltage(Fundamental)
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
V1 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Symmetrical [Operation
components positive phase sequence
voltage(Fundamental) /Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
V2 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Symmetrical [Operation
components negative phase sequence
voltage(Fundamental) /Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
VAB RMS Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage [Operation
(RMS)
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
VBC RMS Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage [Operation
(RMS)
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
VCA RMS Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage [Operation
(RMS)
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
170 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Voltage RMS]
VB RMS Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage [Operation
(RMS)
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
VC RMS Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage [Operation
(RMS)
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
VX meas RMS Measured value (measured): VG measured [Operation
(RMS)
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
VR calc RMS Measured value (calculated): VR (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
Angle VAB Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of [Operation
Phasor VAB
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
Angle VBC Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of [Operation
Phasor VBC
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
Angle VCA Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of [Operation
Phasor VCA
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
Angle VA Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of [Operation
Phasor VA
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
Angle VB Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of [Operation
Phasor VB
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
www.eaton.com 171
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Voltage Fund.]
Angle VX meas Measured Value: Angle of Phasor VX meas [Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
Angle VR calc Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of [Operation
Phasor VR calc
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
Angle V0 Measured Value (calculated): Angle of Zero [Operation
Sequence System
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
Angle V1 Measured Value (calculated): Angle of [Operation
Positive Sequence System
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
Angle V2 Measured value (calculated): Angle of [Operation
Negative Sequence System
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
%(V2/V1) Measured value (calculated): %V2/V1 if [Operation
ABC, %V1/V2 if CBA
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
% VAB THD Measured value (calculated): VAB Total [Operation
Harmonic Distortion / fundamental
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
% VBC THD Measured value (calculated): VBC Total [Operation
Harmonic Distortion / fundamental
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
% VCA THD Measured value (calculated): VCA Total [Operation
Harmonic Distortion / fundamental
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
172 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Voltage RMS]
% VB THD Measured value (calculated): VB Total [Operation
Harmonic Distortion / fundamental
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
% VC THD Measured value (calculated): VC Total [Operation
Harmonic Distortion / fundamental
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
VAB THD Measured value (calculated): VAB Total [Operation
Harmonic Distortion
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
VBC THD Measured value (calculated): VBC Total [Operation
Harmonic Distortion
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
VCA THD Measured value (calculated): VCA Total [Operation
Harmonic Distortion
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
VA THD Measured value (calculated): VA Total [Operation
Harmonic Distortion
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
VB THD VB THD [Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
VC THD VC THD [Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
www.eaton.com 173
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Power]
Wh Fwd Positive Active Power is consumed active [Operation
energy
/Measured Values
/Energy]
Wh Rev Negative Active Power (Fed Energy) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Energy]
VArh Lag Positive Reactive Power is consumed [Operation
Reactive Energy
/Measured Values
/Energy]
VArh Lead Negative Reactive Power (Fed Energy) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Energy]
VAh Net Net VA Hours [Operation
/Measured Values
/Energy]
Wh Net Net Watt Hours [Operation
/Measured Values
/Energy]
VArh Net Net VAr Hours [Operation
/Measured Values
/Energy]
Start Date/Time Energy counters run since ... (Date and [Operation
time of last reset)
/Measured Values
/Energy]
Syst VA RMS Measured VAs (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Power]
174 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Power]
Syst VAr RMS Measured VARs. Reactive power (Q- = Fed [Operation
Reactive Power, Q+ = Consumpted
Reactive Power) (RMS) /Measured Values
/Power]
Apt PF Measured Value (Calculated): 55A - [Operation
Apparent Power Factor
/Measured Values
/Power]
Energy Counter
EnergyCr
www.eaton.com 175
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
VArh Lead Res Cr Signal: VArh Lead Reset Counter
Res all Energy Cr Signal: Reset of all Energy Counters
Cr OverflwWarn VAh Net Signal: Counter VAh Net will overflow soon
Cr OverflwWarn Wh Net Signal: Counter Wh Net will overflow soon
Cr OverflwWarn Wh Fwd Signal: Counter Wh Fwd will overflow soon
Cr OverflwWarn Wh Rev Signal: Counter Wh Rev will overflow soon
Cr OverflwWarn VArh Net Signal: Counter VArh Net will overflow soon
Cr OverflwWarn VArh Lag Signal: Counter VArh Lag will overflow soon
Cr OverflwWarn VArh Lead Signal: Counter VArh Lead will overflow soon
176 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Statistics
Statistics
In the »Operation/Statistics« menu, the minimum, maximum, and mean values of the measured and calculated
quantities can be found. The statistics are ordered by »Standard values« and »Special values« (depending on
the type of device and the device planning).
In the »Device Parameter/Statistics« menu, the User can either set a fixed synchronization time and a
calculation interval or start and stop the statistics via a function (e.g.: digital input).
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the
»Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Statistics« icon within the »Operation« navigation tree.
The values can be read out cyclically. For this purpose, please select »Auto Refresh« out of the »View« menu.
Statistics (Configuration)
The Statistics module can be configured within the »Device Parameter/Statistics« menu.
The time interval, that is taken into account for the calculation of the statistics, can either be limited by a fixed
duration or it can be limited by a start function (freely assignable signal from the »assignment list« menu).
Fixed Duration:
If the statistics module is set to a fixed duration/time interval, the minimum, maximum, and average values
will be calculated and displayed continuously on the basis of this duration/time interval.
If the statistics module is to be initiated by a start function, the statistics will not be updated until the start
function becomes true (rising edge). At the same time, a new time interval will be started.
www.eaton.com 177
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, click »Receive Data From The Device« in
the»Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Statistics« icon within the »Device Parameter« navagation tree.
Direct Commands
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ResFc all Resetting of all Statistic values (Current Inactive, Inactive [Operation
Demand, Power Demand, Min, Max)
Active /Reset]
ResFc I Resetting of Statistics - Current Demand Inactive, Inactive [Operation
Demand (avg, peak avg)
Active /Reset]
ResFc P Resetting of Statistics - Power Demand Inactive, Inactive [Operation
Demand (avg, peak avg)
Active /Reset]
ResFc Min Resetting of all Minimum values Inactive, Inactive [Operation
Active /Reset]
ResFc Max Resetting of all Maximum values Inactive, Inactive [Operation
Active /Reset]
/Statistics
/Min / Max]
ResFc Min Resetting of all Minimum values 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Statistics
/Min / Max]
178 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Demand
/Current Demand]
Start I Demand Start of the calculation, if the assigned 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
Fc signal becomes true.
/Statistics
Only available if: Start I Demand via: =
StartFct /Demand
/Current Demand]
ResFc I Resetting of Statistics - Current Demand 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
Demand (avg, peak avg)
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]
www.eaton.com 179
IM02602007E EDR-5000
15 s, /Current Demand]
30 s,
1 min,
5 min,
10 min,
15 min,
30 min,
1 h,
2 h,
6 h,
12 h,
1 d,
2 d,
5 d,
7 d,
10 d,
30 d
Window I Window configuration Sliding, Fixed [Device Para
Demand
Fixed /Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]
Start P Start Active Power demand by: Duration, Duration [Device Para
Demand via:
StartFct /Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
180 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Power Demand]
ResFc P Resetting of Statistics - Power Demand 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
Demand (avg, peak avg)
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
Duration P Recording time 2 s, 15 s [Device Para
Demand
Only available if: Start P Demand via: = 5 s, /Statistics
Duration
10 s, /Demand
15 s, /Power Demand]
30 s,
1 min,
5 min,
10 min,
15 min,
30 min,
1 h,
2 h,
6 h,
12 h,
1 d,
2 d,
5 d,
7 d,
10 d,
30 d
www.eaton.com 181
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Demand
/Power Demand]
/Demand
/Current Demand]
StartFc 2-I State of the module input: Start of Statistics [Device Para
2 (Update the displayed Demand )
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
ResFc I Demand-I State of the module input: Resetting of [Device Para
Statistics - Current Demand (avg, peak avg)
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]
ResFc P Demand-I State of the module input: Resetting of [Device Para
Statistics - Power Demand (avg, peak avg)
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
ResFc Max-I State of the module input: Resetting of all [Device Para
Maximum values
/Statistics
/Min / Max]
ResFc Min-I State of the module input: Resetting of all [Device Para
Minimum values
/Statistics
/Min / Max]
182 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Demand
/Current Demand]
Res Cr P Demand Number of resets since last booting. The [Operation
time stamp shows date and time of the last
reset. /Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
Res Cr Min values Number of resets since last booting. The [Operation
time stamp shows date and time of the last
reset. /Statistics
/Min
/Power]
Res Cr Max values Number of resets since last booting. The [Operation
time stamp shows date and time of the last
reset. /Statistics
/Max
/Power]
www.eaton.com 183
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Max
/Current]
I1 min Fund. Minimum value positive phase sequence [Operation
current (Fundamental)
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]
I2 max Fund. Maximum value unbalanced load current [Operation
(Fundamental)
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]
I2 min Fund. Minimum value unbalanced load current [Operation
(Fundamental)
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]
IA max RMS IA maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]
IA avg RMS IA average value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]
IA min RMS IA minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]
184 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]
IB avg RMS IB average value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]
IB min RMS IB minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]
IC max RMS IC maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]
IC avg RMS IC average value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]
IC min RMS IC minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]
IX meas max RMS Measured value: IX maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]
www.eaton.com 185
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]
IR calc max RMS Measured value (calculated): IR maximum [Operation
value (RMS)
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]
IR calc min RMS Measured value (calculated): IR minimum [Operation
value (RMS)
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]
%(I2/I1) max Measured value (calculated): I2/I1 [Operation
maximum value if ABC, I1/I2 if CBA
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]
%(I2/I1) min %(I2/I1) min [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]
IA Peak demand IA Peak value, RMS value [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]
IB Peak demand IB Peak value, RMS value [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]
186 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]
f min Min. frequency value [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
V1 max Fund. Maximum value: Symmetrical components [Operation
positive phase sequence voltage
(Fundamental) /Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]
V1 min Fund. Minimum value: Symmetrical components [Operation
positive phase sequence voltage
(Fundamental) /Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
V2 max Fund. Maximum value: Symmetrical components [Operation
negative phase sequence voltage
(Fundamental) /Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]
V2 min Fund. Minimum value: Symmetrical components [Operation
negative phase sequence voltage
(Fundamental) /Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
www.eaton.com 187
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]
VAB min RMS VAB minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
VBC max RMS VBC maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]
VBC min RMS VBC minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
VCA max RMS VCA maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]
VCA min RMS VCA minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
VA max RMS VA maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]
188 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
VB max RMS VB maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]
VB min RMS VB minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
VC max RMS VC maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]
VC min RMS VC minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
VX meas max RMS Measured value: VX maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]
VX meas min RMS Measured value: VX minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
www.eaton.com 189
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Max
/Voltage]
VR calc min RMS Measured value (calculated): VR minimum [Operation
value (RMS)
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
%(V2/V1) max Measured value (calculated): %V2/V1 [Operation
maximum value
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]
%(V2/V1) min Measured value (calculated): %V2/V1 [Operation
minimum value
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
/Max
/Power]
Disp PF min Minimum value of the 55D - Displacement [Operation
Power Factor power factor
/Statistics
/Min
/Power]
Syst VA max Maximum value of the apparent power [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Power]
190 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
Syst VA min Minimum value of the apparent power [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Power]
Syst W max Maximum value of the active power [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Power]
Syst W avg Average of the active power [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
Syst W min Minimum value of the active power [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Power]
Syst VAr max Maximum value of the reactive power [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Power]
Syst VAr avg Average of the reactive power [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
www.eaton.com 191
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Statistics
/Min
/Power]
Apt PF max Maximum value of the 55A - Apparent [Operation
Power Factor
/Statistics
/Max
/Power]
Apt PF min Minimum value of the 55A - Apparent [Operation
Power Factor
/Statistics
/Min
/Power]
VA Peak demand VA Peak value, RMS value [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
Watt Peak demand WATTS Peak value, RMS value [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
VAr Peak demand VARs Peak value, RMS value [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
192 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
System Alarms
Available Elements:
System Alarms
Within the System Alarms menu [System Para/System Alarms], the User can configure:
• General Settings (activate/inactivate the Demand Management, optional assign a signal, that will block
the Demand Management);
• THD Protection.
Demand Management
Demand is the average of system current or power over a time interval (window). Demand management
supports the User to keep energy demand below target values bound by contract (with the energy supplier). If
the contractual target values are exceeded, extra charges are to be paid to the energy supplier.
Therefore, demand management helps the User detect and avoid averaged peak loads that are taken into
account for the billing. In order to reduce the demand charge respective to demand rate, peak loads, if possible,
should be diversified. That means, if possible, avoiding large loads at the same time. In order to assist the User
in analyzing the demand, demand management might inform the User by an alarm. The User might also use
demand alarms and assign them on relays in order to perform load shedding (where applicable).
Step1. Configure the general settings within the [Device Para/Demand] menu:
Example for a fixed window: If the range is set for 15 minutes, the protective device calculates
the average current or power over the past 15 minutes and updates the value every 15 minutes.
Example for a sliding window: If the sliding window is selected and the interval is set to 15
minutes, the protective device calculates and updates the average current or power continuously,
for the past 15 minutes (the newest measuring value replaces the oldest measuring value
continuously).
www.eaton.com 193
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Duration
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Sliding
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
t-Delay
Average Calculation Pickup
0
Sliding
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
t-Delay
Average Calculation Pickup
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
194 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Step 2. In addition, the Demand specific settings have to be configured in the [System Para/System
Alarms/Demand] menu:
• Determine if the demand should generate an alarm or if it should run in the silent mode
(Alarm active/inactive);
• Set the threshold; and
• Where applicable, set a delay time for the alarm.
Peak Demand
The protective device also saves the peak demand values for current and power. The quantities represent the
largest demand value since the demand values were last reset. Peak demands for current and system power
are date and time stamped.
Within the [Operation/Demand] menu, the current Demand and Peak demand values can be seen.
Minimum values since last reset: The minimum values are continuously compared to the last minimum value
for that measuring value. If the new value is less than the last minimum, the value is updated. Within the
[Device Para/Statistics] menu, a reset signal can be assigned.
Maximum values since last reset: The maximum values are continuously compared to the last maximum
value for that measuring value. If the new value is greater than the last maximum, the value is updated. Within
the [Device Para/Statistics] menu, a reset signal can be assigned.
THD Protection
In order to supervise power quality, the protective device can monitor the voltage (phase-to-phase) and current
THDs.
www.eaton.com 195
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Active /Power
/Watt]
196 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Power
/Watt]
t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [System Alarms
/Power
/Watt]
Alarm Threshold Inactive, Inactive [System Alarms
Active /Power
/VAr]
Threshold Alarm 1 – 40000000 kVAr 10000 kVAr [System Alarms
/Power
/VAr]
t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [System Alarms
/Power
/VAr]
Alarm Threshold Inactive, Inactive [System Alarms
Active /Power
/VA]
Threshold Alarm 1 – 40000000 kVA 10000 kVA [System Alarms
/Power
/VA]
t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [System Alarms
/Power
/VA]
Alarm Threshold Inactive, Inactive [System Alarms
Active /Demand
/Power Demand
/Watt Demand]
www.eaton.com 197
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Demand
/Power Demand
/Watt Demand]
t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [System Alarms
/Demand
/Power Demand
/Watt Demand]
Alarm Threshold Inactive, Inactive [System Alarms
Active /Demand
/Power Demand
/VAr Demand]
Threshold Alarm 1 – 40000000 kVAr 20000 kVAr [System Alarms
/Demand
/Power Demand
/VAr Demand]
t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [System Alarms
/Demand
/Power Demand
/VAr Demand]
Alarm Threshold Inactive, Inactive [System Alarms
Active /Demand
/Power Demand
/VA Demand]
Threshold Alarm 1 – 40000000 kVA 20000 kVA [System Alarms
/Demand
/Power Demand
/VA Demand]
198 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Demand
/Power Demand
/VA Demand]
Alarm Threshold Inactive, Inactive [System Alarms
Active /Demand
/Current Demand]
Threshold Alarm 10 – 500000 A 500 A [System Alarms
/Demand
/Current Demand]
t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [System Alarms
/Demand
/Current Demand]
Alarm Threshold Inactive, Inactive [System Alarms
Active /THD
/I THD]
Threshold Alarm 1 – 500000 A 500 A [System Alarms
/THD
/I THD]
t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 3600 s 0s [System Alarms
/THD
/I THD]
Alarm Threshold Inactive, Inactive [System Alarms
Active /THD
/U THD]
Threshold Alarm 1 – 500000 V 10000 V [System Alarms
/THD
/U THD]
t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 3600 s 0s [System Alarms
/THD
/U THD]
www.eaton.com 199
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/General Settings]
200 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Resets
Collective Acknowledgments for Latched Signals:
Collective Acknowledgments
Individual Acknowledgment
If the User is within the parameter setting mode, the User cannot
acknowledge.
In case of a fault during parameter setting via the operating panel, the User
must first leave the parameter mode by pressing either the push-buttons
»C« or »OK« before accessing the »Acknowledgements« menu via the
push-button.
www.eaton.com 201
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Manual Acknowledgment
• Press the »C« button on the panel.
• Select the item to be acknowledged via the softkeys:
• Relay Outputs;
• LEDs;
• SCADA;
• A trip command; or
• All the above mentioned items at once.
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, select »Receive Data From The Device« from the
»Device« menu.
External Acknowledgments
Within the [Ex Acknowledge] menu, the User can assign a signal (e.g.: the state of a digital input) from the
assignment list that:
Ack LED
Ex Acknowledge.Ack LED
1..n, Assignment List
Ack RO
Ex Acknowledge.Ack RO
1..n, Assignment List
Ack Comm
Ex Acknowledge.Ack Comm
1..n, Assignment List
Within the [Protection Para\Global Prot Para\TripControl] menu, the User can assign a signal that acknowledges
a pending trip command.
202 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, select »Receive Data From The Device« from the
»Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Ex Acknowledge« icon within the operation menu.
• In the working window, the User can now assign each signal that resets all acknowledgeable LEDs, a
signal that resets all Relay Outputs, a signal that resets the SCADA signals respectively, and a signal
that acknowledges a pending trip command.
Name Description
-.- No assignment
DI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital Input
Modbus.Comm Cmd 1 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 2 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 3 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 4 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 5 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 6 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 7 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 8 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 9 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 10 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 11 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 12 Communication Command
www.eaton.com 203
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Modbus.Comm Cmd 13 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 14 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 15 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 16 Communication Command
Manual Resets
In the »Operation/Reset« menu, the User can:
• Reset counters;
• Delete records (e.g.: disturbance records); and
• Reset special things (like statistics, thermal replica, etc.).
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the
»Device« menu.
• Double click the entry within the pop-up that is to be reset or deleted.
204 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Status Display
In the status display within the »Operation« menu, the present state of all signals can be viewed. This means
the User is able to see if the individual signals are active or inactive at that moment. The User can see all
signals sorted by protective elements/modules.
State of the Module Input / Signal Is ... Is Shown at the Panel as ...
false / »0«
true / »1«
• If the device data have not been downloaded recently, select »Receive Data From The Device« from
»Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Status Display« icon within the operational data.
• Double click on a subfolder (e.g. Prot) in order to see e.g. the states of the general alarms.
www.eaton.com 205
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/HMI]
206 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Recorders
Disturbance Recorder
Disturb rec
The disturbance recorder works with 32 samples per cycle. It can be started by one of eight start events
(selection from the »Assignment list«/OR-Logic).
The disturbance record contains the measuring values including the pre-trigger time. By means of PowerPort-E/
Quality Manager (option), the oscillographic curves of the analog (current, voltage) and digital channels/traces
can be shown and evaluated in a graphical form.
The disturbance recorder has a storage capacity of 120 s (duration). The amount of records depends on the file
size of each record.
Determine the maximum recording time to register a disturbance event. The maximum total length of a
recording is 10 s (including pre-trigger and post-trigger time).
To trigger the disturbance recorder, up to eight signals can be selected from the »Assignment list«. The trigger
events are OR-linked. If a disturbance record is written, a new disturbance record cannot be triggered until all
trigger signals, which have triggered the previous disturbance record, are gone.
Recording is only done for the time the assigned event exists (event controlled), plus the time for the pre- and
post-trigger, but not longer than 10 s. The time for the pre- and post-trigger is to be entered as percent of the
maximum file size.
The post-trigger time will be up to the "Post-trigger time" depending on the duration of
the trigger signal. The post-trigger will be the remaining time of the "Max file size" but,
at maximum, the "Post-trigger time".
Example
The disturbance recorder is started by the general activation facility. After the fault has been cleared (plus
follow-up time), the recording process is stopped (but after 10 s at the latest).
The parameter »Auto Delete« defines how the device will react if a location to which to save the disturbance
record is not available. In case »Auto Delete« is »Active«, the first recorded disturbance will be overwritten
according to the FIFO principle. If the parameter is set to »Inactive«, recording of the disturbance events will be
stopped until the storage location is manually released.
www.eaton.com 207
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Start: 1
Trigger
Start: 2
Trigger
Start: 3
Trigger
Start: 4
Trigger
OR
Recording
Start: 5 OR
Trigger
Start: 6
Trigger
Start: 7
Trigger
Start: 8
Trigger
Man. Trigger
208 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Start 1 = Prot.Pickup
Start 2 = -.-
Start 3 = -.-
Start 4 = -.-
Start 5 = -.-
Start 6 = -.-
Start 7 = -.-
Start 8 = -.-
Auto overwriting = Active
1335 ms
Pre-trigger time
300 ms
1
Post-trigger time
365 ms
1
t-rec
2000 ms
1
2000 ms
1
www.eaton.com 209
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Start 1 = Prot.Trip
Start 2 = -.-
Start 3 = -.-
Start 4 = -.-
Start 5 = -.-
Start 6 = -.-
Start 7 = -.-
Start 8 = -.-
t-rec < Max file size
Auto overwriting = Active
Post-trigger time = 25%
Pre-trigger time
300 ms
1
Post-trigger time
500 ms
1
t-rec
1000 ms
1
2000 ms
1
210 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• A pop-up will appear by double clicking on a disturbance record. Choose a folder where the
disturbance record is to be saved.
• The User can analyze the disturbance records by means of the optionally available Quality Manager by
clicking on »Yes« when asked “Shall the received disturbance record be opened by the Quality
Manager?"
• Choose the disturbance record that is to be deleted via »SOFTKEY« »up« and »SOFTKEY« »down«;
• Call up the detailed view of the disturbance record via »SOFTKEY« »right«;
• Choose whether only the current or all disturbance records should be deleted; and
www.eaton.com 211
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
True /Recorders
/Man. Trigger]
Res all rec Reset all records Inactive, Inactive [Operation
Active /Reset]
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start: 2 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start: 3 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
212 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start: 5 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start: 6 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start: 7 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start: 8 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Auto If there is no more free memory capacity Inactive, Active [Device Para
overwriting left, the oldest file will be overwritten.
Active /Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Post-trigger The post trigger time is settable up to a 0 - 50% 20% [Device Para
time maximum of 50% of the Maximum file size
setting. The post-trigger will be the /Recorders
remaining time of the "Max file size" but at
maximum "Post-trigger time" /Disturb rec]
Pre-trigger time The pre trigger time is settable up to a 0 - 50% 20% [Device Para
maximum of 50% of the maximum file size
setting. /Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Max file size The maximum storage capacity per record 0.1 – 10.0 s 2s [Device Para
is 10 seconds, including pre-trigger and
post-trigger time. The disturbance recorder /Recorders
has a total storage capacity of 120 seconds.
/Disturb rec]
www.eaton.com 213
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Disturb rec]
Start2-I State of the module input: Trigger event / [Device Para
start recording if:
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start3-I State of the module input: Trigger event / [Device Para
start recording if:
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start4-I State of the module input: Trigger event / [Device Para
start recording if:
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start5-I State of the module input: Trigger event / [Device Para
start recording if:
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start6-I State of the module input: Trigger event / [Device Para
start recording if:
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start7-I State of the module input: Trigger event / [Device Para
start recording if:
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Start8-I State of the module input: Trigger event / [Device Para
start recording if:
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Name Description
Recording Signal: Recording
Memory full Signal: Memory Full
Clear fail Signal: Clear Failure in Memory
Res all rec Signal: All records deleted
214 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Res record Signal: Delete Record
Man. Trigger Signal: Manual Trigger
Trigger Blo
Error code Error code OK OK, [Operation
Calculation
err,
File not
found,
Auto
overwriting
off
Fault Recorder
Fault rec
The fault recorder can be started by one of eight start events (selection from the »Assignment list«/OR-Logic). It
can register up to 20 faults. The last of the recorded faults is stored in a fail-safe manner.
If one of the assigned trigger events becomes true, the fault recorder will be started. When a trigger event
happens, each fault is saved including the module and name, fault number, number of grid faults and record
number at that time. For each of the faults, the measuring values (at the time when the trigger event became
true) can be viewed.
Up to eight signals to trigger the fault recorder can be selected from the »Assignment list«. The trigger events
are OR-linked.
The parameter »Auto Delete« defines how the device will react if there is no saving place available. In case
»Auto Delete« is »Active«, the first recorded fault will be overwritten according to the FIFO principle. If the
parameter is set to »Inactive«, recording of the fault events will be stopped until the storage location is released
manually.
www.eaton.com 215
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Start: 1
Trigger
Start: 2
Trigger
Start: 3
Trigger
Start: 4
Trigger
OR
Recording
Start: 5 OR
Trigger
Start: 6
Trigger
Start: 7
Trigger
Start: 8
Trigger
Man. Trigger
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
216 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Double click the »Fault Rec« icon within the »Operation/Recorders« tree.
• In order to receive more detailed information on a fault, click the »Plus Sign« in front of the fault number.
Via the print menu, the User can export the data into a file. Please proceed
as follows.
Active /Reset]
Man. Trigger Manual Trigger False, False [Operation
True /Recorders
/Man. Trigger]
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
www.eaton.com 217
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start: 3 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start: 4 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start: 5 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start: 6 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start: 7 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start: 8 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Auto If there is no more free memory capacity Inactive, Active [Device Para
overwriting left, the oldest file will be overwritten.
Active /Recorders
/Fault rec]
/Fault rec]
218 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Fault rec]
Start3-I State of the module input: Trigger event / [Device Para
start recording if:
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start4-I State of the module input: Trigger event / [Device Para
start recording if:
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start5-I State of the module input: Trigger event / [Device Para
start recording if:
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start6-I State of the module input: Trigger event / [Device Para
start recording if:
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start7-I State of the module input: Trigger event / [Device Para
start recording if:
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Start8-I State of the module input: Trigger event / [Device Para
start recording if:
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Name Description
Res record Signal: Delete Record
Man. Trigger Signal: Manual Trigger
www.eaton.com 219
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Event Recorder
Event rec
The event recorder can register up to 300 events and the last 50 (minimum) saved events are stored in non-
volatile memory, and therefore retailed when power is lost to the unit. The following information is provided for
any of the events.
Record No. Fault No. No of grid faults Date of Record Module Name State
Sequential Number Number of the A grid fault No. can have Time stamp What has changed? Changed Value
ongoing fault. several Fault Nos.
• Select an event.
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device menu.
• Double click the »Event Rec« icon within the »Operation/Recorders« menu.
220 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
PowerPort-E is able to record more events than the device itself, if the
window of the event recorder is opened and »Automatic Up-Date« is set to
active.
Via the print menu, the User can export the data into a file. Please proceed
as follows.
Active /Reset]
Name Description
Res all rec Signal: All records deleted
Trend Recorder
Available Elements:
Trend rec
Functional Description
The Trend Data are data points stored by the Trend Recorder on the relay device over fixed intervals of time,
and can be downloaded from the device using PowerPort-E. A Trend Record is viewable using the Quality
www.eaton.com 221
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Monitor software by selecting files saved by PowerPort-E with a file extension of “.ErTr”. The list of available
trend recorder data is viewable by selecting [Operation/ Recorders/Trend Recorder] on the front panel of the
relay.
When viewed within the Quality Manager, the trend record will show the observed values (up to 10) that the User
has specified. The available values are dependent on the ordered protective device.
Selecting the »Receive Trend Record« button will download data from the relay to the User's PC. By selecting
the »Refresh Trend Recorder«”, PowerPort-E updates the list of the Trend Recorder. The »Delete Trend
Recorder« function will clear all trend data from the relay, leaving the data files on the User's PC.
To view data using the Quality Manager, first the User must open the desired “.ErTr” file to be viewed from a
folder location previously designated by the User. Once the “.ErTr” file is open, the User will see the “Analog
Channels” that are monitored by the Trend Recorder. By clicking on the “Analog Channels”, all monitored
parameters are listed. To view a channel, the User must click on the left mouse key, then drag and drop the
channel onto the right side of the Quality Manager screen. The channel is then listed under the »Displayed
Channels«.
To remove a channel from view, the User must select the Trend Data to be removed in the »Displayed
Channels« menu tree, then click on the right mouse button to bring up the menu options. Here, the User will
find the »Remove« menu option that, when selected, will remove the trend data.
The User has to set the time interval. This defines the distance between two measuring points.
Name Description
- No assignment
IA RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)
IB RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)
IC RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)
IX meas RMS Measured value (measured): IX (RMS)
IR calc RMS Measured value (calculated): IR (RMS)
I0 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Zero current (Fundamental)
I1 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Positive phase sequence current
(Fundamental)
222 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
I2 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Unbalanced load current
(Fundamental)
IA avg RMS IA average value (RMS)
IB avg RMS IB average value (RMS)
IC avg RMS IC average value (RMS)
VA RMS Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage (RMS)
VB RMS Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage (RMS)
VC RMS Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage (RMS)
VX meas RMS Measured value (measured): VG measured (RMS)
VAB RMS Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage (RMS)
VBC RMS Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage (RMS)
VCA RMS Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage (RMS)
V0 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Symmetrical components Zero
voltage(Fundamental)
V1 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Symmetrical components positive
phase sequence voltage(Fundamental)
V2 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Symmetrical components negative
phase sequence voltage(Fundamental)
VA avg RMS VA average value (RMS)
VB avg RMS VB average value (RMS)
VC avg RMS VC average value (RMS)
VAB avg RMS VAB average value (RMS)
VBC avg RMS VBC average value (RMS)
VCA avg RMS VCA average value (RMS)
f Measured Value: Frequency
Disp PF Measured Value (Calculated): 55D - Displacement Power Factor
Power factor
Apt PF Measured Value (Calculated): 55A - Apparent Power Factor
IA THD Measured Value (Calculated): IA Total Harmonic Current
IB THD Measured Value (Calculated): IB Total Harmonic Current
IC THD Measured Value (Calculated): IC Total Harmonic Current
VA THD Measured value (calculated): VA Total Harmonic Distortion
VB THD VB THD
VC THD VC THD
VAB THD Measured value (calculated): VAB Total Harmonic Distortion
VBC THD Measured value (calculated): VBC Total Harmonic Distortion
VCA THD Measured value (calculated): VCA Total Harmonic Distortion
www.eaton.com 223
IM02602007E EDR-5000
30 min, /Recorders
10 min,
5 min
Observed Observed Value1 1..n, TrendRecList IA RMS [Device Para
Value1
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
Observed Observed Value2 1..n, TrendRecList IB RMS [Device Para
Value2
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
Observed Observed Value3 1..n, TrendRecList IC RMS [Device Para
Value3
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
Observed Observed Value4 1..n, TrendRecList IX meas RMS [Device Para
Value4
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
Observed Observed Value5 1..n, TrendRecList VA RMS [Device Para
Value5
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
Observed Observed Value6 1..n, TrendRecList VB RMS [Device Para
Value6
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
Observed Observed Value7 1..n, TrendRecList VC RMS [Device Para
Value7
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
Observed Observed Value8 1..n, TrendRecList VX meas RMS [Device Para
Value8
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
224 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Trend rec]
Observed Observed Value10 1..n, TrendRecList - [Device Para
Value10
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
Name Description
Hand Reset Hand Reset
Active /Reset]
www.eaton.com 225
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Communication Protocols
Modbus®
Modbus
The master (substation control and protection system) can query information from the device, such as:
The master (control system) can give commands/instructions to the device, such as:
• Control of switchgear (where applicable, i.e.: each according to the applied device version);
• Change-over of parameter set;
• Reset and acknowledgment of pickups/signals;
• Adjustment of the date and time; and
• Control of pickup relays.
For detailed information on data point lists and error handling, please refer to the Modbus® documentation.
To allow configuration of the devices for Modbus® connection, some default values of the control system must be
available.
Modbus RTU
Part 1: Configuration of the Devices
• Baud rate.
226 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• »t-timeout«: communication errors are only identified after expiration of a supervision time »t-timeout«;
and
• Response time (defining the period within which an inquiry from the master has to be answered).
• For hardware connection to the control system, there is an RS485 interface at the rear side of the device
(RS485, fiber optic or terminals).
If, for example, an invalid memory address is inquired, error codes will be returned by the device that need to be
interpreted.
Modbus TCP
www.eaton.com 227
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Call up »Device parameter/TCP/IP« at the HMI (panel) and set the following parameters:
• TCP/IP address;
• Subnetmask; and
• Gateway.
• Setting a unit identifier is only necessary if a TCP network should be coupled to a RTU network.
• If a different port than the default port 502 should be used, please proceed as follows:
• Set the maximum acceptable time out for “no communication”. If this time has expired without any
communication, the device concludes a failure has occurred within the master system.
• There is a RJ45 interface at the rear side of the device for the hardware connection to the control
system.
228 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
4800,
9600,
19200,
38400
Physical Digit 1: Number of bits. Digit 2: E=even 8E1, 8E1 [Device Para
Settings parity, O=odd parity, N=no parity. Digit 3:
Number of stop bits. More information on 8O1, /Modbus]
the parity: It is possible that the last data bit
is followed by a parity bit which is used for 8N1,
recognition of communication errors. The
parity bit ensures that with even parity 8N2
("EVEN") always an even number of bits
with valence "1" or with odd parity ("ODD")
an odd number of "1" valence bits are
transmitted. But it is also possible to
transmit no parity bits (here the setting is
"Parity = None"). More information on the
stop-bits: The end of a data byte is
terminated by the stop-bits.
www.eaton.com 229
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Transmission Signal: Communication Active
Comm Cmd 1 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 2 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 3 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 4 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 5 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 6 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 7 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 8 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 9 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 10 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 11 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 12 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 13 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 14 Communication Command
230 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Comm Cmd 15 Communication Command
Comm Cmd 16 Communication Command
/Modbus]
NoOfRequestsForM Total Number of requests for this 0 0- [Operation
e slave. 9999999999
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfResponse Total number of requests having 0 0- [Operation
been responded. 9999999999
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfResponsTimeO Total number of requests with 0 0- [Operation
verruns exceeded response time. Physically 9999999999
corrupted Frame. /Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfOverrunErros Total Number of Overrun Failures. 0 0- [Operation
Physically corrupted Frame. 9999999999
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfParityErrors Total number of parity errors. 0 0- [Operation
Physically corrupted Frame. 9999999999
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfFrameErrors Total Number of Frame Errors. 0 0- [Operation
Physically corrupted Frame. 9999999999
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfBreaks Number of detected communication 0 0- [Operation
aborts 9999999999
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
NoOfQueryInvalid Total Number of Request errors. 0 0- [Operation
Request could not be interpreted 9999999999
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
www.eaton.com 231
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Modbus]
IEC 61850
IEC61850
Introduction
To understand the functioning and mode of operation of a substation in an IEC 61850 automation environment, it
is useful to compare the commissioning steps with those of a conventional substation in a Modbus TCP
environment. In a conventional substation, the individual Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs) communicate in a
vertical direction with the higher level control center via Communication. The horizontal communication is
exclusively realized by wiring relay output contacts (RO) and digital inputs (DI) together.
In an IEC 61850 environment, communication between the IEDs takes place digitally (via Ethernet) by a service
called Generic Object Oriented Substation Event (GOOSE). By means of this service, information about events
is submitted between each IED. Therefore each IED has to know about the functional capability of all other
connected IEDs.
Each IEC 61850 capable device includes a description of its own functionality and communications skills (IED
Capability Description, *.ICD). By means of a Substation Configuration Tool to describe the structure of the
substation, assignment of the devices to the primary technique, etc., virtual wiring of the IEDs between each
other and with other switch gear of the substation can be achieved. A description of the substation configuration
will be generated in the form of a *.SCD file. Finally, this file has to be submitted to each device. Now the IEDs
are able to communicate with each other, react to interlockings, and operate switch gear.
232 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Modbus-TCP IEC61850
Master Master
ModbusTCP
IEC61850
Ethernet Ethernet
Comm
Comm
IED1 IED2 IED3 IED1 IED2 IED3
DI RO DI RO DI RO
Commissioning steps for a conventional substation Commissioning steps for a substation with IEC 61850
with modbus TCP environment: environment:
Each Eaton IEC 61850 capable device includes a description of its own functionality and communications skills
in the form of an IED Capability Description (*.ICD) file. This file can be exported as follows and be used for the
configuration of the substation.
Substation Configuration,
Generation of a Station Configuration Description (SCD) File
The substation configuration (i. e. connection of all logical nodes of protection and control devices) as well as
switch gear usually is done with a ”Substation Configuration Tool“. Therefore the ICD files of all connected IEDs
in the IEC 61850 environment have to be available. The result of the station wide “software wiring” can be
exported in the form of a Station Configuration Description (SCD) file.
www.eaton.com 233
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Suitable Substation Configuration Tools (SCT) are available by the following Companies:
• H&S, Hard- & Software Technologie GmbH & Co. KG, Dortmund (Germany) (www.hstech.de).
• Applied Systems Engineering Inc. (www.ase-systems.com)
• Kalki Communication Technologies Limited (www.kalkitech.com)
234 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/IEC61850]
www.eaton.com 235
IM02602007E EDR-5000
236 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
VirtualInput1 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput2 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput3 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput4 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput5 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput6 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput7 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput8 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput9 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput10 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput11 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput12 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput13 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput14 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput15 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
VirtualInput16 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
www.eaton.com 237
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/IEC61850]
NoOfGooseRxCorre Total Number of subscribed and 0 0- [Operation
ct correctly received GOOSE 9999999999
messages. /Count and RevData
/IEC61850]
NoOfGooseRxNew Number of subscribed and correctly 0 0- [Operation
received GOOSE messages with 9999999999
new content. /Count and RevData
/IEC61850]
NoOfGooseTxAll Total Number of GOOSE messages 0 0- [Operation
that have been published by this 9999999999
device. /Count and RevData
/IEC61850]
NoOfGooseTxNew Total Number of new GOOSE 0 0- [Operation
messages (modified content) that 9999999999
have been published by this device. /Count and RevData
/IEC61850]
NoOfServerRequest Total number of MMS Server 0 0- [Operation
sAll requests including incorrect 9999999999
requests. /Count and RevData
/IEC61850]
NoOfDataReadAll Total Number of values read from 0 0- [Operation
this device including incorrect 9999999999
requests. /Count and RevData
/IEC61850]
NoOfDataReadCorre Total Number of correctly read 0 0- [Operation
ct values from this device. 9999999999
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]
NoOfDataWrittenAll Total Number of values written by 0 0- [Operation
this device including incorrect ones. 9999999999
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]
NoOfDataWrittenCor Total Number of correctly written 0 0- [Operation
rect values by this device. 9999999999
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]
238 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/IEC61850]
Error /IEC61850]
GooseSubscriberSta State of the GOOSE Subscriber (on Off Off, [Operation
te or off)
On, /Status display
Error /IEC61850]
MmsServerState State of MMS Server (on or off) Off Off, [Operation
Error /IEC61850]
IRIG-B00X
IRIG-B
If you are using an IRIG time code that does not support the “year”
information (IRIG-B000, IRIG-B001, IRIG-B002, IRIG-B003), you have to set
the “year” manually within the device. In these cases the correct year
information is a precondition for a properly working IRIG-B.
www.eaton.com 239
IM02602007E EDR-5000
IRIG-B
Time Code Generator
Protective Relay
- +
To Other Devices
Based on the IRIG STANDARD 200-04, the device interface and software provides all time synchronization
formats IRIG-B00X (IRIG-B000 / B001 / B002 / B003 / B004 / B005 / B006 / B007) as described in the standard.
IRIG-B004 and higher will support/transmit the “year” information.
Time code B has a time frame of 1 second with an index count of 10 milliseconds and contains time-of-year and
year information in a binary code decimal (BCD) format, and seconds-of-day in straight binary seconds (SBS)
format.
The location of the IRIG-B interface depends to the device type. Please see the wiring diagram supplied with the
protective device.
Function
The following IRIG-B parameters can be set within the Device Parameters menu.
• Set the time zone parameter (choose one of the 36 UTC Time Zones).
240 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
A signal will be issued if no IRIG-B time code is received for longer than 60 s.
The protective devices offer up to 18 IRIG-B assignment options for those control commands in order to carry
out the assigned action. That means if the IRIG-B time code is fed with the corresponding state of those control
commands, than they can be used for further processing within the devices (e.g.: in order to start statistics,
switch on or off street lighting).
IRIB-003,
IRIB-004,
IRIB-005,
IRIB-006,
IRIB-007
www.eaton.com 241
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
Inverted Signal: IRIG-B inverted
Control Signal1 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal2 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal4 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal5 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal6 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
242 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Control Signal7 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal8 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal9 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal10 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal11 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal12 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal13 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal14 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal15 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal16 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal17 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Control Signal18 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B00X Values
/IRIG-B]
NoOfFrameErrors Total Number of Frame Errors. 0 0 - 65535 [Operation
Physically corrupted Frame.
/Count and RevData
/IRIG-B]
Edges Edges 0 0 - 65535 [Operation
/IRIG-B]
www.eaton.com 243
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameters
Parameter setting and planning can be done:
Parameter Definitions
Device Parameters
Device Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree. By modifying the Device Parameters, the User may
(depending on the type of device):
System Parameters
System Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree. System Parameters comprise the essential, basic
settings of your switchboard such as rated frequency and transformer ratios.
Protection Parameters
Protection Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree. This Protection Parameters include the
following.
• Global Protection Parameters are part of the Protection Parameters: All settings and assignments
that are done within the Global Parameter tree are valid independent of the Setting Groups. They have
to be set only once. In addition, Global Protection Parameters include the parameters used for Breaker
Management.
• The Parameter Setting Switch is part of the Protection Parameters: The User may either directly
switch to a certain parameter setting group or determine the conditions for switching to another
parameter setting group.
• Setting Group Parameters are part of the Protection Parameters: By means of the Setting Group
Parameters, the User may individually adapt the protective device to the current conditions or grid
conditions. The Setting Group Parameters may be individually set in each Settings group.
244 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Improving the Usability (Clarity): All protection modules that are currently unused can be hidden
(switched to invisible) through Device Planning. In the Device Planning menu, the User can adapt the
scope of functionality of the protective device exactly as needed. The User can improve the usability by
hiding all modules that are not currently needed.
• Adapting the device to the application: For those modules that are needed, determine how they
should be set up (e.g.: directional, non-directional, <, >...).
Direct Commands
Direct Commands are part of the Device Parameter tree but NOT part of the parameter file. They will be
executed directly (e.g.: Resetting of a Counter).
By means of the Module Inputs, information can be passed to and acted upon by the modules. The User can
assign signals to Module Inputs. The state of the signals that are assigned to an input can be viewed from the
Status Display. Module Inputs can be identified by an ”-I” at the end of the name.
Signals
Signals are part of the Device Parameter tree. The state of the signal is context-dependent.
• Signals represent the state of the installation/equipment (e.g.: position indicators of the breaker).
• Signals are assessments of the state of the grid and the equipment (System OK, Transformer failure
detected, ...).
• Signals represent decisions that are taken by the device (e.g.: Trip Command) based on the User
parameter settings.
www.eaton.com 245
246
IM02602007E
AdaptSet 3
AdaptSet 1
PSet-Switch
EDR-5000
&
AND AdaptSet 4
AdaptSet 3
PSet-Switch.Mode AdaptSet 2
AdaptSet 1
PS1
Standard [0…*In] [1...n] [0…s] [0.05...n] [1...n] [0…s] Active/Inactive Active/Inactive
PS2
[0…*In] [1...n] [0…s] [0.05...n] [1...n] [0…s] Active/Inactive Active/Inactive
www.eaton.com
PS3
[0…*In] [1...n] [0…s] [0.05...n] [1...n] [0…s] Active/Inactive Active/Inactive
PS4
[0…*In] [1...n] [0…s] [0.05...n] [1...n] [0…s] Active/Inactive Active/Inactive
PSS via Inp fct
Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
PSS via Comm
Function ExBlo Fc Rvs Blo Fc Blo TripCmd ExBlo TripCmd Fc Pickup Curve Shape t t-multiplier Reset Mode t-reset IH2 Blo Nondir Trip at V=0
Adaptive Parameter Sets
By means of Adaptive Parameter Sets, the User can temporarily modify single parameters within the
Parameter Setting groups.
The functionality of the IED (relay) can be enhanced / adapted, by means of Adaptive Parameters in order to
meet the requirements of modified states of the grid or the power supply system respectively, to manage
unpredictable events.
Moreover, the adaptive parameter can also be used to realize various special protective functions or to expand
the existing function modules in a simple way, without costly redesign the existing hardware or software platform.
The Adaptive Parameter feature allows, besides a standard parameter set, one of the four parameter sets
labeled from 1 to 4, to be used, for example, in a time overcurrent element under the control of the configurable
Set Control Logic. The dynamic switch-over of the adaptive parameter set is only active for a particular element
when its adaptive set control logic is configured and only as long as the activation signal is true.
For some protection elements, such as time overcurrent and instantaneous overcurrent ( 50P, 51P, 50G, 51G,
…), besides the “default” setting there exists another four “alternative” settings for pickup value, curve type, time
dial, and reset mode set values that can dynamically be switched-over by means of the configurable adaptive
setting control logic in the single set parameter.
If the Adaptive Parameter feature is not used, the adaptive set control logic will not be selected (assigned). The
protective elements work, in this case, just like a normal protection using the “Default” settings. If one of the
Adaptive Set Control logic is assigned to a logic function, the protective element will be “switched-over” to the
corresponding adaptive settings if the assigned logic function is asserted and will drop-out to the “Default” setting
if the assigned signal that has activated the Adaptive Set has dropped-out.
The use of Adaptive Parameters via the HMI (panel) differs a bit to the use
via PowerPort-E.
www.eaton.com 247
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Adaptive Parameters can be also used via the HMI (instead of using the recommended PowerPort-E). The
principle method of using them via the HMI is as follows.
1. Assign an activation signal for an Adaptive Parameter Set within the Global Parameters »Global Para«
for a protective element (available for current functions only).
3. Go to the parameter that should be modified adaptively and call it up for editing (arrow-right-key).
Application Example
The tripping time »t« for the 50[1] element of »Parameter Set 1« should be desensitized (reduced) in case
Digital Input 2 becomes active.
1. Call up the menu [Protection Para/Global Protection Para/I-Prot/50[1]/Adaptive Para1] and assign Digital
Input 2 as activation signal.
3. Go to the tripping time parameter »t« by means of the softkey (arrow-down) and call up the submenu by
means of the softkey (arrow-right).
Check and confirm that the functionality is in compliance with your protection plan via a commissioning test.
Application Example
During a “Switch-OnTo-Fault” condition, the User is usually requested to make the embedded protective function
tripping of the faulted line faster, instantaneous, or sometimes non-directional.
Such a “Switch-OnTo-Fault” application can easily be realized using the Adaptive Parameter features
mentioned previously. The standard time overcurrent protection element (e.g.: 51P) should trip instantaneously
in case of SOTF condition,. If the SOTF logic function »SOTF ENABLED« is detecting a manual breaker close
condition, the relay switches to Adaptive Set 1 if the signal »SOTF.ENABLED« is assigned to Adaptive Set 1. The
corresponding Adaptive Set 1 will become active and than »t = 0« sec.
248 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
The screen shot above shows the adaptive setting configurations following applications based on only one
simple overcurrent protection element:
Application Examples
• The output signal of the Switch OnTo Fault module can be used to activate an Adaptive Parameter Set
that sensitizes the overcurrent protection.
• The output signal of the Cold Load Pickup module can be used to activate an Adaptive Parameter Set
that desensitizes the overcurrent protection.
• By means of Adaptive Parameter Sets, an Adaptive Auto Reclosure can be realized. After a reclosure
attempt, the tripping thresholds or tripping curves of the overcurrent protection can be adapted.
• Depending on undervoltage, the overcurrent protection can be modified (voltage controlled). This
applies to devices that offer voltage protection only.
• The ground overcurrent protection can be modified by the residual voltage. This applies to devices that
offer voltage protection only.
www.eaton.com 249
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• Dynamic and automatic adaption of the ground current settings in order to adapt the settings to different
loads (single-phase load diversity).
Adaptive Parameter Sets are only available for devices with current
protection modules.
Name Description
-.- No assignment
27M[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
27M[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
59M[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
59M[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
47[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Asymmetry
47[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Asymmetry
SOTF.enabled Signal: Switch Onto Fault enabled. This Signal can be used to
modify Overcurrent Protection Settings.
CLPU.enabled Signal: Cold Load enabled
AR.Running Signal: Auto Reclosing Running
AR.Pre Shot Pre Shot Control
AR.Shot 1 Shot Control
AR.Shot 2 Shot Control
AR.Shot 3 Shot Control
AR.Shot 4 Shot Control
AR.Shot 5 Shot Control
AR.Shot 6 Shot Control
DI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital Input
Logic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
250 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 251
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
252 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 253
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
254 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 255
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
256 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 257
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
258 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Sys.Maint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Active
Sys.Maint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Inactive
• Configure and reset operational data (event recorder/fault recorder/power meter/switching cycles).
If the device was not active within the parameter setting mode for a longer
time (can be set between 20 – 3600 seconds), the device will automatically
reset to »Display Only« mode (Please refer to the Appendix Module Panel).
As long as the User is within the parameter setting mode, the device cannot
acknowledge.
In order to change into the operation mode (»Parameter Setting«) please proceed as follows.
2.Press the »Wrench« soft key to temporarily change into the Parameter Setting mode.
As long as the User is within the parameter setting mode, a wrench icon
will be shown in the upper right corner of the display.
www.eaton.com 259
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Password
1 2 3 4
• Soft key 3;
• Soft key 2;
• Soft key 4; and
• Soft key 4.
Password Changes
Passwords can be changed at the device in the »Device Para/Password« menu or by means of the PowerPort-E
software.
The password for the operation mode »Parameter setting and planning« enables the User to transfer
parameters from the PowerPort-E software into the device.
When the User wants to change a password, the existing one has to be entered first. The new password (up to
8 digits) is then to be confirmed twice. Please proceed as follows.
• In order to change the password, please enter the old password followed by pressing the »OK« key.
• Next, enter the new password and press the »OK« key.
• Finally, confirm your new password and press the »OK« key.
Password Forgotten
All passwords can be reset to the fail-safe adjustment (1234) by pressing the »Ack/Rst« key during cold booting.
For this procedure, confirm the inquiry »Reset Passwords?« with »Yes«.
260 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Change additional parameters and save all the altered parameters and have them adopted by the
system.
• Press the »OK« key to save the changed parameters directly and to have them adopted by the device.
Confirm the parameter changes by pressing the »Yes« soft key or dismiss by pressing »No« soft key.
Press the »OK« key to initiate the final storage of all parameter changes. Confirm the parameter changes by
pressing the »Yes« soft key or dismiss by pressing the »No« soft key.
www.eaton.com 261
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Plausibility Check
• If the device data have not been loaded, select »Data To Be Received From The Device« in the
»Device« menu.
• In the working window, a tabulated overview appears showing the parameters assigned to this protective
function.
• In this table, double-click the value/parameter to be changed (in this example: »Char«).
• Another window (pop-up) is opened where the User can select the required characteristic.
262 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Plausibility Check
So it is possible to see from each point of the menu tree that conflicts have
been detected by the application.
If the software detects a conflict, it rejects the saving and adopting of the
parameters.
• In order to transfer changed parameters into the device, please select »Transfer all parameters into the
device« in the »Device« menu.
• Confirm the inquiry »Shall The Data Be Saved Locally?« with »Yes« (recommended). Select a suitable
storing location on your hard disk.
www.eaton.com 263
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• The changed parameter data is now saved in the data file chosen. Thereafter, the changed data is
transferred to the device and adopted.
Once the User has entered the parameter setting password, PowerPort-E
will not ask the User again for the password for at least 10 minutes. This
time interval will start again each time parameters are transmitted into the
device. If, for more than 10 minutes, no parameters are transmitted into the
device, PowerPort-E will again ask for the password when the User tries to
transmit parameters into the device.
Protection Parameters
Please note that by deactivating, for example protective functions, the User
also changes the functionality of the device.
The manufacturer does not accept liability for any personal or material
damage as a result of incorrect planning.
• Global Protection Parameters »Global Prot Para«: Here the User can find all protection parameters that
are universally valid. That means they are valid independent of the protection parameter sets.
• Setting Group Parameters »Set1..4«: The protection parameters that the User set within a parameter set
are only valid if the parameter set selected is switched to active.
Setting Groups
Setting Group Switch
Within the »Protection Para/P-Set Switch« menu, the User has the following possibilities:
264 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• To configure the Setting Group Switch respectively, manually choose an active set.
Setting groups can only be copied if there are no conflicts (no red question
marks).
For applications using multiple settings groups, one can use the configuration file from the first group to create
the second group. With the help of PowerPort-E, the User can simply copy an existing setting group to another
(not yet configured) one. The User only needs to change those parameters where the two setting groups are
different.
To efficiently establish a second parameter set where only few parameters are different, proceed as follows.
• Then define both source and destination of the parameter sets to be copied (source = copy from;
destination: copy to).
• Assign a new file name to the revised device parameter file and save it on your hard disk (backup copy).
www.eaton.com 265
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• To transfer the modified parameters back to the device, click on the »Device« menu item and select
»Transfer All Parameters into the Device«.
• Select the two parameter sets from the two drop down menus that are to be compared with each other.
• The values that are different from the set parameters will be listed in tabular form.
• Click on the Folder icon in order to select a file on your hard disk.
• Parameters that are not included in the target file version will be deleted.
• Open a parameter file or load the parameters from a device that should be converted.
• Enter a new file name (in order to prevent overwriting the original file).
266 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Choose the new file type from drop down menu »File Type«.
• Confirm the security check by clicking on »Yes« only if the User is sure that the file conversion should be
executed.
Added parameter:
Deleted parameter:
www.eaton.com 267
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device Parameters
Sys
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the
»Device« menu.
• From the working window, the User can now synchronize the date and time of the device with the PC
(i.e.: that means that the device accepts the date and time from the PC).
Version
Within the»Device parameters/Version« menu, the User can obtain information on the software and hardware
versions.
In order to be able to transmit a parameter file (e.g.: created off line) into the
device, the following parameters must agree:
268 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
TCP/IP Settings
(In case there is more than one protective device within the TCP/IP network or
establishing an unintentional wrong connection to a protective device based on a
wrong entered IP address.
Transferring parameters into the wrong protective device might lead to death,
personal injury, or damage of electrical equipment.
In order to prevent faulty connections, the User MUST document and maintain a list
with the IP addresses of any switchboard/protective devices.
The User MUST double check the IP addresses of the connection that is to be
established. That means, the User MUST first read out the IP address at the HMI of
the device (within menu [Device para/TCP IP]) then compare the IP address with the
list. If the addresses are identical, establish the connection. If they are not, DO NOT
establish the connection.
Within »Device Para / TCP/IP« menu, the TCP/IP settings have to be set.
The first-time setting of the TCP/IP Parameters can be done at the panel (HMI) only.
Call up »Device parameter/TCP/IP« at the HMI (panel) and set the following parameters:
• TCP/IP address;
• Subnetmask; and
• Gateway.
www.eaton.com 269
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Active /Reset]
Ack RO LED Reset the Relay Outputs, LEDs, Inactive, Inactive [Operation
Comm TCmd Communication, and the Trip Command.
Active /Reset]
Yes /General]
MaintMode Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Switch Maint Mode inactive, Inactive [Service
Manually Mode: Manual Activation of the Arc Flash
Reduction Mode Activation via Comm, /MaintMode
Manually]
Only available if: Maint Mode = Activation Activation via DI,
Manually
Inactive,
Active
PS2, /PSet-Switch]
PS3,
PS4,
270 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Secondary values
www.eaton.com 271
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Activation via DI
Maint Mode Activation Signal for the Arc Flash -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 7 [Service
Activated by Reduction Maintenance Switch.
DI-8P X1.DI 1, /Maint Mode]
Only available if: Maint Mode Activated by
= Activation via DI DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
272 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 273
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Ack RO-Comm Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs :Communication
Ack Counter-Comm Signal: Reset of all Counters :Communication
Ack Comm-Comm Signal: Acknowledge Communication :Communication
Ack TripCmd-Comm Signal: Reset Trip Command :Communication
Res OperationsCr Signal: Res OperationsCr
Res AlarmCr Signal: Res AlarmCr
Res TripCr Signal: Res TripCr
Res TotalCr Signal: Res TotalCr
/Version]
Version Version [Device Para
/Version]
Operating hours Cr Operating hours counter of the protective [Operation
device
/Count and RevData
/Sys]
274 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
System Parameters
System Para
Within the system parameters, the User can set all parameters that are relevant for the primary side and the
mains operational method like frequency, primary and secondary values, and the star point treatment.
/General Settings]
Aux VT sec Secondary voltage of Aux VTs 35.00 – 600.00 V 120 V [System Para
/General Settings]
V Sync The fourth measuring input of the voltage A, A [System Para
measuring card measures the voltage that
is to be synchronized. B, /General Settings]
C,
AB,
BC,
CA
www.eaton.com 275
IM02602007E EDR-5000
IR IPol, /Direction]
IR Dual,
IR Neg
IX Dir Cntrl Options for direction detection IX 3V0, IX 3V0 [System Para
IX Neg, /Direction]
IX Dual
3V0 Source Earth overcurrent protection elements take Measured, Calculated [System Para
into account this parameter for direction
decisions. The User has to ensure, that this Calculated /Direction]
parameter is set to "Measured" only if the
ground current is fed to the fourth
measuring input of the current measuring
card.
Ground MTA Ground MTA 0 - 360° 110° [System Para
4th CT IG
CT pri Nominal current of the primary side of the 1 – 50000 A 500 A [System Para
current transformers.
/General Settings]
CT sec Nominal current of the secondary side of 1 A, 5A [System Para
the current transformers.
5A /General Settings]
276 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 277
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Blocking
The device provides a function for temporary blocking of the complete protection functionality or of single
protections.
Permanent Blocking
Switching “On” or “Off” the Complete Protection Functionality
In the »Protection« module, the complete protection of the device can be switched “On” or “Off”. Set the
Function parameter to »Active« or »Inactive« in the »Prot« module.
Each of the modules can be switched “On” or “Off” (permanently). This is achieved when the »Function«
parameter is set to »Active« or »Inactive« in the respective module.
In each of the protections, the tripping command to the breaker can be permanently blocked. For this purpose,
the »TripCmd Blo« parameter has to be set to »Active«.
Temporary Blocking
To Block the Complete Protection of the Device Temporarily by a Signal
In the »Prot« module, the complete protection of the device can be blocked temporarily by a signal. On the
condition that a module-external blocking is permitted (»ExBlo Fc=active«). In addition to this, a related blocking
signal from the »Assignment list« must have been assigned. For the time the allocated blocking signal is active,
the module is blocked.
If the »Prot« module is blocked, the complete protection function does not
work. As long as the blocking signal is active, the device cannot protect
any components.
• In order to establish a temporary blockage of a protection module, the parameter »ExBlo Fc« of the
module has to be set to »Active«. This gives the permission: »This module can be blocked«.
278 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Within the general protection parameters, a signal has to be additionally chosen from the »Assignment
list«. The blocking only becomes active when the assigned signal is active.
The tripping command of any of the protection modules can be blocked from an external signal. In this case,
external does not only mean from outside the device, but also from outside the module. Not only real external
signals are permitted to be used as blocking signals (for example: the state of a digital input), but the User can
also choose any other signal from the »Assignment list«.
• In order to establish a temporary blockage of a protection element, the parameter »ExBlo TripCmd Fc«
of the module has to be set to »Active«. This gives the permission: »The tripping command of this
element can be blocked«.
• Within the general protection parameters, an additional signal has to be chosen and assigned to the
»ExBlo« parameter from the »Assignment list«. If the selected signal is activated, the temporary
blockage becomes effective.
www.eaton.com 279
280
IM02602007E
Trip Blockings
Name.Blo TripCmd
EDR-5000
Inactive
Active
www.eaton.com
Name.Blo TripCmd
OR 3
Name.ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Inactive
Active
Name.ExBlo TripCmd
AND
Name.ExBlo TripCmd
Name.ExBlo TripCmd-I
1..n, Assignment List
To Activate or Deactivate the Tripping Command of a Protection Module
Blockings
Name.Function
EDR-5000
Inactive
Name.Active
www.eaton.com
Name.ExBlo Fc
Inactive
Functions
Active
Name.ExBlo
AND
Name.ExBlo 1
Name.ExBlo1-I
1..n, Assignment List
OR
Name.ExBlo 2
Name.ExBlo2-I
1..n, Assignment List
For the Sync-check module the signal Sync.Active will not be deactivated
Activate, Deactivate Respectively to Block Temporary Protection
IM02602007E
281
282
IM02602007E
Blockings **
Name = I[1]...[n], IG[1]...[n]
Name.Function
Inactive
Active
Name.Active
AND 4
Name.ExBlo Fc
Inactive
Active
Name.ExBlo
AND
EDR-5000
Name.ExBlo 1
Name.ExBlo1-I
1..n, Assignment List
OR
www.eaton.com
Name.ExBlo 2
Name.ExBlo2-I
1..n, Assignment List
Name.Rvs Blo Fc
Inactive
blocking signal from the »Assignment list«, but also by »Reverse Interlocking«.
Active
Name.Rvs Blo
AND
Name.Rvs Blo
Name.Rvs Blo-I
1..n, Assignment List
All other protection functions can be activated, deactivated, or blocked in the same manner.
Current protective functions cannot only be blocked permanently (»Function = Inactive«) or temporarily by any
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
The »Protection« module serves as the outer frame for all other protection modules (i.e.: they are all enclosed by
the »Protection« Module).
If the master »Protection« module is allowed to be temporarily blocked and the allocated blocking signals are
active, then all protection functions will be disabled. In such a case, the protective function is »Inactive«.
Protection Active:
If the master »Protection« module was activated and a blockade for this module was not activated respectively,
the assigned blocking signals are inactive at that moment, then the »Protection« is »Active«.
If the signal becomes true, then all protective and supervisory functions will be blocked as long as one of these
signals are true.
www.eaton.com 283
284
Prot - Active
IM02602007E
Prot.Available
AND
Measured Values: OK
Prot.Active
AND 1
EDR-5000
Prot.ExBlo Fc
Inactive
www.eaton.com
Active
Prot.ExBlo
AND
Prot.ExBlo 1
Prot.ExBlo1-I
1..n, Assignment List
OR
Prot.ExBlo 2
Prot.ExBlo2-I
1..n, Assignment List
Prot.ExBlo 3**
Prot.ExBlo3-I
Selection List
Each protection element generates its own pickup and trip signals, which are automatically passed onto the
»Prot« module where the phase based and general (collective) pickup and trip signals are generated. The
»Prot« module serves as a top level and a common place to group all pickups and trips from each individual
protection element.
For instance, »PROT.PICKUP PHASE A« is the phase A pickup signal OR-ed from all protection elements; »PROT.TRIP
PHASE A« is the phase A trip signal OR-ed from all protection elements; »PROT.PICKUP« is the collective pickup
signal OR-ed from all protection elements; Prot.Trip is the collective Trip signal OR-ed from all protection
elements, and etc. The Tripping commands of the protection elements have to be fed to the »Bkr Manager«
module for further trip request processing.
If a protection element is activated and respectively decides to trip, two pickup signals will be created.
1. The module or the protection element issues an pickup/alarm (e.g.: »50P[1].PICKUP or »50P[1].TRIP«).
2. The master »Prot« module collects/summarizes the signals and issues a pickup/alarm or a trip signal
»PROT.PICKUP« »PROT.TRIP«.
www.eaton.com 285
286
IM02602007E
Prot.Trip
Name = Each trip of an active, trip authorized protection module will lead to a general trip.
EDR-5000
www.eaton.com
Name.Trip
15
Name.Trip
15 Prot.Trip
... OR
Name[n].Trip
15
Prot.Pickup
Name = Each pickup of a module (except from supervision modules but including BF) will lead to a general pickup (collective pickup).
EDR-5000
www.eaton.com
Name.Pickup
14
Name.Pickup
14 Prot.Pickup
OR
...
Name.Pickup
14
IM02602007E
287
288
Prot.Trip
IM02602007E
Each phase selective trip of a trip authorized module (I, IG, V, VX depending on the device type) will lead to a phase
selective general trip.
50P[1]...[n].Trip Phase A*
16a
51P[1]...[n].Trip Phase A*
16b OR Prot.Trip Phase A
V[n].Trip Phase A*
20
50P[1]...[n].Trip Phase B*
17a
51P[1]...[n].Trip Phase B* Prot.Trip Phase B
17b OR
V[n].Trip Phase B*
EDR-5000
21
50P[1]...[n].Trip Phase C*
www.eaton.com
18a
51P[1]...[n].Trip Phase C* Prot.Trip Phase C
18b OR
50X[1]...[n].Trip*
19a
51X[1]...[n].Trip*
19b
50R[1]...[n].Trip*
19c
51R[1]...[n].Trip* Prot.Trip IX or IR
19d OR
59[n].TripCmd*
23
Prot.Pickup
50P[1]...[n].Pickup IA*
24a
51P[1]...[n].Pickup IA* Prot.Pickup Phase A
24b OR
V[n].Pickup Phase A*
28
50P[1]...[n].Pickup IB*
25a
V[n].Pickup Phase B*
29
50P[1]...[n].Pickup IC*
www.eaton.com
26a
51P[1]...[n].Pickup IC* Prot.Pickup Phase C
OR
V[n].Pickup Phase C*
30
50X[1]...[n].Pickup*
27a
51X[1]...[n].Pickup*
27b
OR Prot.Pickup IX or IR
50R[1]...[n].Pickup*
27c
51R[1]...[n].Pickup*
27d
59[n].Pickup*
31
IM02602007E
289
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Prot]
ExBlo1 If external blocking of this module is 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
activated (allowed), the global protection
functionality of the device will be blocked if /Global Prot Para
the state of the assigned signal becomes
true. /Prot]
ExBlo2 If external blocking of this module is 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
activated (allowed), the global protection
functionality of the device will be blocked if /Global Prot Para
the state of the assigned signal becomes
true. /Prot]
/Prot]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Prot]
290 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase B
Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase C
Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground Fault
Pickup Signal: General Pickup
Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground Fault
Trip Signal: General Trip
Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.
I dir fwd Signal: Phase current failure forward direction
I dir rev Signal: Phase current failure reverse direction
I dir n poss Signal: Phase fault - missing reference voltage
IR dir fwd Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) forward
IR dir rev Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) reverse direction
IR dir n poss Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) direction detection not possible
IX dir fwd Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) forward
IX dir rev Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) reverse direction
IX dir n poss Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) direction detection not possible
/Prot]
No of grid faults Number of grid faults: A grid fault, e.g. a [Operation
short circuit, might cause several faults with
trip and autoreclosing, each fault being /Count and RevData
identified by an increased fault number. In
this case, the grid fault number remains the /Prot]
same.
www.eaton.com 291
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Switchgear/Breaker - Manager
Breaker
Breaker Configuration
For the configuration of the breaker, great attention has to be payed to the following steps:
• Wiring;
• Switching Authority;
• POS Indicators wiring;
• General Settings;
• Trip Manager;
• Interlockings;
• Ex OPEN/CLOSE (Option); and
• Synchronous Switching.
It is recommended to use the status display in order to verify and analyze each of the steps.
Wiring
The User has to establish the wiring of the Position Indicators of the Breaker to the Digital Inputs of the
protective device (52a or 52b or (both recommended)).
The User has to wire a Relay Output for the Trip command.
In case the protective device is used for control purposes, two additional relay outputs have to be wired for the
control commands (issue the OPEN and CLOSE commands). That means the Relay Output for the Breaker
Open and the Relay Output for the Breaker Close command.
Switching Authority
For the Switching Authority [Control\General Settings], the following general settings are possible:
To identify the current position of the switchgear, the switchgear contact outputs have to be used (called 52a/52b
292 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
at a breaker). The Position Indication can work on either one or both of these inputs. Nevertheless, it is
recommended that both are used.
The protective device monitors and evaluates continuously the Status of the Input Signals CinBkr52a-I and
CinBkr52b-I. These signals are validated based on the supervision timers »t-Move CLOSE« and »t-Move
OPEN« validation functions. As a result, the breaker position will be detected by the following signals:
• Pos CLOSE;
• Pos OPEN;
• Pos Indeterm;
• Pos Disturb; and
• Pos State (0, 1, 2 or 3).
When a CLOSE command is initiated, the »t-Move CLOSE« timer will be started. While the timer is running, the
»POS INDETERM« State will become true. If the command is executed and the breaker has reached the end
position before the timer has elapsed, »POS CLOSE« will become true. Otherwise, if the timer has elapsed »POS
DISTURB« will become true.
When an OPEN command is initiated, the »t-Move OPEN« timer will be started. While the timer is running, the
»POS INDETERM« State will become true. If the command is executed and the breaker has reached the end
position before the timer has elapsed, »POS OPEN« will become true. Otherwise, if the timer has elapsed »POS
DISTURB« will become true.
The following table shows how breaker positions are validated based on 52a and 52b.
1 1 0 0 1 0 0
(While a Moving (While a Moving Intermediate
timer is running) timer is running)
0 1 0 1 0 0 1
OFF
1 0 1 0 0 0 2
ON
0 0 0 0 0 1 3
(Moving timer (Moving timer Disturbed
elapsed) elapsed)
1 1 0 0 0 1 3
(Moving timer (Moving timer Disturbed
elapsed) elapsed)
If for any reason only one breaker contact (52a or 52b) is wired, the Single Contact Indication can be used.
The moving time supervision works only in one direction. If the 52a signal is connected to the device, only the
“CLOSE command” can be supervised and if the 52b signal is connected to the device, only the “OPEN
command” can be supervised.
www.eaton.com 293
IM02602007E EDR-5000
If the single contact indication is used, the »SI SINGLECONTACTIND« will become true.
NOTICE: In case of single contact indication, the protective device can monitor either the
52a or the 52b contact only. In case of the 52a, the device will monitor / supervise the
CLOSE command. In case of the 52b, the device will monitor / supervise the OPEN
command.
If only the 52a signal is used for the Status Indication of an “CLOSE command”, the switch command will also
start the moving time, the position indication indicates an INTERMEDIATE position during this time interval.
When the switchgear reaches the end position indicated by the Pos CLOSE signal, the moving time will be
terminated. If the moving time elapsed before the switchgear has reached the end position, the switching
operation was not successful and the Position Indication will change to Pos DISTURB.
An OPEN command also starts the moving time. Because the device does not receive an open signal by the
breaker, it assumes that the breaker is in open position after the moving time has elapsed.
The following table shows how breaker positions are validated based on 52a only.
0 Not wired 0 1 0 0 1
OFF
1 Not wired 1 0 0 0 2
ON
1 Not wired 0 0 0 1 3
(After t-Move (After t-Move Disturbed
CLOSE is elapsed) CLOSE is elapsed)
If only the 52b signal is used for the monitoring of the “OPEN command”, the switch command will start the
moving timer. The Position Indication will indicate an INTERMEDIATE position. If the moving time elapsed
before the switchgear has reached the OPEN position, the switching operation was not successful and the
Position Indication will change to Pos DISTURB.
A CLOSE command also starts the moving time. Because the device does not receive a close signal by the
breaker, it assumes that the breaker is in close position after the moving time has elapsed.
The following table shows how breaker positions are validated based on 52b only.
294 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Not wired 0 0 1 0 0 1
OFF
Not wired 1 1 0 0 0 2
ON
Not wired 1 0 0 0 1 3
(After t-Move OPEN (After t-Move OPEN Disturbed
is elapsed) is elapsed)
General Settings
In the menu [Control/Breaker/General Settings], the moving times for opening and closing of the breaker can be
set.
Trip Manager
The command for tripping will be triggered by each of the assigned protection modules. The tripping commands
of all protection modules are combined by an “OR” logic.
In addition to that, the User can set the minimum hold time of the tripping command within this module and
define whether the tripping command is latched or not.
www.eaton.com 295
IM02602007E EDR-5000
B re a k e r
Trigger [x]
HMI
296 www.eaton.com
Bkr.Trip Bkr
Name =Each trip of an active, trip authorized protection module will lead to a general trip.
Name.TripCmd
15
OR
Name.TripCmd
15
Name.TripCmd
15 . Bkr.t-TripCmd
. 1
. OR t
. Bkr.Trip Bkr
OR 11
Name.TripCmd
15
Name.TripCmd
15
EDR-5000
www.eaton.com
Bkr.Latched
AND S Q
Active
R1 Q
Inactive
Acknowledge -HMI
Bkr.Res TripCmdCr
R
IM02602007E
297
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Interlockings
There are three interlocking inputs for each switching direction (OPEN/CLOSE) available. Switching into the
corresponding switching direction can be inhibited via these inputs. Please note: The Protection Trip commands
and the reclosure command of the auto reclosure module will be issued without interlocking. In cases when the
breaker must not be opened, the protection trip command has to be inhibited by a separate blocking signal.
Breaker.TripCmd
41
42
Breaker.OPEN Cmd
Breaker.Prot CLOSE
Breaker.CLOSE Cmd
AND
AND
following commands:
Digital Input:
commands:
15
15
15
298 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Ex OPEN/CLOSE
If the breaker should be opened or closed by an external signal, the User can assign one signal that will trigger
the CLOSE and one signal that will trigger the OPEN command (e.g.: digital inputs or output signals of the
Logic).
An applied CLOSE command will be overwritten by an upcoming OPEN command. An applied OPEN command
will not be overwritten by an upcoming CLOSE command, that means, the OPEN command is dominantly.
Synchronous Switching
If a signal is assigned to the »Synchronism« input, the closing of the switchgear will be performed only when this
signal gets active during the maximum allowed waiting time »t-MaxSyncSuperv«.
HMI
SCADA
Autoreclosure CLOSE
SyncCheck
Ready to CLOSE
Breaker CLOSE
Initiative
www.eaton.com 299
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Active /Reset]
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
CinBkr-52b The breaker is in OPEN-position if the state -.-, DI-8P X1.DI 6 [Control
of the assigned signal is true (52b).
DI-8P X1.DI 1, /Breaker
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
Ready Breaker is ready for operation if the state of 1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Control
the assigned signal is true. This digital
input can be used by some protective /Breaker
elements (if they are available within the
device) like Auto Reclosure (AR), e.g.: as a /Pos Indicators
trigger signal. wiring]
300 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Interlockings]
Interl CLOSE2 Interlocking of the CLOSE command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]
Interl CLOSE3 Interlocking of the CLOSE command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]
Interl OPEN1 Interlocking of the OPEN command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]
Interl OPEN2 Interlocking of the OPEN command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]
Interl OPEN3 Interlocking of the OPEN command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]
SC CLOSE Switching CLOSE Command, e.g.: the 1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Control
state of the Logic or the state of the digital
input /Breaker
/Ex OPEN/CLOSE
Cmd]
SC OPEN Switching OPEN Command, e.g.: the state 1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Control
of the Logic or the state of the digital input
/Breaker
/Ex OPEN/CLOSE
Cmd]
t-TripCmd Minimum hold time of the OPEN-command 0 – 300.00 s 0.2 s [Control
(Breaker, load break switch)
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be Inactive, Inactive [Control
Latched when it picks up.
Active /Breaker
/Trip Manager]
www.eaton.com 301
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger1 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 50P[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger2 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 50P[2].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger3 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 50P[3].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger4 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 51P[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger5 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 51P[2].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger6 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 51P[3].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger7 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 50X[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger8 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 50X[2].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger9 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 51X[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
302 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Trip Manager]
Trigger11 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 50R[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger12 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 50R[2].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger13 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 51R[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger14 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 51R[2].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger15 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 27M[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger16 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 27M[2].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger17 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 59M[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger18 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 59M[2].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger19 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 27A[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
www.eaton.com 303
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Trip Manager]
Trigger21 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 59A[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger22 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 59A[2].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger23 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 59N[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger24 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 59N[2].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger25 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 46[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger26 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 46[2].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger27 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 47[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger28 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 47[2].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger29 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 81[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
304 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Trip Manager]
Trigger31 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 32[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger32 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 32[2].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger33 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 32V[1].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger34 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 32V[2].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger35 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds PF-55D[1].TripC [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true. md
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger36 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds PF-55D[2].TripC [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true. md
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger37 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds PF-55A[1].TripC [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true. md
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger38 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds PF-55A[2].TripC [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true. md
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger39 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds 81[5].TripCmd [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
www.eaton.com 305
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Trip Manager]
Trigger41 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger42 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger43 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger44 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger45 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger46 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger47 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger48 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Trigger49 Open Command to the breaker if the state 1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
of the assigned signal becomes true.
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
306 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Trip Manager]
Synchronism Synchronism 1..n, In-SyncList -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Synchronous
Switching]
t- Synchron-Run timer: Max. time allowed for 0 – 3000.00 s 0.2 s [Control
MaxSyncSuper synchronizing process after a close initiate.
v Only used for GENERATOR2SYSTEM /Breaker
working mode.
/Synchronous
Switching]
t-Move CLOSE Time to move to the CLOSE Position. 0.01 – 100.00 s 0.1 s [Control
/Breaker
/General Settings]
t-Move OPEN Time to move to the OPEN Position. 0.01 – 100.00 s 0.1 s [Control
/Breaker
/General Settings]
Name Description
-.- No assignment
Breaker.CLOSE request Signal: Synchronous CLOSE request
DI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital Input
Logic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 307
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
308 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 309
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
310 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 311
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
312 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 313
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
314 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 315
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
/Breaker
/Breaker
/Synchronous Switching]
Ack TripCmd-I State of the module input: Acknowledgment [Control
Signal (only for automatic
acknowledgment). Module input signal /Breaker
/Trip Manager]
Interl CLOSE1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of [Control
the CLOSE command
/Breaker
/Interlockings]
Interl CLOSE2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of [Control
the CLOSE command
/Breaker
/Interlockings]
Interl CLOSE3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of [Control
the CLOSE command
/Breaker
/Interlockings]
316 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Interlockings]
Interl OPEN2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of [Control
the OPEN command
/Breaker
/Interlockings]
Interl OPEN3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of [Control
the OPEN command
/Breaker
/Interlockings]
SC CLOSE-I State of the module input: Switching [Control
CLOSE Command, e.g.: the state of the
Logic or the state of the digital input. /Breaker
Name Description
SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary
contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and disturbed Positions
cannot be detected.
Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSE
Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-Position
Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-Position
Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate Position
Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-
back signals (Position Indicators) contradict themselves. After
expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.
State Signal: Breaker Position (0 = Indeterminate, 1 = OPEN, 2 =
CLOSE, 3 = Disturbed)
Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.
CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed
successfully.
CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command
unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.
CES SAuthority Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed. No switching authority.
www.eaton.com 317
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision: Switching Direction Control. A
switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again
(doubly).
CES DoubleOperating Command Execution Supervision: A second switch command is in
conflict with a pending one.
CES CLOSE durg OPEN Cmd Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a
pending OPEN Command.
CES SG not ready Command Execution Supervision: Switchgear not ready.
CES Field Interl Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed because of field interlocking.
CES SyncTimeout Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed No Synchronization signal while t-sync was running.
Prot CLOSE Signal: CLOSE command issued by the Prot module.
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Ack TripCmd Signal: Acknowledge Trip Command.
Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Slow Breaker Alarm.
Res Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Resetting the slow breaker alarm.
CLOSE Cmd Signal: CLOSE command issued to the switchgear. Depending on
the setting the signal may include the CLOSE command of the
Prot module.
OPEN Cmd Signal: OPEN command issued to the switchgear. Depending on
the setting the signal may include the OPEN command of the Prot
module.
CLOSE Cmd manual Signal: CLOSE Cmd manual
OPEN Cmd manual Signal: OPEN Cmd manual
CLOSE request Signal: Synchronous CLOSE request
Manually switching a switchgear at the device panel is possible at the following switching authorities:
• Local; and
• Local and Remote.
2. Select the »Control« menu by using the »up« or »down« softkeys and press the »right« arrow softkey
button.
3. Select the »Control« menu by using the »up« or »down« softkeys and press the »right« arrow softkey
button.
4. A symbol for the switchgear and its status (ON, OFF, intermediate or disturbed) is displayed.
5.
318 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
6. Dependent on the status (ON/OFF), the switchgear can be switched ON or OFF by the corresponding
softkey.
1
(Off)
2
(ON)
3
(Disturbed)
Remote,
Name Description
Local Switching Authority: Local
Remote Switching Authority: Remote
www.eaton.com 319
IM02602007E EDR-5000
The User has to maintain the breaker accordingly to the maintenance schedule that is to be provided by the
manufacturer (breaker operation statistics). By means of up to ten points that the User can replicate the breaker
wear curve within menu [Control/Breaker/BWear]. Each point has two settings: the interrupt current in kilo
amperes and the allowed operation counts. No matter how many points are used, the operation counts the last
point as zero. The protective relay will interpolate the allowed operations based on the breaker wear curve.
When the interrupted current is greater than the interrupt current at the last point, the protective relay will
assume zero operation counts.
320 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
4
1× 10
0.0 1.2
10000 10000
3
1× 10
Number of Operations
8.0
150
100
20.0
10 12
20.0
1 0
0.1 1 10 100
/BWear]
Isum Intr Alarm Alarm, the Sum (Limit) of interrupting 0.00 – 2000.00 kA 100.00 kA [Control
currents has been exceeded.
/Breaker
/BWear]
www.eaton.com 321
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/BWear]
Bwear Curve The Breaker Wear Curve defines the Inactive, Inactive [Control
Fc maximum allowed CLOSE/OPEN cycles
depending on the brake currents. If the Active /Breaker
breaker maintenance curve is exceeded, an
alarm will be issued. The breaker /BWear]
maintenance curve is to be taken from the
technical data sheet of the breaker
manufacturer. By means of the available
points this curve is to be replicated.
WearLevel Breaker Wear curve Alarm Level in % 0.00 - 100.00% 80.00% [Control
Alarm
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active /Breaker
/BWear]
WearLevel Breaker Wear Curve Lockout Level in % 0.00 - 100.00% 95.00% [Control
Lockout
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active /Breaker
/BWear]
Current1 Interrupted Current Level #1 0.00 – 2000.00 kA 0.00 kA [Control
/BWear]
Count1 Open Counts Allowed #1 0 - 100000 10000 [Control
/BWear]
Current2 Interrupted Current Level #2 0.00 – 2000.00 kA 1.20 kA [Control
/BWear]
Count2 Open Counts Allowed #2 0 - 100000 10000 [Control
/BWear]
Current3 Interrupted Current Level #3 0.00 – 2000.00 kA 8.00 kA [Control
/BWear]
322 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/BWear]
Current4 Interrupted Current Level #4 0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/BWear]
Count4 Open Counts Allowed #4 0 - 100000 12 [Control
/BWear]
Current5 Interrupted Current Level #5 0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/BWear]
Count5 Open Counts Allowed #5 0 - 100000 0 [Control
/BWear]
Current6 Interrupted Current Level #6 0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/BWear]
Count6 Open Counts Allowed #6 0 - 100000 0 [Control
/BWear]
Current7 Interrupted Current Level #7 0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/BWear]
Count7 Open Counts Allowed #7 0 - 100000 0 [Control
/BWear]
Current8 Interrupted Current Level #8 0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/BWear]
www.eaton.com 323
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/BWear]
Current9 Interrupted Current Level #9 0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/BWear]
Count9 Open Counts Allowed #9 0 - 100000 0 [Control
/BWear]
Current10 Interrupted Current Level #10 0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/BWear]
Count10 Open Counts Allowed #10 0 - 100000 0 [Control
/BWear]
Name Description
Operations Alarm Signal: Service Alarm, too many Operations
Isum Intr trip: IA Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IA
Isum Intr trip: IB Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IB
Isum Intr trip: IC Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IC
Isum Intr trip Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded in at least one phase.
Res TripCmdCr Signal: Resetting of the Counter: total number of trip commands
Res Isum trip Signal: Reset summation of the tripping currents
WearLevel Alarm Signal: Breaker Wear curve Alarm Level in %
WearLevel Lockout Signal: Breaker Wear Curve Lockout Level in %
Res Bwear Curve Signal: Res Bwear Curve
Isum Intr per hour Alarm Signal: Isum Intr per hour Alarm
Res Isum Intr per hour Alarm Signal: Res Isum Intr per hour Alarm
324 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Breaker]
/Breaker]
Isum trip IB Summation of the tripping currents 0.00 A 0.00 – [Operation
phase 1000.00 A
/Count and RevData
/Breaker]
Isum trip IC Summation of the tripping currents 0.00 A 0.00 – [Operation
phase 1000.00 A
/Count and RevData
/Breaker]
Isum Intr per hour Sum per hour of interrupting 0.00 kA 0.00 – [Operation
currents. 1000.00 kA
/Count and RevData
/Breaker]
Bkr OPEN capacity Bkr. OPEN capacity. 100% means, 0.0% 0.0 - 100.0% [Operation
that the breaker is to be
maintenanced. /Count and RevData
/Breaker]
Active /Reset]
Res Isum Intr Sum per hour of interrupting currents. Inactive, Inactive [Operation
per hour
Active /Reset]
www.eaton.com 325
IM02602007E EDR-5000
326 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Protective Elements
All elements can be selected as »Non-directional/Forward/Reverse« operated. This has to be done in the
»Device Planning« menu.
For the direction detection it is mandatory, that the required voltages exceed
0.35 V and the required currents exceed 10 mA.
For the case, that the voltage drops below 0.35 V, the last angle between the
operating and polarizing quantity will be used for the directional detection.
Overcurrent protection elements, time inverse or instantaneous or time delay, etc., can trip in a specified fault
current direction. When the trip direction is set to »Non-directional«, the direction detection takes no effect.
When it is set to »Forward«, a trip is only permitted in the forward direction where fault current lies within ± 90°
around the maximum torque angle »Phase MTA«. When it is set to »Reverse«, a trip is only permitted in
reverse direction where fault current lies within ± 90° around the opposite of the maximum torque angle.
In the case of a 3-phase nearly zero voltage fault, the memorized voltage, or prefault voltages, is used to
establish the correct fault direction.
www.eaton.com 327
328
IM02602007E
VA
φ
VB
VC Voltage memory
IA Prot.I dir fwd
AND
(Forward)
IB
www.eaton.com
IC VA
VAB
I1
Phase MTA
Prot.I dir rev
AND
(Reverse)
VBC
Prot.Phase Sequence
VCA
VB
VC Prot.I dir n poss
VBC
AND
(Not possible)
Reverse Forward
Prot.Pickup
Direction Decision Phase overcurrent
Name = I[1]...[n]
Device Planning
Name.Mode
Non-directional
Forward
EDR-5000
Reverse
www.eaton.com
Name. Fault in Projected Direction
AND OR 9
Prot.I dir fwd
(Forward)
Phase Directional Supervision Logic
AND
Prot.I dir rev
(Reverse)
Inactive
Active
AND
Prot.I dir n poss
(Not possible)
IM02602007E
329
IM02602007E EDR-5000
If using inrush blockings, the tripping delay of the current protection functions
must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings (applies only to
devices which are equipped with Inrush protection)..
Explanation
t = Tripping delay
I = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
This element offers a criterion setting. The criterion setting tells if the threshold is based on the fundamental
(Phasor) or RMS.
For Tripping curves, please refer to the “Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Phase)” section.
330 www.eaton.com
50P/67P[1]...[n]
AND 17a
AND
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2*
6 IH2.Blo Phase B Name.Trip Phase C
Name.Pickup
AND 18a
Name.t
EDR-5000
AND
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2* AND
7 IH2.Blo Phase C
φ
DEFT
www.eaton.com
Name.Criterion
OR t
AND OR
Name.Trip
0
Fund.
Name.Pickup
331
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Reverse
50P[2]: Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
/50P[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /I-Prot
/50P[1]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
332 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
/50P[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /50P[1]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
reverse blocking of the module/element.
This parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/element are blocked
that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active". /50P[1]]
www.eaton.com 333
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /50P[1]]
Fc=active".
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or Reset Fundamental, True RMS [Protection Para
I2 /I-Prot
/50P[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/ 0.02 – 40.00 In 50P[1]: 2 In [Protection Para
element starts to time out to trip.
50P[2]: 2.5 In /<n>
Only available if: Characteristic = DEFT Or
Characteristic = INV Minimum of the 50P[3]: 3.0 In /I-Prot
setting range If: VRestraint = Active
Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint /50P[1]]
= Inactive
t Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 50P[1]: 0 s [Protection Para
/50P[1]]
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
334 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
www.eaton.com 335
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA
Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB
Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC
Pickup Signal: Pickup
Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter
DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
• For each directional overcurrent element is to be measured: the total tripping time (recommendation) or
alternatively tripping delays and the drop-out ratios; each time 3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase.
Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping
delay. The tripping delay should be specified by the User. The total
tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker
(not at the relay output contacts!).
Total tripping time = tripping delay (please refer to the tolerances of the
protection elements)
+ breaker operating time (about 50 ms)
Please take the breaker operating times from the technical data specified in
the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer.
336 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Necessary means
Procedure
Synchronize the 3-phase current and voltage sources with each other. Then simulate the tripping directions to
be tested by the angle between current and voltage.
Each time feed a current which is about 3-5% above the threshold value for activation/tripping. Then check the
threshold values.
Measure the total tripping times at the auxiliary contacts of the Brk. (Brk. tripping).
Reduce the current to 97% below the trip value and check the dropout ratio.
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values and drop-out ratios correspond
with those values, specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found under
Technical Data.
If using inrush blockings, the tripping delay of the current protection functions
must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings (applies only to
devices which are equipped with Inrush protection).
www.eaton.com 337
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• NINV (IEC/XInv);
• VINV (IEC/XInv);
• LINV (IEC/XInv);
• EINV (IEC/XInv);
• MINV (ANSI/XInv);
• VINV (ANSI/XInv);
• EINV (ANSI/XInv);
• Thermal Flat;
• Therm Flat IT;
• Therm Flat I2T; and
• Therm Flat I4T.
For tripping curves please refer to the “Appendix/Time Current Curves (PHASE)” section.
338 www.eaton.com
51P/67P[1]...[n]
16b
AND
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2*
5 IH2.Blo Phase A Name.Trip Phase B
AND 17b
AND
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2*
6 Name.Curve Shape
IH2.Blo Phase B Name.Trip Phase C
AND Name.t-reset
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2* AND
7 IH2.Blo Phase C
Name.Reset Mode
www.eaton.com
Name.Criterion INV
OR
AND OR
Name.Trip
Fund.
IB φ
AND
Name.TripCmd
IC
Imax Imax
339
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Reverse
/51P[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /I-Prot
/51P[1]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
340 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /51P[1]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
reverse blocking of the module/element.
This parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/element are blocked
that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active". /51P[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
of the module/element.
Active /<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
www.eaton.com 341
IM02602007E EDR-5000
I2 /I-Prot
/51P[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/ 0.02 – 40.00 In 1.00 In [Protection Para
element starts to time out to trip.
/<n>
Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint
= Active Minimum of the setting range If: /I-Prot
VRestraint = Inactive
/51P[1]]
Curve Shape Characteristic IEC NINV, ANSI MINV [Protection Para
ANSI MINV,
ANSI VINV,
ANSI EINV,
Therm Flat,
IT,
I2T,
I4T
t-multiplier Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor. 0.02 - 20.00 1 [Protection Para
The setting range depends on the selected
tripping curve. /<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
342 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
t-delay, /<n>
Calculated /I-Prot
/51P[1]]
t-reset Reset time for intermittent phase failures 0.00 – 60.00 s 0s [Protection Para
(INV characteristics only)
/<n>
Available if:Reset Mode = t-delay
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter1 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
www.eaton.com 343
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter3 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter4 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA
Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB
Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC
Pickup Signal: Pickup
Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter
DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
344 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• For each directional overcurrent element is to be measured: the total tripping time (recommendation) or
alternatively tripping delays and the drop-out ratios; each time 3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase.
Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping
delay. The tripping delay should be specified by the User. The total
tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker
(not at the relay output contacts!).
Total tripping time = tripping delay (please refer to the tolerances of the
protection elements)
+ breaker operating time (about 50 ms)
Please take the breaker operating times from the technical data specified in
the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer.
Necessary means
Procedure
Synchronize the 3-phase current and voltage sources with each other. Then simulate the tripping directions to
be tested by the angle between current and voltage.
Each time feed a current which is about 3-5% above the threshold value for activation/tripping. Then check the
threshold values.
Measure the total tripping times at the auxiliary contacts of the Brk. (Brk. tripping).
Reduce the current to 97% below the trip value and check the dropout ratio.
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values and drop-out ratios correspond
with those values, specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found under
Technical Data.
www.eaton.com 345
IM02602007E EDR-5000
51P[2] ,51P[3]
The 51V element restrains operation which reduces pickup levels. This allows the User to lower the pickup
value of the 51V elements with the corresponding phase input voltage (phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground,
depending on the setting of »Main VT con« within the System Parameters). When the minimum fault phase
current is close to the load current, it may make the phase time overcurrent protection coordination difficult. In
this case, an undervoltage function may be used to alleviate this situation. When the voltage (RMS) is low, the
phase time overcurrent pickup threshold may be set low accordingly, so that the phase time overcurrent
protection may achieve adequate sensitivity and better coordination. The device uses a simple linear model to
determine the effective pickup by characterizing the relationship between the voltage and the phase time
overcurrent pickup threshold.
Once the voltage restraint is activated, the effective phase time overcurrent pickup threshold will be the
calculated Pickup% times the phase time overcurrent pickup setting. The effective pickup threshold must be
within the setting range allowed and, if it is less, the minimum pickup value will be used.
Pickup%
100%
25%
That means:
Vmin = 0.25*Vmax;
• Pickup%min = 25%;
• Pickup% = 25%, if V <= Vmin;
• Pickup% = 1/Vmax*(V - Vmin) + 25%, if Vmin < V < Vmax;
• Pickup% = 100%, if V >= Vmax;
346 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
For tripping curves, please refer to the“Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Phase)” section.
If this element should be blocked in case of a Loss Of Potential, »LOP BLO« has to be set to »active«.
In case that within the System Parameters "Main VT con" is set to "Open-Delta":
Vn=Main VT sec .
MainVT sec
Vn=
3
51V[1]...[n]
16b
AND
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2*
5 IH2.Blo Phase A Name.Trip Phase B
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush Protection
AND 17b
AND
AND Name.t-reset
AND
7 Please Refer to Diagram: IH2*
IH2.Blo Phase C
Name.Reset Mode
φ
INV
OR
AND OR
Name.Trip
51V Pickup =
%Pickup * 51P
Pickup
IA
RMS
IB
AND
RMS Name.TripCmd
IC
RMS
Based on above parameters ,
tripping times and reset modes will
AND 15
be calculated by the device.
Imax Imax
φ
Pickup%
VA
100%
RMS
VB
RMS
%Pickup
VC
25%
RMS V
25%
VRestraint max
www.eaton.com 347
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Forward,
Reverse
/51P[2]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /I-Prot
/51P[2]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
348 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /51P[2]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
reverse blocking of the module/element.
This parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/element are blocked
that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active". /51P[2]]
www.eaton.com 349
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /51P[2]]
Fc=active".
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or Reset Fundamental, True RMS [Protection Para
I2 /I-Prot
/51P[2]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/ 0.02 – 40.00 In 1.00 In [Protection Para
element starts to time out to trip.
/<n>
Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint
= Active Minimum of the setting range If: /I-Prot
VRestraint = Inactive
/51P[2]]
Curve Shape Characteristic IEC NINV, ANSI MINV [Protection Para
ANSI MINV,
ANSI VINV,
ANSI EINV,
Therm Flat,
IT,
I2T,
I4T
350 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
Reset Mode Reset Mode Instantaneous, Calculated [Protection Para
t-delay, /<n>
Calculated /I-Prot
/51P[2]]
t-reset Reset time for intermittent phase failures 0.00 – 60.00 s 0s [Protection Para
(INV characteristics only).
/<n>
Available if:Reset Mode = t-delay
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
VRestraint Voltage Restraint Protection Inactive, Active [Protection Para
Active /<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
VRestraint max Maximum voltage restraint level. Definition 0.04 – 1.30 Vn 1.00 Vn [Protection Para
of Vn: Vn is dependent on the System
Parameter setting of "Main VT con". When /<n>
the System Parameters "Main VT con" is
set to "Open-Delta" , "Vn = Main VT sec ". /I-Prot
When the System Parameters "Main VT
con" is set to "Wye", "Vn = Main VT /51P[2]]
sec/SQRT(3)".
/51P[2]]
www.eaton.com 351
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
352 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA
Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB
Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC
Pickup Signal: Pickup
Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter
DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
Object to be tested:
Signals to be measured for Voltage Restraint element: the threshold values, total tripping time (recommended),
or alternatively tripping delays and the dropout ratios; each time 3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase.
www.eaton.com 353
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping
delay. The tripping delay should be specified by the customer. The total
tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker
(not at the relay output contacts!).
Total tripping time = tripping delay (please refer to the tolerances of the
protection stages)
+ breaker operating time (about 50 ms)
Please take the breaker operating times from the technical data specified in
the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer.
Necessary means:
• Current source;
• Voltage Source;
• Current and Voltage meters; and
• Timer.
Procedure:
For the case that the voltage drops below 0.35 V, the last angle between the
operating and polarizing quantity will be used for the directional detection.
354 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Important Definitions
Polarizing Quantity: This is the quantity that is used as a reference value. The polarizing quantity can be
selected by the parameter »IX Direction Control« in the [System Para/Direction] menu as
follows:
• »IX 3V0«: The neutral voltage selected by the parameter »3V0 Source« will be
used as the polarizing quantity. The traditional way to polarize a ground fault
element is to use neutral voltage (3V0). The neutral voltage can, however, be
either »measured« or »calculated«. This can be selected by the parameter »3V0
Source« in the [System Para/Direction] menu.
• »IX Neg«: With this selection, the negative phase sequence voltage and current
(Polarizing: V2/Operating: I2) will be used to detect direction. The monitored
current is still the measured residual current IX.
• »IX Dual«: For this method, the negative phase sequence voltage »V2« will be
used as polarizing quantity if »V2« and »I2« are available, otherwise 3V0 will be
used. The operating quantity is either I2 if »V2« and »I2« are available, else IX.
The following table gives the User a quick overview of the all possible directional settings.
www.eaton.com 355
356
Prot - 50X/51X - Direction Detection
IM02602007E
System Para
3V0 Source
Measured
Calculated System Para
3V0
IX 3V0
VX meas V2
IX Neg
3V0
IX Dual
V2 50X/51X - Direction Detection
EDR-5000
www.eaton.com
Forward
IG = IX meas Prot.IX dir rev
g (Reverse)
10b
I2 tin
era
operating op polarizing
If V2 and I2 are available, I2 is the operating quantity, else IX is the operating quantity
Prot.IX dir n poss
Reverse (Not possible)
10b
MTA
System Para
Ground MTA
The following table shows the application options of the earth overcurrent protection element
Criterion
For all protection elements it can be determined, whether the measurement is done on basis of the
»Fundamental« or if »TrueRMS« measurement is used.
VX Selection
Within the parameter menu, this parameter determines, whether the earth current and the residual voltage is
»measured« or »calculated«.
All ground current protective elements can be planned User defined as non-directional or as directional stages.
This means, for instance, all elements can be projected in forward/reverse direction.
For tripping curves, please refer to the “Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Measured)”
section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only
possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
www.eaton.com 357
358
50X[1]...[n]
Name = 50X[1]...[n]
IM02602007E
Name.Pickup
14 27a
Name.IGH2 Blo
Inactive
Active
AND AND
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2*
8 IH2.Blo IG
EDR-5000
Name.Pickup
Name.Criterion Name.t
www.eaton.com
φ
DEFT
Fund.
Name.TripCmd
Based on above parameters, AND 15 19a
tripping times and reset modes
will be calculated by the device.
Reverse
/50X[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /I-Prot
/50X[1]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
www.eaton.com 359
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /50X[1]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
reverse blocking of the module/element.
This parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/element are blocked
that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active". /50X[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
of the module/element.
Active /<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
360 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/ 0.02 – 20.00 In 50X[1]: 1 In [Protection Para
element will be started.
50X[2]: 2 In /<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/ 0.002 – 2.000 In 0.02 In [Protection Para
element will be started.
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
t Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.5 s [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
www.eaton.com 361
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
362 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter
DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
www.eaton.com 363
IM02602007E EDR-5000
The following table shows the application options of the earth overcurrent protection element
Criterion
For all protection elements it can be determined, whether the measurement is done on basis of the
»Fundamental« or if »TrueRMS« measurement is used.
VX Selection
Within the parameter menu, this parameter determines, whether the earth current and the residual voltage is
»measured« or »calculated«.
All ground current protective elements can be planned User defined as non-directional or as directional stages.
This means, for instance, all elements can be projected in forward/reverse direction.
• NINV (IEC/XInv);
• VINV (IEC/XInv);
• LINV (IEC/XInv);
• EINV (IEC/XInv);
• MINV (ANSI/XInv);
• VINV (ANSI/XInv);
• EINV (ANSI/XInv);
• Thermal Flat;
• Therm Flat IT;
• Therm Flat I2T; and
• Therm Flat I4T.
For tripping curves please refer to the “Appendix/Time Current Curves (Ground Current)” section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only
possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
364 www.eaton.com
51X[1]...[n]
Name = 51X[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup
14 27b
Name.IGH2 Blo
Inactive
Active
AND AND
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2*
8 IH2.Blo IG
Name.Curve Shape
Name.t-multiplier
Name.t-reset
EDR-5000
Name.Reset Mode
φ
Name.Criterion INV
www.eaton.com
Fund.
RMS
Name.Trip
Name.Pickup AND
IX Measured
φ
365
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Reverse
Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
/51X[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
366 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /51X[1]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
reverse blocking of the module/element.
This parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/element are blocked
that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active". /51X[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
of the module/element.
Active /<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
www.eaton.com 367
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/ 0.02 – 20.00 In 0.5 In [Protection Para
element will be started.
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/ 0.002 – 2.000 In 0.02 In [Protection Para
element will be started.
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Curve Shape Characteristic IEC NINV, ANSI MINV [Protection Para
ANSI MINV,
ANSI VINV,
ANSI EINV,
Therm Flat,
IT,
I2T,
I4T
368 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Reset Mode Reset Mode Instantaneous, Calculated [Protection Para
t-delay, /<n>
Calculated /I-Prot
/51X[1]]
t-reset Reset time for intermittent phase failures 0.00 – 60.00 s 0.00 s [Protection Para
(INV characteristics only)
/<n>
Only available if:Reset Mode = t-delay
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
www.eaton.com 369
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter
DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
370 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 371
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Important Definitions
Polarizing Quantity: This is the quantity that is used as a reference value. The polarizing quantity can be
selected by the parameter »IR Direction Control« in the [System Para/Direction] menu as
follows:
• »IR 3V0«: The neutral voltage selected by the parameter »3V0 Source« will be
used as the polarizing quantity. The traditional way to polarize a ground fault
element is to use neutral voltage (3V0). The neutral voltage can, however, be
either »measured« or »calculated«. This can be selected by the parameter »3V0
Source« in the [System Para/Direction] menu.
• »IR IPol«: The measured neutral current (usually = IX) will be used as polarizing
quantity.
• »IR Dual«: For this method, the measured neutral current IPol=IX will be used as
polarizing quantity, if available, otherwise 3V0 will be used.
• »IR Neg«: With this selection, the negative phase sequence voltage and current
will be used to detect the direction. The monitored current is still the calculated
residual current IR.
Operating Quantity: For the directional IR elements, the operating quantity is in general the calculated neutral
current IR (except from »IR Neg« mode, where »I2« is the operating quantity).
The ground maximum torque angles (MTA) can be adjusted from 0° to 360°, except, if »IR IPol« is selected. In
this case, it is set to 0° (fixed).
The following table gives the User a quick overview of the all possible directional settings.
372 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 373
374
IM02602007E
System Para
3V0 Source
Measured
Calculated System Para
3V0
IR 3V0
VX meas
IX meas
IR IPol
3V0
IR Dual
IX meas
50R/51R - Direction Detection
V2
IR Neg
EDR-5000
polarizing
Prot.IR dir fwd
Forward 10a
(Forward)
www.eaton.com
I0 = IR calc
g
tin
era Prot.IR dir rev
operating op polarizing 10a
(Reverse)
I2
Ground MTA
Prot.IR Neg rev dir
(Reverse)
10a
0° (fixed)
Prot.IR Neg dir n poss
(Not possible)
10a
If IPol is available, MTA = 0°; else
MTA=Ground MTA
The following table shows the application options of the earth overcurrent protection element
Criterion
For all protection elements it can be determined, whether the measurement is done on basis of the
»Fundamental« or if »TrueRMS« measurement is used.
VX Selection
Within the parameter menu, this parameter determines, whether the earth current and the residual voltage is
»measured« or »calculated«.
All ground current protective elements can be planned User defined as non-directional or as directional stages.
This means, for instance, all elements can be projected in forward/reverse direction.
For tripping curves please refer to the “Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Calculated)”
section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only
possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
www.eaton.com 375
376
50R[1]...[n]
Name = 50R[1]...[n]
IM02602007E
Name.Pickup
14 27c
Name.IGH2 Blo
Inactive
Active
AND AND
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2*
8 IH2.Blo IG
Name.Pickup
EDR-5000
Name.t
Name.Criterion
φ
www.eaton.com
DEFT
Fund. 0
t
t
RMS Name.Trip
Name.Pickup AND 0
Reverse
/50R[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /I-Prot
/50R[1]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
www.eaton.com 377
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /50R[1]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
reverse blocking of the module/element.
This parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/element are blocked
that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active". /50R[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
of the module/element.
Active /<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
378 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/ 0.02 – 20.00 In 50R[1]: 1 In [Protection Para
element will be started.
50R[2]: 2 In /<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
t Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.5 s [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
www.eaton.com 379
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter1 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter2 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter3 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter4 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
380 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter
DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
www.eaton.com 381
IM02602007E EDR-5000
The following table shows the application options of the earth overcurrent protection element
Criterion
For all protection elements it can be determined, whether the measurement is done on basis of the
»Fundamental« or if »TrueRMS« measurement is used.
VX Selection
Within the parameter menu, this parameter determines, whether the earth current and the residual voltage is
»measured« or »calculated«.
All ground current protective elements can be planned User defined as non-directional or as directional stages.
This means, for instance, all elements can be projected in forward/reverse direction.
• NINV (IEC/XInv);
• VINV (IEC/XInv);
• LINV (IEC/XInv);
• EINV (IEC/XInv);
• MINV (ANSI/XInv);
• VINV (ANSI/XInv);
• EINV (ANSI/XInv);
• Thermal Flat;
• Therm Flat IT;
• Therm Flat I2T; and
• Therm Flat I4T.
For tripping curves please refer to the “Appendix/Time Current Curves (Ground Current)” section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only
possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
382 www.eaton.com
51R[1]...[n]
Name = 51R[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup
14 27d
Name.IGH2 Blo
Inactive
Active
AND AND
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2*
8 IH2.Blo IG
Name.Curve Shape
Name.t-multiplier
Name.t-reset
EDR-5000
Name.Reset Mode
φ
Name.Criterion INV
www.eaton.com
Fund.
IX Calculated
φ
Name.TripCmd
Based on above parameters, tripping
AND 15 19d
times and reset modes will be calculated
by the device.
383
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Reverse
Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
/51R[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
384 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /51R[1]]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
reverse blocking of the module/element.
This parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /I-Prot
true, those modules/element are blocked
that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active". /51R[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
of the module/element.
Active /<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
www.eaton.com 385
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/ 0.02 – 20.00 In 51R[1]: 0.1 In [Protection Para
element will be started.
51R[2]: 0.5 In /<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Curve Shape Characteristic IEC NINV, ANSI MINV [Protection Para
ANSI MINV,
ANSI VINV,
ANSI EINV,
Therm Flat,
IT,
I2T,
I4T
t-multiplier Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor. 0.02 - 20.00 51R[1]: 1 [Protection Para
The setting range depends on the selected
tripping curve. 51R[2]: 2 /<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
386 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
t-delay, /<n>
Calculated /I-Prot
/51R[1]]
t-reset Reset time for intermittent phase failures 0.00 – 60.00 s 0.00 s [Protection Para
(INV characteristics only)
/<n>
Only available if:Reset Mode = t-delay
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
www.eaton.com 387
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4 [Protection Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Active AdaptSet Active Adaptive Parameter
DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
388 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
ZI - Zone Interlocking
Elements
ZI
Zone interlocking is a communication scheme used with breakers and protective relays to improve the level of
protection in a power distribution system. This is achieved through communication between the downstream
and upstream devices in a power system. The zones are classified by their location downstream of the main
circuit protective device which is generally defined as Zone 1.
By definition, a selectively coordinated system is one where by adjusting the trip unit pickup and time delay
settings, the breaker closest to the fault trips first. The upstream breaker serves two functions: (1) back-up
protection to the downstream breaker and (2) protection of the conductors between the upstream and
downstream breakers.
For faults which occur on the conductors between the upstream and downstream breakers, it is ideal for the
upstream breaker to trip with no time delay. This is the feature provided by Zone Selective Interlocking.
The zone interlocking information can be transferred to or received from other compatible zone interlocking
devices by means of suitable communication cables. The single zone interlock terminal block, with its 3-wire
scheme, can be used for either phase zone interlocking, ground zone interlocking, or a combination of the two.
If phase and ground zone interlocking are combined, the potential consequences must be understood before
implementation.
Systems containing multiple sources, or where the direction of power flow varies,
require special considerations, or may not be suitable for this feature.
• Remove zone interlocking OUTPUT signal immediately after detection of a breaker failure.
• Reset time (about ten cycles - settable) to interrupt OUTPUT signal for durable trip signal.
• Small trip delay (about three cycles – settable) to wait for downstream devices interlocking signals.
• Zone interlocking trip signal only possible by absence of zone interlocking INPUT signals.
• Configurable zone interlocking trip functions (protective functions serve as zone interlocking trip
functions).
• Zone interlocking trip function pickup and tripping characteristic adaption using adaptive settings
controlled by the zone interlocking input signals.
www.eaton.com 389
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Via an external input signal, the zone interlocking can also be blocked if the parameter »ExtBlockTripCMD« is
assigned.
• General: This group comprises the settings used to control the general usage of the zone interlocking
module.
The OUTPUT group comprises the settings to configure the zone interlocking output logic. If the zone
interlocking application is used to a downstream device, the settings in OUTPUT group should be
programmed accordingly. If the zone interlocking application is only used for an upstream device (main
390 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
breaker or Zone 1), the setting ZoneInterlockOut within the OUTPUT group should be disabled.
The TRIP group comprises the settings used to configure the zone interlocking TRIP logic. If the zone
interlocking application is applied to an upstream device, (main breaker or Zone 1), the settings in the
TRIP group should be programmed accordingly. If the zone interlocking application is only used for a
downstream device (feeder breaker or Zone 2), the setting ZoneInterlockTrip in TRIP group should be
disabled.
Setting the above mentioned setting groups accordingly the zone interlocking module can be configured as:
• Midstream device application (using both OUTPUT and TRIP logic together).
The following menu and tables show the detailed information about the settings.
/ZI
/General Settings]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /ZI
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /General Settings]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
of the module/element.
Active /<n>
/ZI
/General Settings]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /ZI
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /General Settings]
Fc=active".
www.eaton.com 391
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/ZI
/Zone Out]
Fault Type Fault Type Phase, Both [Protection Para
Ground, /<n>
Both /ZI
/Zone Out]
Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip Inactive, Active [Protection Para
Active /<n>
/ZI
/Zone Trip]
Fault Type Fault Type Phase, Both [Protection Para
Ground, /<n>
Both /ZI
/Zone Trip]
The following current protective function elements serve as the Phase Zone Interlock OUTPUT start functions:
• 51P[1];
• 50P[1]; and
• 50P[2].
The following current protective function serves as the Ground Zone Interlock OUTPUT start functions:
• 51X[1];
• 50X[1];
• 51R[1]; and
• 50R[1].
392 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
51P[1].Pickup
t
51P[1].Trip
Reset Timer
10 Cycles
1
ZI.Bkr Blo
ZI.OUT
t
STATE
TRANSFER
STANDBY STARTED TRIPPED RESET STANDBY
www.eaton.com 393
394
IM02602007E
50P[1].Pickup
50P[2].Pickup
OR
51P[1].Pickup
OR AND
50P[2].TripCmd
OR
51P[1].TripCmd
EDR-5000
Ground
www.eaton.com
ZI[1].Bkr Blo
OR
51X[1].Pickup
OR
50R[1].Pickup
t 166 ms
51R[1].Pickup AND
50X[1].TripCmd
51X[1].TripCmd
OR
50R[1].TripCmd
51R[1].TripCmd
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
The following overcurrent protection elements trigger Phase Zone-Interlock trip functions:
• 1.5 * 51P[1];
• 50P[1]; and
• 50P[2].
The following overcurrent protection elements trigger Ground Zone Interlock trip functions:
• 51X[1];
• 50X[1];
• 51R[1]; and
• 50R[1].
51P[1].Pickup
ZI.IN
ZI.Pickup
ZI.Trip
1
t
0
www.eaton.com 395
396
IM02602007E
50P[1].Pickup
OR AND
ZI[1].Phase Trip
t 50 ms
AND
ZI[1].Trip
OR
ZI.IN
EDR-5000
Inactive AND 15
Phase
Ground
www.eaton.com
ZI[1].Ground Trip
t 50 ms
OR AND
AND
50X[1].Pickup
ZI[1].Ground Pickup
51X[1].Pickup
OR 14
50R[1].Pickup
51R[1].Pickup
ZI[1].Pickup
OR 14
/ZI]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/ZI]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/ZI]
Bkr Blo-I Signal: Blocked by Breaker Failure []
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Bkr Blo Signal: Blocked by Breaker Failure
Phase Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Pickup
Phase Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Trip
Ground Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Pickup
Ground Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Trip
Pickup Signal: Pickup Zone Interlocking
Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip
TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip Command
Phase OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase OUT
Ground OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground OUT
OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUT
IN Signal: Zone Interlocking IN
The zone interlocking connection between relays is done by means of a twisted shielded cable. Downstream
www.eaton.com 397
IM02602007E EDR-5000
zone interlock outputs may be paralleled from up to ten devices (FP-5000 or DT-3000 or a combination of both)
for connection to upstream zone interlocked relays.
Zone 1
FP-X000
J3
Out 1
In 4
Com 2
Zone 2
EDR-X000
FP-X000
X2 J3
Shield 13 Out 1
Out 14 In 4
Com 15 Com 2
Shield 16
In 17
Com 18
Zone 3
DT-3000 EDR-X000 FP-X000
Out 13 J3
Ground X2
In 14 Out 1
Out 15 Shield 13
Phase In 4
In 16 Out 14
Com 2
Com 18 Com 15
Shield 16
In 17
Com 18
By means of the zone interlocking terminals, the device can be connected to other Eaton protective devices such
as an FP5000, DT3000, etc.
As an upstream device, the terminals - Phase/Ground IN should be connected to the OUT terminals of up to ten
downstream device(s) by means of a dedicated cable wired in parallel. As a downstream device, the terminals -
Phase/Ground OUT should be connected to the IN terminals of an upstream device by means of a dedicated
cable.
398 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
X?.
1 IRIG-B+
2 IRIG-B-
3
4
5
6
7
8 RO3
9
10
11 SC
12
13
14 OUT
15 COM
16
17 IN
18 COM
www.eaton.com 399
IM02602007E EDR-5000
X?.
1 Do not use
2 Do not use
3
RO1
4
5
RO2
6
7
8 RO3
9
10
11 RO4
12
13
14 OUT
15 COM
16
17 IN
18 COM
400 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
79 - Automatic Reclosure
AR
The autoreclosure is used to minimize outages on overhead lines. The majority1 (>60% in medium voltage and
>85% in high voltage) of faults (arc flash over) on overhead lines are temporary and can be cleared by means of
the autoreclosure element.
De-select the autoclosure element within the device planning menu if the
protective device is used in order to protect cables, generators, or
transformers.
Features
The autoreclose function is designed with diverse, very comprehensive yet flexible features which meet all
requirements of different utility concepts and technical applications.
• Dynamic adjustment of protection setting values (e.g.: pickup, time delay tripping curve, etc.) during
autoreclose process via adaptive set concept.
• Autoreclose with Sync-check (Only in conjunction with internal Sync-check and Control modules).
www.eaton.com 401
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Via the pre shot (fast trip), the AR-module is able to trip the breaker ahead
of the protection stage that has activated the AR-module. As a general rule,
a fast trip is either issued before the first reclosure attempt or after the last
permitted reclosure attempt.
2. A Pre shot (Fast trip) at the end of the reclosure sequence occurs
after the last permitted reclosure shot. Purpose: To prevent
unnecessary damage from the electrical equipment in case of
permanent faults. If the last reclosure attempt is executed and the
fault is still present, then the breaker can be tripped quickly before
the time overcurrent protection module has completely timed out.
AR Within this menu, external blockings, external lockings, external shot increments
and external resets can be assigned. Those external events can only become
Path: effective, if they have been activated (allowed) within the General Settings.
[Protection Para\Global Prot Para\AR] Please see table row below.
General Settings Within this menu several general settings can be activated: the function itself,
external blocking, zone coordination, external locking, and external shot increment
Path: [Protection Para\Set[x]\AR\General can be set to active. The corresponding trigger events (e.g.: digital inputs)
Settings] have to be assigned within the corresponding global protection parameters.
Please see table row above.
Furthermore, this menu contains some timers, the number of permitted reclosure
attempts, the alarm mode (trip/alarm), and the reset mode can be set.
Shot Manager In Shot manager setting menu, the control logic between individual shots and
protective functions will be specified. For each shot (inclusive the pre shot), the
Path: [Protection Para\Set[x]\AR\Shot trigger (start) events can be assigned.
Manager]
For each shot, a maximum of four initiate functions (protective functions which are
dedicated to start this shot) can be selected from a list of available protective
functions.
When the autoreclosure process is running in the shot X stage, the corresponding
protection and control settings will be used to control the operation during this stage.
In addition, the dead times have to be set. For each shot, its dead time will be set
individually, except for the shot 0, for which no dead timer setting is necessary. The
shot 0 is just a virtual state to define the time before the first shot is to issue. Each
dead timer specifies the time duration which has to be expired before the reclosure
command for this shot can be issued.
402 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
AR Wear Supervision In this setting menu two Service Alarms can be set as well as the number of
permissible reclosure attempts per hour.
Path: [Protection Para\Set[x]\AR\AR
Wear Superv]
BlockFct This group of settings specifies the protection functions by which the autoreclosure
function must be blocked even if the autoreclosure function is already initiated.
Path: [Protection
Para\Set[x]\AR\BlockFct] Note the difference between the protection function which can be blocked by
autorecloser and the function(s) here to block the autorecloser.
AR States
The following diagram shows the state transitions between the various states of the autoreclosure function. This
diagram visualizes the run time logic and timing sequence according to the state transition direction and the
events which trigger the transitions.
www.eaton.com 403
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Initiate AR
1
Standby
& t-ManualCloseBlock=timer elapsed
Bkr=Pos CLOSE
Bkr=Pos OPEN
Lock=True
Blo=False
InitiateFc=True
successful
4
AR Cycle
2 6
Start
Blo=True
t-Run2Ready
Lock=True
AR.Blo=True
Reset Lockout=True
Blo=True
5 7
Blocked t-Reset Lockout
In general, the autoreclosure function is only active (will be initiated) when all of the following conditions are met:
404 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Breaker contact(s) (52a or/and 52b) is (are) installed and has (have) been programmed; and
1 Standby
The autoreclosure is in this state when the following conditions are met:
Suppose that the breaker is open and the AR state is in Standby state. Then the breaker is closed manually.
The event “CB Pos On” starts a Manual-Close-Blocking timer and results in a state transition from »STANDBY« to
a transit state - »T-BLO AFTER CB MAN ON«. The autoreclosure function changes into the »READY« state only as the
Manual-Close-Blocking timer elapses and the breaker is closed. By means of the manual close blocking timer, a
faulty starting of the autoreclose function in case of a Switch-OnTo-Fault condition is prevented.
3 Ready
An activated autoreclose function is considered to be in »READY« state when all of the following conditions are
true:
• The autoreclose function is not initiated from any initiate (start) functions; and
4 Run (Cycle)
The »RUN« state can only be reached if the following conditions are fulfilled:
www.eaton.com 405
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• At least one of the assigned initiate functions is true (triggers the Autoreclosure).
If the autoreclose gets into the »RUN« state, the autoreclose function transfers its control to a »RUN« state control
automatically with several subordinate states which will be described in detail in the next section (AR Cycle).
5 Blocked
An activated autoreclose function goes into the »BLOCKED« state when one of the assigned blocking functions is
true.
The autoreclose function exits the »BLOCKED« state if the assigned blocking signal is no longer present.
6 Lockout
An activated autoreclose function goes into the »LOCKOUT« state when one of the following conditions is true:
• An unsuccessful autoreclose is detected after all programmed autoreclose shots. The fault is of
permanent nature;
• At least one protective function is still tripping before the reclose command is issued; or
The autoreclose function exits the »LOCKOUT« state if the programmed lockout reset signal asserts and
programmed Lockout Reset timer elapses.
A Service Alarm (Service Alarm 1 or Service Alarm 2) will not lead to a lockout of
the AR function.
406 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
AR Cycle (Shot)
4 Run (Cycle)
The following drawing shows the state transitions in detail inside an AR run cycle.
11
Ready
13
AR.Lock=True
Waiting Bkr Open
AR.Blo=True
Bkr=Pos OPEN
------------------
t-D: timer started
14
AR.Lock=True
AR.Blo=True t-dead
tD=OUT&
CB=OFF&
CB_READY=TRUE&
Trip
------------------------------------
Initiate AR: InitiateFc=Trip
=False
&&(ShotCounter<set)
---------------------------------------------
t-CB open start
Shot=Shot+1 &
tCI start & Shot=Shot+1 &
tCI start & CB_CLOSE=True
15
AR.Lock=True
Reclosing
AR.Blo=True
Bkr=Pos CLOSE
-----------------------------------------
tR2R start&
CB_CLOSE=False
16
AR.Lock=True
t-Run2Ready
AR.Blo=True
tR2R=OUT&&
Bkr=Pos CLOSE
--------------------------
AR.successful
11
Ready
www.eaton.com 407
IM02602007E EDR-5000
11 Ready
An activated autoreclose function is considered to be in »READY« state when all of the following conditions are
true:
• The autoreclose function is not initiated from any initiate (start) functions; and
While in the »W AITING BKR OPEN« state, the autoreclosure supervises if the breaker is really tripped (open) after
receiving the trip flag of the initiate protection function within a pre-set breaker supervision time (200 ms). If this
is the case, the autoreclosure starts the programmed dead timer and goes to the dead timing state »t-dead«.
14 t-dead
While in the dead timing state »t-dead«, the pre-set dead timer for current AR shot is timing and cannot be
interrupted unless there are any blocking or lockout conditions coming.
After dead timer elapses, the autoreclosure issues the breaker reclosing command and goes into the next state:
»RECLOSING«, only if the following conditions are met:
Before issuing the breaker reclosing command, the current shot counter will be incremented. This is very
important for the shot-controlled initiate and blocking functions. Before entering into the »RECLOSING« state, the
pre-set breaker reclosing supervision timer (»t-Brk-ON-cmd«) will also be started.
15 Reclosing
If there is no other blocking or lockout conditions and the breaker is closed while the breaker reclosing
supervision timer is timing, the autoreclosure starts the »t-Run2Ready« timer and goes into the state: »T-
RUN2READY«.
408 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
16 t-Run2Ready
Successful Autoreclosure:
While in »T-RUN2READY« state, if there is no other blocking or lockout conditions and no more faults detected
within the »t-Run2Ready« timer, the autoreclosure logic will leave the »RUN« state and goes back to the »READY«
state. The flag “successful” is set.
Unsuccessful Autoreclose:
If a fault is detected again (the shot-controlled initiate function is triggering) while »t-Run2Ready« timer is still
timing, the autoreclosure control again transfers to the »RUNNING« state. For a permanent fault, the process
described before will be repeated until all programmed shots were operated and the autoreclose process
changes into the »LOCKOUT« state. The flag “failed” is set.
Timing Diagrams
Auto Reclosing timing diagram for unsuccessful 2-shot auto reclosing scheme with acceleration at pre-shot.
Fault
Inception 1
Clearance 0
t
Protection
50P[1]. AdaptSet1 50P[1].DefaultSet 51P[1]
Pickup 1
Reset 0
t
Protection
50P[1].Fasttrip 50P[1].Trip 51P[1].Trip
Trip 1
Reset 0
t
Bkr State
Pos CLOSE 1
Pos OPEN 0
t
Reclosing
1
t-D1 t-D2 t-Run2Ready
0
t
Shot
AR.Running
0
t
AR - Module states
www.eaton.com 409
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Auto Reclosing timing diagram for successful 2-shot auto reclosing scheme with acceleration at pre-shot.
Fault
Inception 1
Clearance 0
t
Protection
50P[1]. AdaptSet1 50P[1].DefaultSet
Pickup 1
Reset 0
t
Protection
50P[1].Fasttrip 50P[1].Trip
Trip 1
Reset 0
t
Bkr State
Pos CLOSE 1
Pos OPEN 0
t
Reclosing
1
t-D1 t-D2 t-Run2Ready
0
t
Shot
AR.Running
0
t
AR - Module states
Bkr State
Pos CLOSE 1
Pos OPEN 0
t
1
t-ManualCloseBlock
0
t
AR - Module states
What happens if while the timer manual close block time is timing down the protective device gets a trip signal?
While the timer manual close block time is timing, any trip during this time period trips the breaker. The manual
410 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
close block timer does not care about that and timing continues until it times out.
After it times out, the AR-module looks at the breaker status again and sees that the breaker is open. The AR
goes to the »STANDBY« state, no autoreclosure is possible. Note: The AR Does Not go to »LOCKOUT«
state!)
Bkr State
Pos CLOSE 1
Pos OPEN 0
t
0
t
Protection Trip
0
t
t-ManualCloseBlock
AR - Module states
AR Lockout Reset Logic in case lockout Reset coming before manual breaker closed.
Bkr State
Pos CLOSE 1
Pos OPEN 0
t
1
t-ManualCloseBlock
0
t
Lockout Reset
1
Lockout Reset Time
0
t
AR - Module states
www.eaton.com 411
IM02602007E EDR-5000
AR Lockout Reset Logic in case lockout Reset coming after manual breaker closed.
Bkr State
Pos CLOSE 1
Pos OPEN 0
t
0
t
Lockout Reset
1
t-Lock2Ready t-ManualCloseBlock
0
t
AR - Module states
Zone Coordination
General Description
Zone Coordination means that the upstream protection device is doing a virtual autoreclosure while the
downstream protective device is doing a “real” autoreclosure. By means of the zone coordination, selectivity can
be kept even if a downstream protective device changes its tripping characteristic after a reclosure cycle. The
virtual autoreclosure of the upstream device follows the downstream autoreclosure.
A radial distribution system is protected by an upstream protective device (with a breaker) and a downstream
protective device with a reclosure and fuse. By means of the zone coordination, a “fuse saving scheme” might
be realized. In order to “save fuses”, the downstream protective device might trip for the first reclosure attempt
at low tripping values (under-grade the fuse, trying to avoid a damaging of the fuse). If the reclosure attempt
fails, the tripping values might be raised (over-grade the fuse) for the second reclosure attempt (using higher
tripping values/characteristics).
What is essential?
The triggering thresholds of the upstream and the downstream devices have to be the same but the tripping
times have to be selectively.
The zone coordination function is part of the autoreclosure element and it can be enabled by setting the
parameter »Zone coordination« as »active« within the [Protection Para/AR/General Settings] menu for an
upstream feeder protection device.
How does the Zone Coordination work (within the upstream protection device)?
When the zone coordination function is enabled, it works similar to a normal autoreclose function with the same
setting parameters: maximum reclosure attempts, dead timer for each shot, initiate functions for each shot, and
other timers for autoreclose process, but with the following zone coordination features to coordinate with the
downstream reclosers.
• The corresponding dead timer for each shot will be started even if the breaker of the upstream feeder
relay is NOT tripped from the assigned initiate protective functions.
412 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• The dead timer begins timing once the autoreclose senses a drawback of the assigned overcurrent
protection pickup signal. This exhibits that the fault current was tripped by the downstream recloser
opening.
• The shot counter of an enabled zone coordination will be incremented after the dead timer elapses, even
there is no breaker reclosing command issued. Meanwhile, the »T-RUN2READY« timer is started.
• If a permanent fault exists after the downstream recloser is reclosed, the fault current makes the
upstream overcurrent protection pick up again, but with the pickup thresholds or operating curves
controlled by the incremented shot number. In this way, the upstream feeder will “follow” the protective
settings of downstream recloser shot by shot.
• For a transient fault, the autoreclose with zone coordination will not be initiated again because of
absence of the fault current and will be reset normally after the expiration of the reset timer »t-
Run2Ready«.
www.eaton.com 413
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Protective Shot 2
Device (triggered by: I [2])
Shot 1
(triggered by: I [1])
I
Shot 2
Recloser (triggered by: I [2])
Shot 1
(triggered by: I [1])
I
414 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Active /Reset]
Reset Lock via Reset the AR Lockout via the panel. Inactive, Inactive [Operation
HMI
Active /Reset]
Res Max Shots Resetting the Counter for the maximum Inactive, Inactive [Operation
/ h Cr allowed shots per hour.
Active /Reset]
/AR]
www.eaton.com 415
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/AR]
Comm Reset The Lockout State of the AR can be reset -.-, -.- [Protection Para
Ex Lock by Communication.
Modbus.Comm Cmd 1, /Global Prot Para
Modbus.Comm Cmd 3,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 4,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 5,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 6,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 7,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 8,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 9,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 16
/AR
/General Settings]
416 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/General Settings]
Ex Shot Inc Fc The AR Shot counter will be incremented by Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
this external Signal. This can be used for
Zone Coordination (of upstream Auto Active /<n>
Reclosure devices). Note: This parameter
enables the functionality only. The /AR
assignment has to be set within the global
parameters. /General Settings]
Ex Lock Fc The auto reclosure will locked out by this Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
external Signal. Note: This parameter
enables the functionality only. The Active /<n>
assignment has to be set within the global
parameters. /AR
/General Settings]
Reset Mode Reset Mode Auto, Auto [Protection Para
HMI, /<n>
DI, /AR
HMI And DI
Attempts Maximum number of permitted reclosure 1-6 1 [Protection Para
attempts.
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]
www.eaton.com 417
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Shot Manager
/Shot 1]
t-D2 Dead time between trip and reclosure 0.01 – 9999.00 s 1s [Protection Para
attempt. Can be initiated either by a phase
or a ground fault. /<n>
/Shot Manager
/Shot 2]
t-D3 Dead time between trip and reclosure 0.01 – 9999.00 s 1s [Protection Para
attempt. Can be initiated either by a phase
or a ground fault. /<n>
/Shot Manager
/Shot 3]
t-D4 Dead time between trip and reclosure 0.1 – 9999.00 s 1s [Protection Para
attempt. Can be initiated either by a phase
or a ground fault. /<n>
/Shot Manager
/Shot 4]
t-D5 Dead time between trip and reclosure 0.01 – 9999.00 s 1s [Protection Para
attempt. Can be initiated either by a phase
or a ground fault. /<n>
/Shot Manager
/Shot 5]
t-D6 Dead time between trip and reclosure 0.01 – 9999.00 s 1s [Protection Para
attempt. Can be initiated either by a phase
or a ground fault. /<n>
/Shot Manager
/Shot 6]
418 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/AR
/General Settings]
t-Lock2Ready This timer is started by the lockout reset 0.01 – 9999.00 s 10.0 s [Protection Para
signal, and before the timer expire the AR
cannot go to any other state. /<n>
/AR
/General Settings]
t-Run2Ready Examination Time: If the Breaker remains 0.01 – 9999.00 s 10.0 s [Protection Para
after an reclosure attempt (shot) for the
duration of this timer in the Closed position, /<n>
the AR has been successful and the AR
module returns into the ready state. /AR
/General Settings]
t-Block2Ready The release (de-blocking) of the AR will be 0.01 – 9999.00 s 10.0 s [Protection Para
delayed for this time, if there is no blocking
signal anymore. /<n>
/AR
/General Settings]
t-AR AR Overall supervision time (> sum of all 1.00 – 9999.00 s 100.0 s [Protection Para
Supervision the timers used by AR)
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]
Service Alarm As soon as the AR-Counter exceeds this 1 - 65535 1000 [Protection Para
1 number of reclosure attempts, an alarm will
be given out (overhauling of the Bkr.) /<n>
/AR
/AR
www.eaton.com 419
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/AR
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Initiate AR]
Initiate AR: Initiate Auto Reclosure : Initiate Function Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc2
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Initiate AR]
Initiate AR: Initiate Auto Reclosure : Initiate Function Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc3
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Initiate AR]
Initiate AR: Initiate Auto Reclosure : Initiate Function Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc4
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Initiate AR]
Shot 1: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc1 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 1-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 1]
420 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Shot Manager
/Shot 1]
Shot 1: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc3 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 1-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 1]
Shot 1: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc4 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 1-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 1]
Shot 2: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc1 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 2-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 2]
Shot 2: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc2 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 2-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 2]
Shot 2: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc3 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 2-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 2]
www.eaton.com 421
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Shot Manager
/Shot 2]
Shot 3: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc1 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 3-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 3]
Shot 3: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc2 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 3-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 3]
Shot 3: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc3 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 3-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 3]
Shot 3: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc4 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 3-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 3]
Shot 4: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc1 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 4-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 4]
422 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Shot Manager
/Shot 4]
Shot 4: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc3 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 4-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 4]
Shot 4: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc4 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 4-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 4]
Shot 5: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc1 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 5-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 5]
Shot 5: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc2 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 5-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 5]
Shot 5: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc3 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 5-6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 5]
www.eaton.com 423
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Shot Manager
/Shot 5]
Shot 6: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc1 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 6]
Shot 6: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc2 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 6]
Shot 6: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc3 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 6]
Shot 6: Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Start fct -.- [Protection Para
InitiateFc4 Function
/<n>
Only available if: Attempts = 6
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 6]
/AR]
424 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/AR]
Ex Shot Inc-I Module input state: The AR Shot counter [Protection Para
will be incremented by this external Signal.
This can be used for Zone Coordination (of /Global Prot Para
upstream Auto Reclosure devices). Note:
This parameter enables the functionality /AR]
only. The assignment has to be set within
the global parameters.
Ex Lock-I Module input state: External AR lockout. [Protection Para
/AR]
DI Reset Ex Lock-I Module input state: Resetting the lockout [Protection Para
state of the AR (if the resetting via digital
inputs has been selected). /Global Prot Para
/AR]
Comm Reset Ex Lock-I Module input state: Resetting the Lockout [Protection Para
State of the AR by Communication.
/Global Prot Para
/AR]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Standby Signal: Standby
t-Man Close Blo Signal: AR blocked after breaker was switched on manually. This
timer will be started if the breaker was switched on manually.
While this timer is running, AR cannot be started.
Ready Signal: Ready to shoot
Running Signal: Auto Reclosing Running
t-dead Signal: Dead time between trip and reclosure attempt
Bkr CLOSE Cmd Signal: Bkr. Switch ON (CLOSE) Command
t-Run2Ready Signal: Examination Time: If the Breaker remains after a reclosure
attempt (shot) for the duration of this timer in the Closed position,
the AR has been successful and the AR module returns into the
ready state.
Lock Signal: Auto Reclosure is locked out
t-Reset Lockout Signal: Delay Timer for resetting the AR lockout. The reset of the
AR lockout state will be delayed for this time after the reset signal
(e.g digital input or Scada) has been detected.
www.eaton.com 425
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Blo Signal: Auto Reclosure is blocked
t-Blo Reset Signal: Delay Timer for resetting the AR blocking. The release
(de-blocking) of the AR will be delayed for this time, if there is no
blocking signal anymore.
successful Signal: Auto Reclosing successful
failed Signal: Auto Reclosing Failure
t-AR Supervision Signal: AR Supervision
Pre Shot Pre Shot Control
Shot 1 Shot Control
Shot 2 Shot Control
Shot 3 Shot Control
Shot 4 Shot Control
Shot 5 Shot Control
Shot 6 Shot Control
Service Alarm 1 Signal: AR - Service Alarm 1, too many switching operations
Service Alarm 2 Signal: AR - Service Alarm 2, too many switching operations
Max Shots / h exceeded Signal: The maximum allowed number of shots per hour has been
exceeded.
Res Statistics Cr Signal: Reset all statistic AR counters: Total number of AR,
successful and unsuccessful no of AR.
Res Service Cr Signal: Reset the Service Counters for pickup and blocking.
Reset Lockout Signal: The AR Lockout has been reset via the panel.
Res Max Shots / h Signal: The Counter for the maximum allowed shots per hour has
been reset.
ARRecCState Signal: AutoReclosing states defined by IEC61850:1=Ready/2=In
Progress/3=Successful
/AR]
Total number Cr Total number of all executed 0 0 - 65536 [Operation
Automatic Reclosures Attempts
/Count and RevData
/AR]
Cr successfl Total number of successfully 0 0 - 65536 [Operation
executed Automatic Reclosures
/Count and RevData
/AR]
426 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/AR]
Cr Service Alarm1 Remaining numbers of ARs until 1000 0 - 1000 [Operation
Service Alarm 1
/Count and RevData
/AR]
Cr Service Alarm2 Remaining numbers of ARs until 65536 0 - 65536 [Operation
Service Alarm 2
/Count and RevData
/AR]
Max Shots / h Cr Counter for the maximum allowed 0 0 - 65536 [Operation
shots per hour.
/Count and RevData
/AR]
/AR
/BlockFct]
Assignment: 2 Abort the AR-cycle, if the state of the BlockFct -.- [Protection Para
assigned signal is true. If the state of this
function is true the AR will be aborted. /<n>
/AR
/BlockFct]
Assignment: 3 Abort the AR-cycle, if the state of the BlockFct -.- [Protection Para
assigned signal is true. If the state of this
function is true the AR will be aborted. /<n>
/AR
/BlockFct]
Assignment: 4 Abort the AR-cycle, if the state of the BlockFct -.- [Protection Para
assigned signal is true. If the state of this
function is true the AR will be aborted. /<n>
/AR
/BlockFct]
www.eaton.com 427
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/AR
/BlockFct]
Assignment: 6 Abort the AR-cycle, if the state of the BlockFct -.- [Protection Para
assigned signal is true. If the state of this
function is true the AR will be aborted. /<n>
/AR
/BlockFct]
AR Abort Functions
Name Description
-.- No assignment
50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59N[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59N[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
428 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
46[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
46[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
47[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
47[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[5].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[6].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32V[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32V[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32V[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55D[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55D[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
AR Start Functions
Name Description
-.- No assignment
50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
www.eaton.com 429
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
46[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
46[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
430 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
This is the 46 device Current Unbalance setting, which works similar to the 47 device Voltage Unbalance setting.
The positive and negative sequence currents are calculated from the 3-phase currents. The Threshold setting
defines a minimum operating current magnitude of either I1 or I2 for the 46 function to operate, which insures
that the relay has a solid basis for initiating a current unbalance trip. The »%(I2/I1)« setting is the unbalance trip
pickup setting. It is defined by the ratio of negative sequence current to positive sequence current »%(I2/I1)« for
ABC rotation and »%(I1/I2)« for ACB rotation. The device will automatically select the correct ratio based on the
Phase Sequence setting in the System Configuration group described above.
This function requires positive or negative sequence current magnitude above the threshold setting and the
percentage current unbalance above the »%(I2/I1)« setting before allowing a current unbalance trip. Therefore,
both the threshold and percent settings must be met for the specified Delay time setting before the relay initiates
a trip for current unbalance.
www.eaton.com 431
432
IM02602007E
46[1]...[n]
Name = 46[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup
14
Name.t
Name.Threshold
t Name.Trip
AND
0
www.eaton.com
I2
IA
IB PPS
AND
NPS
Name.TripCmd
IC Filter AND 15
Name.%(I2/I1)
%(I2/I1)
/46[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Unbalance-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /46[1]]
www.eaton.com 433
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Unbalance-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /46[1]]
Fc=active".
Threshold The Threshold setting defines a minimum 0.01 – 4.00 In 0.1 In [Protection Para
operating current magnitude of I2 for the 46
function to operate, which ensures that the /<n>
relay has a solid basis for initiating a current
unbalance trip. This is a supervisory /Unbalance-Prot
function and not a trip level.
/46[1]]
%(I2/I1) The %(I2/I1) setting is the unbalance trip 2 - 40% 46[1]: 40% [Protection Para
pickup setting. It is defined by the ratio of
negative sequence current to positive 46[2]: 20% /<n>
sequence current (% Unbalance=I2/I1), or
%(I2/I1) for ABC rotation and %(I1/I2) for /Unbalance-Prot
ACB rotation.
/46[1]]
Only available if: %(I2/I1) = Use
t Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 46[1]: 10 s [Protection Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
434 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup Signal: Pickup Negative Sequence
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Necessary means:
• Three-phase current source with adjustable current unbalance; and
• Timer.
Procedure:
• Ensure that the phase sequence is the same as that set in the system parameters.
• Check the measuring value for the unbalanced current »I2 Fund.«. The measuring value displayed for
»I2 Fund.« should be zero (within the physical measuring accuracy).
www.eaton.com 435
IM02602007E EDR-5000
If the displayed magnitude for I2 Fund. is the same as that for the balanced
nominal currents fed to the relay, it implies that the phase sequence of the
currents seen by the relay is reversed.
• Again check the measuring value of the unbalanced current »I2 Fund.« in the »Measuring Values«
menu.
The measuring value of the unbalanced current »I2 Fund.« should now be 33%.
• Once again check the measuring value of the unbalanced current I2 Fund. in the »Measuring Values«
menu. The measuring value of the asymmetrical current »I2 Fund.« should be again 33%.
• Again check the measuring value of unbalanced current »I2 Fund.« in the »Measuring Values« menu.
The measuring value of the unbalanced current »I2 Fund.« should still be 33%.
• Switch off IA (the threshold value »Threshold« for »I2 Fund.« must be below 33%).
The present current unbalance »I2 Fund.« corresponds with 1/3 of the existing phase current displayed.
• Configure minimum »%(I2/I1)« setting (2%) and an arbitrary threshold value »Threshold« (I2 Fund.).
• For testing the threshold value, a current has to be fed to phase A which is lower than three times the
adjusted threshold value »Threshold« (I2 Fund.).
• Feeding only phase A results in »%(I2/I1) = 100%«, so the first condition »%(I2/I1) >= 2%« is always
fulfilled.
Having tripped the relay in the previous test, now decrease the phase A current. The drop-out ratio must not be
higher than 0.97 times the threshold value.
Testing %(I2/I1)
• Configure minimum threshold value »Threshold« (I2 Fund.) (0.01 x In) and set »%(I2/I1)« greater or
equal to 10%.
436 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Apply a balanced three-phase current system (nominal currents). The measuring value of »%(I2/I1)«
should be 0%.
• Now increase the phase A current. With this configuration, the threshold value »Threshold« (I2 Fund.)
should be reached before the value »%(I2/I1)« reaches the set »%(I2/I1)« ratio threshold.
Having tripped the relay in the previous test, now decrease the phase A current. The drop-out of »%(I2/I1)« has
to be 1% below the »%(I2/I1)«setting.
The measured trip delays, threshold values, and drop-out ratios are within the permitted deviations/tolerances,
specified under Technical Data.
www.eaton.com 437
IM02602007E EDR-5000
LOP function detects the loss of voltage in any of the voltage input measuring circuits and uses the following
measured values and information to detect an LOP condition:
• Three-phase voltages;
• Three-phase currents;
• Breaker status.
Once an LOP condition is detected and it lasts longer than an adjustable minimum pickup time, the LOP Pickup
will be set. The LOP Block will only be set if the LOP-Block control setting is set to enabled (activated). The
LOP Pickup and LOP Block signals can both be used as logical signal to block the protective functions which
use the voltage information such as voltage restraint. The minimum pickup timer is used to prevent short time
incorrect operation of the LOP function during breaker switching-on operation.
438 www.eaton.com
LOP[1]...[n] Name = LOP
Inactive
Active
V < 1.0 V
VA/VAB
VB/VBC OR
VC/VCA
Name.Pickup
%(V2/V1) > 40%
%(V2/V1)
0.0 9999 s
OR 100 ms
t-Pickup
S Q 0
Name.LOP Blo
AND 0 AND 38
V0 < 1.0 V
t-ResetDelay
R
V0
EDR-5000
50 ms
www.eaton.com
AND
IA
IB AND
IC
3*I0
439
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/LOP]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Supervision
/LOP]
/Supervision
/LOP]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Supervision
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /LOP]
LOP Blo Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Enable blocking by the module LOP.
Active /<n>
/Supervision
/LOP]
440 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/<n>
/Supervision
/LOP]
/Supervision
/LOP]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Supervision
/LOP]
State Module input state: Breaker Position (0 = []
Indeterminate, 1 = OPEN, 2 = CLOSE, 3 =
Disturbed)
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Pickup Signal: Pickup Loss of Potential
LOP Blo Signal: Loss of Potential blocks other elements
Necessary means:
www.eaton.com 441
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Procedure part 1:
Examine if the output signals »LOP BLO « (200ms delay) and »LOP« only become true if:
The output signals only become true if all the above mentioned conditions are fulfilled.
Procedure part 2:
Assign the »LOP« or »LOP BLO« output signals to all protection element that should be blocked by LOP (e.g.:
Undervoltage Protection, Voltage Restraint … ).
Test if those elements are blocked if the LOP modules issue a blocking signal.
All elements that should be blocked in case of LOP are blocked if the conditions (Procedure part 1) are fulfilled.
442 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
In case a faulty line is energized (e.g.: when an grounding switch is in the CLOSE position), an instantaneous trip
is required. The SOTF module is provided to generate a permissive signal for other protection functions such as
overcurrents to accelerate their trips. The SOTF condition is recognized according to the User’s operation mode
that can be based on:
This protection module can initiate a high speed trip of the overcurrent protection modules. The module can be
started via a digital input that indicates that the breaker is manually closed.
This module issues a signal only (the module is not armed and does not
issue a trip command).
www.eaton.com 443
444
IM02602007E
SOTF
Name = SOTF
SOTF.I<
Breaker.Prot CLOSE
41
SOTF.Mode
Bkr State
EDR-5000
SOTF.
I< t-enable
t SOTF.enabled
OR AND
Bkr State And I<
T 0
OR
Bkr manual CLOSE
www.eaton.com
Ext SOTF
SOTF.I<
IA
AND
IB
AND
IC
Ext SOTF
Ext SOTF
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/SOTF]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/SOTF]
Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/SOTF]
Ext SOTF External Switch Onto Fault 1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Protection Para
/SOTF]
/SOTF]
www.eaton.com 445
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/SOTF]
t-enable While this timer is running, and while the 0.10 – 10.00 s 2s [Protection Para
module is not blocked, the Switch Onto
Fault Module is effective (SOTF is armed). /<n>
/SOTF]
/SOTF]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/SOTF]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/SOTF]
Ex Man CLOSE Cmd-I Module Input State: External manual []
breaker CLOSE command (NOT for AR!)
Bkr Pos-I Module input state: Breaker Position by now []
(switching position)
Ext SOTF-I Module Input State: External Switch Onto [Protection Para
Fault Alarm
/Global Prot Para
/SOTF]
446 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
enabled Signal: Switch Onto Fault enabled. This Signal can be used to
modify Overcurrent Protection Settings.
I< Signal: No Load Current.
Object to be tested:
Testing the module Switch Onto Fault according to the configured operating mode:
Necessary means:
Mode I< (In order to test the effectiveness): Initially, do not feed any current.
Start the timer and feed with an abruptly changing current that is distinctly
greater than the I<-threshold to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Mode I< and Bkr. state: Simultaneously, manually switch on the breaker
and feed with an abrupt change current that is distinctly greater than the
I<-threshold.
Mode Bkr. state: The breaker has to be in the OFF position. The signal
„SOTF.ENABLED“=0 is false. If the breaker is switched on, the signal
„SOTF.ENABLED“=1 becomes true as long as the timer t-effective is running.
• The breaker has to be in the OPEN position. There must be no load current.
Testing:
• Manually switch the breaker to the CLOSE position and start the timer at the same time.
www.eaton.com 447
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• After the hold time t-enable is expired, the state of the signal has to change to "SOTF.enabled“=0.
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and drop-out ratios correspond
with those values, specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Tech-
nical Data section.
448 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
When manually or automatically closing a breaker after it has been open for a prolonged time, a greater than
normal load current may be experienced due to the load inrush . This high starting current causes some
overcurrent elements to unnecessarily trip the breaker. The cold load pickup (CLPU) function prevents this from
happening.
The cold load pickup function detects a warm-to-cold load transition according to the four selectable cold load
detection modes:
• Breaker state;
• Undercurrent (I<);
• Breaker state AND undercurrent; and
• Breaker state OR undercurrent.
After a warm-to-cold load transition has been detected, a specified load-off timer will be started. This User-
settable load-off timer is used in some cases to make sure that the load is really “cold” enough. After the load-
off timer times out, the CLPU function issues an “enable” signal »CLPU.ENABLED« that can be used to block User-
selected, sensitive protection elements such as instantaneous overcurrent elements, current unbalance, or
power protection elements. Using this enable signal, some User-selected time inverse overcurrent elements
may also be desensitized by means of activating adaptive settings of the corresponding overcurrent elements.
When a cold load condition is finished (a cold-to-warm load condition is detected) due to, for example, breaker
closing or load current injection, a load inrush detector will be initiated that supervises the coming and going of
the load inrush current process. A load inrush is detected if the coming load current exceeds a User-specified
inrush current threshold. This load inrush is considered as finished if the load current is decreased to 90% of the
inrush current threshold.
After the inrush current is diminished, a settle timer starts. The cold load pickup enable signal can only be reset
after the settle timer times out. Another max-Block timer, which is started parallel with the load inrush detector
after a cold load condition is finished, may also terminate the CLPU enable signal if a load inrush condition is
prolonged abnormally.
The cold load pickup function can be blocked manually by external or internal signal at the User´s choice. For
the devices with the Auto-Reclosing function, the CLPU function will be blocked automatically if auto-reclosure is
initiated (AR is running).
www.eaton.com 449
IM02602007E EDR-5000
t load Off (Pickup Delay): After this time expires, the load is no longer
diversified.
t Max Block (Release Delay): After the starting condition is fulfilled (e.g.:
breaker switched on manually), the “CLPU.enabled” signal will be issued
for this time. That means for the duration of this time, the tripping
thresholds of the overcurrent protection can be desensitized by means of
adaptive parameters (please refer to the Parameters section). This timer
will be stopped if the current falls below 0.9 times of the threshold of the
load inrush detector and remains below 0.9 times of the threshold for the
duration of the settle time.
450 www.eaton.com
CLPU
Name = CLPU
Bkr[x].Pos OPEN
Example Mode: Breaker Position
CLPU.I<
CLPU
CLPU.detected
Name = CLPU
1
CinBkr-52a
0
CLPU.Mode
CLPU.I<
IA Bkr State
IB t-Load Off
AND I<
EDR-5000
OR S Q
IC 0 CLPU.enabled
1 Bkr State And I< AND
0 CLPU.detected
AND Bkr State Or I< R1 Q
www.eaton.com
Load Inrush Detector
1
OR
0 Cold Load
1.0 * Threshold 0
t-Max Block
0
0.9 * Threshold Settle Time+e
AR.Running*
CLPU.Settle Time
CLPU.Load Inrush
*Applies only for devices with Auto Reclosure
IM02602007E
451
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/CLPU]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /CLPU]
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
452 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/CLPU]
Threshold Set the load current inrush threshold. 0.10 – 4.00 In 1.2 In [Protection Para
/<n>
/CLPU]
Settle Time Select the time for the cold load inrush. 0.00 – 300.00 s 1.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/CLPU]
/CLPU]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/CLPU]
Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/CLPU]
www.eaton.com 453
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
enabled Signal: Cold Load enabled
detected Signal: Cold Load detected
I< Signal: No Load Current.
Load Inrush Signal: Load Inrush
Settle Time Signal: Settle Time
Testing the Cold Load Pickup module according to the configured operating mode:
Necessary means:
Mode I<: In order to test the tripping delay, start the timer then feed with an
abruptly changing current that is distinctly less than the I<-threshold.
Measure the tripping delay. In order to measure the drop-out ratio, feed an
abruptly changing current that is distinctly above the I<-threshold.
Mode I< and Bkr state: Combine the abruptly changing current(switching
the current ON and OFF) with the manual switching ON and OFF of the
breaker.
Mode I< or Bkr state: Initially carry out the test with an abruptly changing
current that is switched ON and OFF (above and below the I<-threshold).
Measure the tripping times. Finally, carry out the test by manually
switching the breaker ON and OFF.
454 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• The breaker has to be in the OFF position. There must not be any load current.
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and drop-out ratios correspond
with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Tech-
nical Data section.
www.eaton.com 455
IM02602007E EDR-5000
In case that within the System Parameters "Main VT con" is set to "Open-Delta":
Vn=Main VT sec .
MainVT sec
Vn=
3
This is the 27 device undervoltage setting for the main three phase VT. This function consists of a Phase, a
Pickup, a Delay setting. The Phase setting allows the User to select at which phase (any one, any two, or all)
the undervoltage function operates. The Pickup setting is the magnitude at which the undervoltage element
operates. The Delay setting is the time period an undervoltage must occur before the device initiates a trip.
Depending on the settings within the System Parameters, the element works based on phase-to-phase (»Open-
Delta«) or phase-to-ground (»wye«) voltages. This element will operate depending on the phase setting: if any
one, any two, or all of the voltage(s) that is/are selected by the Phase setting drop(s) below the set point. This
element works based on RMS values.
An undervoltage pickup occurs when the measured voltage drops below the UV Threshold setting. The
undervoltage trip is set when the voltage stays below the threshold setting for the delay time specified (within the
number of phases specified by the phase setting). The undervoltage pickup and trip is reset when the voltage
rises above the drop-out ratio specified in Specifications section for the undervoltage protection.
If the element should be blocked in the event of a “Loss of Potential”, the »LOP BLO« parameter must be set to
»active«.
If the VT measurement location is not at the bus bar side but at the output
side, the following has to be taken into account.
When the auxiliary voltage is switched on and the measuring voltage has not
yet been applied, undervoltage tripping has to be prevented by an »External
456 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
If phase voltages are applied to the measuring inputs of the device and system
parameter »VT con« is set to »Phase-to-ground«, the messages issued by the
voltage protection module in case of actuation or trip should be interpreted as
follows:
However, if line-to-line voltages are applied to the measuring inputs and system
parameter »VT con« is set to »Phase to Phase«, then the messages should be
interpreted as follows:
www.eaton.com 457
458
IM02602007E
27M[1]...[n]
Name = 27M[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup Phase A
Name.LOP Blo
28
Inactive Name.Pickup Phase B
Active
29
Name.Pickup Phase C
30
AND
LOP.LOP Blo Name.Pickup
38 14
Name.Trip Phase A
EDR-5000
AND 20
Name.Trip Phase B
www.eaton.com
Name.Mode
AND 21
any one
any two
AND all
Name.Trip Phase C
V< AND 22
VA
AND
RMS
AND AND Name.t
VB
RMS t Name.Trip
OR
VC 0
RMS
AND
AND OR Name.TripCmd
/27M[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Main-V-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /27M[1]]
www.eaton.com 459
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Main-V-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /27M[1]]
Fc=active".
Phases Indicates if one, two of three or all phases Any one, Any one [Protection Para
are required for operation
Any two, /<n>
All /Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/ 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 27M[1]: 0.80 Vn [Protection Para
element will be started. Definition of Vn: Vn
is dependent on the System Parameter 27M[2]: 0.90 Vn /<n>
setting of "Main VT con". In case that within
the System Parameters "Main VT con" is /Main-V-Prot
set to "Open-Delta" , "Vn = Main VT sec ".
In case that "Main VT con" is set to "Wye", /27M[1]]
"Vn = Main VT sec/SQRT(3)".
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
LOP Blo Blocking if voltage transformer failure Inactive, Active [Protection Para
detected. LOP (Loss of Potential)
Active /<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
Vstart< If the voltage falls below this voltage, the 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
Time Depending Voltage Protection will be
started. /<n>
460 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/27M[1]]
t1 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.00 s [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
V(t)<2 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.01 Vn [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
t2 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.15 s [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
V(t)<3 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.70 Vn [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
t3 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.15 s [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
V(t)<4 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.70 Vn [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
www.eaton.com 461
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/27M[1]]
V(t)<5 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
t5 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 1.50 s [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
V(t)<6 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
t6 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
V(t)<7 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
t7 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
462 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/27M[1]]
t8 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
V(t)<9 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
t9 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
V(t)<10 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
t10 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/27M[1]]
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
www.eaton.com 463
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup Phase A Signal: Pickup Phase A
Pickup Phase B Signal: Pickup Phase B
Pickup Phase C Signal: Pickup Phase C
Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
• For testing the threshold values, the test voltage has to be decreased until the relay is activated.
• For detection of the dropout ratio, the measuring quantity has to be increased to achieve more than
103% of the trip value. At 103% of the trip value, the relay is to dropout at the earliest moment.
464 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
In case that within the System Parameters "Main VT con" is set to "Open-Delta":
Vn=Main VT sec .
MainVT sec
Vn=
3
This is the 59 device Overvoltage setting for the Main VT. This element consists of a Phase, a Pickup, and a
Delay setting. The Phase setting allows the User to select which phase (any one, any two, or all) the
Overvoltage function operates. Depending on the settings within the System Parameters, the element works
based on phase-to-phase (»Open-Delta«) or phase-to-ground (»wye«) voltages. This element will operate
depending on the phase setting: if any one, any two, or all of the voltage(s) that is/are selected by the Phase
setting rise(s) above the set point. This element works based on RMS values.
An overvoltage pickup occurs when the measured voltage rises above the overvoltage threshold setting. The
overvoltage trip is set when the voltage stays above the threshold setting for the delay time specified (within the
number of phases specified by the phase setting).. The overvoltage pickup and trip is reset when the voltage
falls below the drop-out ratio specified in Specifications section for the overvoltage protection.
If phase voltages are applied to the measuring inputs of the device and system
parameter »VT con« is set to »Phase-to-ground«, the messages issued by the
voltage protection module in case of actuation or trip should be interpreted as
follows:
However,if line-to-line voltages are applied to the measuring inputs and system
parameter »VT con« is set to »Phase to Phase«, then the messages should be
interpreted as follows:
www.eaton.com 465
466
IM02602007E
59M[1]...[n]
Name = 59M[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup Phase A
28
Name.Pickup Phase B
29
Name.Pickup Phase C
30
Name.Pickup
14
Name.Trip Phase A
EDR-5000
AND 20
Name.Mode
Name.Trip Phase B
www.eaton.com
any one AND 21
any two
all
AND Name.Trip Phase C
V> AND 22
VA
AND
RMS
AND AND Name.t
VB
RMS t Name.Trip
OR
VC 0
RMS AND
AND OR Name.TripCmd
/59M[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Main-V-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /59M[1]]
www.eaton.com 467
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Main-V-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /59M[1]]
Fc=active".
Phases Indicates if one, two of three or all phases Any one, Any one [Protection Para
are required for operation
Any two, /<n>
All /Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/ 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 59M[1]: 1.2 Vn [Protection Para
element will be started. Definition of Vn: Vn
is dependent on the System Parameter 59M[2]: 1.1 Vn /<n>
setting of "Main VT con". In case that within
the System Parameters "Main VT con" is /Main-V-Prot
set to "Open-Delta" , "Vn = Main VT sec ".
In case that "Main VT con" is set to "Wye", /59M[1]]
"Vn = Main VT sec/SQRT(3)".
/59M[1]]
Vstart< If the voltage falls below this voltage, the 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
Time Depending Voltage Protection will be
started. /<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
V(t)<1 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.01 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
468 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
V(t)<2 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.01 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
t2 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.15 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
V(t)<3 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.70 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
t3 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.15 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
V(t)<4 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.70 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
t4 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.70 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
www.eaton.com 469
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
t5 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 1.50 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
V(t)<6 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
t6 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
V(t)<7 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
t7 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
V(t)<8 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
470 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
V(t)<9 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
t9 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
V(t)<10 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
t10 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
www.eaton.com 471
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup Phase A Signal: Pickup Phase A
Pickup Phase B Signal: Pickup Phase B
Pickup Phase C Signal: Pickup Phase C
Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Necessary means:
• Three phase AC voltage source;
• Timer for measuring of the tripping time; and
• Voltmeter.
472 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 473
IM02602007E EDR-5000
This is the 27A device Undervoltage setting for the Auxiliary VT. This device setting works exactly the same as
the 27M except it is a single-phase element only operating from the Auxiliary VT input. The Alarm Delay is the
time period a LOP must occur before the device initiates a »LOP BLO« signal that can be used to block other
elements like 51V (Voltage Restraint).
474 www.eaton.com
27A[1]...[n]
Name = 27A[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup
14 31
www.eaton.com
Name.t
Name.V<
t Name.Trip
AND
V 0
RMS
Name.TripCmd
AND 15 23
Please Refer to Diagram: Trip Blockings
3 (Tripping command not deactivated or blocked. )
IM02602007E
475
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/27A[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Aux-V-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /27A[1]]
476 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Aux-V-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /27A[1]]
Fc=active".
Pickup Vn refers to either the primary or secondary 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 27A[1]: 0.8 Vn [Protection Para
voltage of the aux VT.
27A[2]: 0.9 Vn /<n>
Only available if: Device Planning: 59.Mode
= V< /Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
t Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 27A[1]: 10 s [Protection Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
www.eaton.com 477
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Necessary components:
• One-phase AC voltage source;
• Timer for measuring of the tripping time; and
• Voltmeter.
478 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
This is the 59 device Overvoltage setting for the Auxiliary VT. This device setting works exactly the same as the
59M, except it is a single-phase element only operating from the Auxiliary VT input.
www.eaton.com 479
480
IM02602007E
59A[1]...[n]
Name = 59A[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup
14 31
www.eaton.com
Name.t
Name.Pickup
t Name.Trip
AND
V 0
RMS
Name.TripCmd
AND 15 23
Please Refer to Diagram: Trip Blockings
3 (Tripping command not deactivated or blocked. )
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/59A[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Aux-V-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /59A[1]]
www.eaton.com 481
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Aux-V-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /59A[1]]
Fc=active".
Pickup Vn refers to either the primary or secondary 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 59A[1]: 1.2 Vn [Protection Para
voltage of the aux VT.
59A[2]: 1.1 Vn /<n>
Only available if: Device Planning: 59.Mode
= V> /Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
t Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 59A[1]: 10 s [Protection Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
482 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Necessary components:
• One-phase AC voltage source;
• Timer for measuring of the tripping time; and
• Voltmeter.
www.eaton.com 483
IM02602007E EDR-5000
This is the 59 device for the Neutral Overvoltage settings. This element offers a criterion setting. The criterion
setting tells if the threshold is based on the fundamental (Phasor) or RMS.
484 www.eaton.com
59N[1]...[n]
Name = 59N[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup
14 31
www.eaton.com
Name.t
Name.Pickup
t Name.Trip
AND
VX 0
Fund.
Name.TripCmd
AND 15 23
Please Refer to Diagram: Trip Blockings
3 (Tripping command not deactivated or blocked. )
IM02602007E
485
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/59N[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Neutral-V-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /59N[1]]
486 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Neutral-V-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /59N[1]]
Fc=active".
Pickup Vn refers to either the primary or secondary 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 59N[1]: 0.4 Vn [Protection Para
voltage of the aux VT.
59N[2]: 0.3 Vn /<n>
Only available if: Device Planning: 59.Mode
= V> /Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
t Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 59N[1]: 5.00 s [Protection Para
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
www.eaton.com 487
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Necessary components:
• One-phase AC voltage source;
• Timer for measuring of the tripping time; and
• Voltmeter.
488 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
25 - Sync-check
Available Elements:
Sync
The Bus voltages are to be measured by the first three measuring inputs of the
voltage measuring card (VA/VAB, VB/VBC, VC/VCA). The line voltage is to be
measured by the fourth measuring input of the voltage measuring card (VX). In
the menu [System Para/General Settings/V Sync] the User has to define to which
phase the fourth measuring input is compared.
Sync-check
The sync-check function is provided for the applications where a line has two-ended power sources. The sync-
check function has the abilities to check voltage magnitude, angle differences, and frequency difference (slip
frequency) between the bus and the line. If enabled, the sync-check may supervise the closing operation
manually, automatically, or both.. This function can be overridden by certain bus-line operation conditions and
can be bypassed with an external source.
Voltage Difference ΔV
The first condition for paralleling two electrical systems is that their voltage phasors have the same magnitude.
This can be controlled by the generator's AVR.
Bus VA
Line VA
Bus VC
Line VB Line VC
Bus VB
The second condition for paralleling two electrical systems is that their frequencies are nearly equal. This can be
controlled by the generator's speed governor.
www.eaton.com 489
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Line VA
Bus VA
Bus f
Line f
Bus VC
Line VB Line VC
Bus VB
If the generator frequency fBus is not equal to the mains frequency fLine, it results in a slip frequency
ΔF = |fBus -fLine| between the two system frequencies.
∆ v(t)
v(t)Line
v(t)Busbar
v(t)
∆ v(t)
490 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Even if the frequency of both systems is exactly identical, usually an angular difference of the voltage phasors is
the case.
Line VA
Bus VA
Angle Diff
Bus f = Line f
Bus VC
Line VB Line VC
Bus VB
At the instant of synchronization, the angular difference of the two systems should be nearly zero because,
otherwise, unwanted load inrushes occur. Theoretically, the angular difference can be regulated to zero by
giving short pulses to the speed governors. When paralleling generators with the grid, in practice,
synchronization is requested as quick as possible and so usually a slight frequency difference is accepted. In
such cases, the angular difference is not constant but changes with the slip frequency ΔF.
By taking the breaker closing time into consideration, a lead of the closing release impulse can be calculated in a
way that breaker closing takes place at exactly the time when both systems are in angular conformity.
• Where large rotating masses are concerned, the frequency difference (slip frequency) of the two
systems should possibly be nearly zero, because of the very high load inrushes at the instant of breaker
closing. For smaller rotating masses, the frequency difference of the systems can be higher.
Synchronization Modes
The sync-check module is able to check the synchronization of two electrical systems (system-to-system) or
between a generator and an electrical system (generator-to-system). For paralleling two electrical systems, the
station frequency, voltage, and phase angle should be exactly the same as the utility grid. Whereas the
synchronization of a generator to a system can be done with a certain slip-frequency, depending on the size of
the generator used. Therefore the maximum breaker closing time has to be taken into consideration. With the
set breaker closing time, the sync-check module is able to calculate the moment of synchronization and gives
the paralleling release.
The sync-check element measures the three phase-to-neutral voltages »VA«, »VB«, and »VC« or the three
phase-to-phase voltages »VAB«, »VBC«, and »VCA« of the generator busbar. The line voltage Vx is measured
www.eaton.com 491
IM02602007E EDR-5000
by the fourth voltage input. If all synchronous conditions are fulfilled (i. e.: ΔV [VoltageDiff], ΔF [SlipFrequency],
and Δφ [AngleDiff]) are within the limits, a signal will be issued that both systems are synchronous. An
advanced Close Angle Evaluator function takes the breaker closing time into consideration.
492 www.eaton.com
Sync=: SyncMode= Generator2System
Please Refer to Diagram: Blockings
2 (Element is not deactivated and no active blocking signals)
SynchronRunTiming
AND
SyncMode=
Main VT con Generator2System t-MaxSyncSuperv
AND
BkrCloseInitiate 0
Open-Delta Bypass override
LBDL
Sync override
Bus VB LiveBus
DB t-VoltDead
AND AND
0
Bus VC
In-Sync Allowed
DBLL OR AND
Bus VCA
EDR-5000
LBLL
AND
MinLiveLineVoltage Ext. Blocked
LL LiveLine
www.eaton.com
Line VX
MaxDeadLineVoltage DBDL
t-VoltDead DL
AND
0
DBDL=Active
MaxVoltageDiff
VDiffTooHigh
AND
Voltage difference: Line to Bus
SlipTooHigh
MaxSlipFrequency
Frequency difference: Line to Sys-in-Sync
Bus AND AND
MaxAngleDiff
AngleDiffTooHigh
AND
Angle difference: Line to Bus
t-MaxBkrCloseDelay
Advanced Close AND
Angle Calculator
t Bkr=Open
IM02602007E
493
IM02602007E EDR-5000
The sync-check function for two systems is very similar to the sync-check function for generator-to-system
except there is no need to take the breaker closing time into account. The sync-check element measures the
three phase-to-neutral voltages »VA«, »VB«, and »VC« or the three phase-to-phase voltages »VAB«, »VBC«,
and »VCA« of the station voltage bus bar. The line voltage Vx is measured by the fourth voltage input. If all
synchronous conditions are fulfilled (i. e.: ΔV [VoltageDiff], ΔF [SlipFrequency], and Δφ [AngleDiff]) are within the
limits, a signal will be issued that both systems are synchronous.
494 www.eaton.com
Sync=: SyncMode= System2System
Main VT con
LBDL
Sync override
Bus VB LiveBus
DB t-VoltDead
AND AND
0
Bus VC
In-Sync Allowed
EDR-5000
DBLL OR AND
Bus VCA
LBLL
AND
MinLiveLineVoltage Ext. Blocked
www.eaton.com
LL LiveLine
Line VX
MaxDeadLineVoltage DBDL
t-VoltDead DL
AND
0
DBDL=Active
MaxVoltageDiff
VDiffTooHigh
AND
Voltage difference: Line to Bus
SlipTooHigh
MaxSlipFrequency
Frequency difference: Line to Sys-in-Sync
Bus AND AND
MaxAngleDiff
AngleDiffTooHigh
AND
Angle difference: Line to Bus
IM02602007E
495
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
-.- No assignment
DI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital Input
Logic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
496 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 497
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
498 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 499
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
500 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 501
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
502 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 503
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Sys.Maint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Active
Sys.Maint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Inactive
504 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
-.- No assignment
Sync.In-Sync Allowed Signal: In-Sync Allowed
DI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital Input
Logic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 505
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
506 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 507
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
508 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 509
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
510 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 511
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
512 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
/Sync]
BkrCloseInitiate Breaker Close Initiate with sync-check from 1..n, SyncRequestList -.- [Protection Para
any control sources (e.g.: HMI / SCADA). If
the state of the assigned signal becomes /Global Prot Para
true, a Breaker Close will be initiated
(Trigger Source). /Sync]
www.eaton.com 513
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Sync
/General Settings]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Sync
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /General Settings]
Bypass Fc Allowing to bypass the Sync-check, if the Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
state signal that is assigned to the
parameter with the same name within the Active /<n>
Global Parameters (logic input) becomes
true. /Sync
/General Settings]
SyncMode Sync-check mode: GENERATOR2SYSTEM System2System, System2System [Protection Para
= Synchronizing generator to system
(breaker close initiate needed). Generator2System /<n>
SYSTEM2SYSTEM = Sync-check between
two systems (Stand-Alone, no breaker info /Sync
needed).
/Mode / Times]
t- Maximum breaker close time delay (Only 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.05 s [Protection Para
MaxBkrCloseD used for GENERATOR-SYSTEM working
elay mode and is critical for a correct /<n>
synchronized switching) .
/Sync
Only available if: SyncMode =
System2System /Mode / Times]
t- Synchron-Run timer: Max. time allowed for 0.00 – 3000.00 s 30.00 s [Protection Para
MaxSyncSuper synchronizing process after a close initiate.
v Only used for GENERATOR2SYSTEM /<n>
working mode.
/Sync
Only available if: SyncMode =
System2System /Mode / Times]
MinLiveBusVolt Minimum Live Bus voltage (Live bus 0.10 – 1.30 Vn 0.65 Vn [Protection Para
age detected, when all three phase bus voltages
are above this limit). /<n>
/Sync
/DeadLiveVLevels]
514 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Sync
/DeadLiveVLevels]
MinLiveLineVol Minimum Live Line voltage (Live line 0.10 – 1.30 Vn 0.65 Vn [Protection Para
tage detected, when line voltage above this
limit). /<n>
/Sync
/DeadLiveVLevels]
MaxDeadLineV Maximum Dead Line voltage (Dead Line 0.01 – 1.00 Vn 0.03 Vn [Protection Para
oltage detected, when line voltage below this limit).
/<n>
/Sync
/DeadLiveVLevels]
t-VoltDead Voltage dead time (A Dead Bus/Line 0.000 – 300.000 s 0.167 s [Protection Para
condition will be accepted only if the voltage
falls below the set dead voltage levels /<n>
longer than this time setting).
/Sync
/DeadLiveVLevels]
MaxVoltageDiff Maximum voltage difference between bus 0.01 – 1.00 Vn 0.24 Vn [Protection Para
and line voltage phasors (Delta V) for
synchronism (Related to bus voltage /<n>
secondary rating).
/Sync
/Conditions]
MaxSlipFreque Maximum frequency difference (Slip: Delta 0.01 – 2.00 Hz 0.20 Hz [Protection Para
ncy f) between bus and line voltage allowed for
synchronism /<n>
/Sync
/Conditions]
MaxAngleDiff Maximum phase angle difference (Delta-Phi 1 - 60° 20° [Protection Para
in degree) between bus and line voltages
allowed for synchronism. /<n>
/Sync
/Conditions]
www.eaton.com 515
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Sync
/Override]
DBLL Enable/disable Dead-Bus AND Live-Line Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
synchronism overriding.
Active /<n>
/Sync
/Override]
LBDL Enable/disable Live-Bus AND Dead-Line Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
synchronism overriding.
Active /<n>
/Sync
/Override]
/Sync]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Sync]
Bypass-I State of the module input: Bypass [Protection Para
/Sync]
BkrCloseInitiate-I State of the module input: Breaker Close [Protection Para
Initiate with synchronism check from any
control sources (e.g. HMI / SCADA). If the /Global Prot Para
state of the assigned signal becomes true,
a Breaker Close will be initiated (Trigger /Sync]
Source).
516 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
LiveBus Signal: Live-Bus or Dead-Bus flag: 1=Live-Bus, 0=Dead-Bus
LiveLine Signal: Live-Line or Dead-Line flag: 1=Live-Line, 0=Dead-Line
Sync-check RunTiming Signal: Sync-check RunTiming
Sync-checkFailed Signal: This signal indicates a failed synchronization. It is set for
5s when the breaker is still open after the Sync-check Run-timer
has timed out.
SyncOverridden Signal:Sync-check is overridden because one of the Sync-check
overriding conditions (DB/DL or ExtBypass) is met.
VDiffTooHigh Signal: Voltage difference between bus and line too high.
SlipTooHigh Signal: Frequency difference (slip frequency) between bus and line
voltages too high.
AngleDiffTooHigh Signal: Phase Angle difference between bus and line voltages too
high.
Sys-in-Sync Signal: Bus and line voltages are in synchronism according to the
system synchronism criteria.
In-Sync Allowed Signal: In-Sync Allowed.
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]
Volt Diff Voltage difference [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]
Angle Diff Angle difference [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]
f Bus Bus frequency [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]
www.eaton.com 517
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]
V Bus Bus Voltage [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]
V Line Line Voltage [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]
Angle Bus Bus Angle (Reference) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]
Angle Line Line Angle [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]
518 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
This is the 47 device Voltage Unbalance setting, which consists of the threshold, %(V2/V1), and delay settings.
The voltage unbalance function is based on the Main VT system 3-phase voltages.
The positive and negative sequence voltages are calculated from the 3-phase voltages. The threshold setting
defines a minimum operating voltage magnitude of either V1 or V2 for the 47 function to operate, which ensures
that the relay has a solid basis for initiating a voltage unbalance trip. This is a supervisory function and not a trip
level.
The %(V2/V1) setting is the unbalance trip pickup setting. It is defined by the ratio of negative sequence voltage
to positive sequence voltage (% Unbalance=V2/V1), or %(V2/V1) for ABC rotation and %(V1/V2) for ACB
rotation. The device will automatically select the correct ratio based on the phase sequence setting in the
System Configuration group described above.
This function requires positive or negative sequence voltage magnitude above the threshold setting and the
percentage voltage unbalance above the %(V2/V1) setting before allowing a voltage unbalance trip. Therefore,
both the threshold and percent settings must be met for the specified Delay time setting before the relay initiates
a trip for voltage unbalance.
The voltage unbalance pickup and trip functions are reset when the positive and negative sequence voltages V1
and V2 drop below the threshold setting or (V2/V1) drops below the %(V2/V1) setting minus 1%.
www.eaton.com 519
520
47[1]...[n]
IM02602007E
Name = 47[1]...[n]
Device Planning
Name.Mode
V1>
V1<
Threshold
Name.Pickup
Name.Threshold
PPS V1
Name.t
Filter
www.eaton.com
t Name.Trip
AND
VA 0 14
VB AND
VC
Name.%(V2/V1)
NPS V2
Name.TripCmd
AND 15
Filter
/47[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.2
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Unbalance-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /47[1]]
www.eaton.com 521
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Unbalance-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /47[1]]
Fc=active".
Threshold The threshold defines a minimum operating 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.2 Vn [Protection Para
voltage magnitude of either V1 or V2 for the
47 function to operate, which ensures that /<n>
the relay has a solid basis for initiating a
voltage unbalance trip. This is a /Unbalance-Prot
supervisory function and not a trip level.
The meaning of Vn: Phase to Phase: Vn = /47[1]]
Main VT sec. Phase to Ground: Vn = Main
VT / SQRT(3).
47[2]: 20 s /<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
LOP Blo Blocking if voltage transformer failure Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
detected. LOP (Loss of Potential)
Active /<n>
Only available if: Device Planning: 47.Mode
= Threshold /Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
522 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Asymmetry
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Necessary means:
• Three-phase AC voltage source with adjustable voltage unbalance; and
• Timer.
Procedure:
www.eaton.com 523
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• Ensure that the phase sequence is the same as that set in the system parameters.
• Check the measuring value for the unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.«. The measuring value displayed for
»V2 Fund.« should be zero (within the physical measuring accuracy).
If the displayed magnitude for V2 Fund. is the same as that for the balanced
nominal voltages fed to the relay, it implies that the phase sequence of the
voltages seen by the relay is reversed.
• Again check the measuring value of the unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.« in the [Measured
Values/Voltage] menu.
The measuring value of the unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.« should now be 33% of the nominal voltage.
• Once again check the measuring value of the unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.« in the [Measured Values/
Voltage] menu. The measuring value of the unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.« should be again 33%.
• Again check the measuring value of unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.« in the [Measured Values/Voltage]
menu. The measuring value of the unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.« should still be 33%.
•
Testing the trip delay:
• Switch off VA (the threshold value »Threshold« for »V2 Fund.« must be below 33% of the nominal
voltage Vn).
The present voltage unbalance »V2 Fund.« corresponds with 1/3 of the existing phase voltage displayed.
• Configure minimum »%(V2/V1)« setting (2%) and an arbitrary threshold value »Threshold« (V2 Fund.).
• For testing the threshold value, a voltage has to be fed to phase A which is lower than three times the
adjusted threshold value »Threshold« (V2 Fund.).
• Feeding only phase A results in »%(V2/V1) = 100%«, so the first condition »%(V2/V1) >= 2%« is always
fulfilled.
524 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Having tripped the relay in the previous test, now decrease the phase A voltage. The drop-out ratio must not be
higher than 0.97 times the threshold value.
Testing %(V2/V1)
• Configure minimum threshold value »Threshold« (V2 Fund.) (0.01 x Vn) and set »%(V2/V1)« greater or
equal to 10%.
• Apply a balanced three-phase voltage system (nominal voltages). The measuring value of »%(V2/V1)«
should be approximately 0%.
• Now increase the phase A voltage. With this configuration, the threshold value »Threshold« (V2 Fund.)
should be reached before the value »%(V2/V1)« reaches the set »%(V2/V1)« ratio threshold.
Having tripped the relay in the previous test, now decrease the phase A voltage. The drop-out of »%(V2/V1)«
has to be 1% below the »%(V2/V1)«setting.
The measured trip delays, threshold values, and drop-out ratios are within the permitted deviations/tolerances,
specified under Technical Data.
www.eaton.com 525
IM02602007E EDR-5000
The measuring principle of the frequency supervision is based in general on the time measurement of complete
cycles, whereby a new measurement is started at each zero passage. The influence of harmonics on the
measuring result is thus minimized.
V(t) T
Frequency tripping is sometimes not desired by low measured voltages which, for instance. occur during
alternator acceleration. All frequency supervision functions are blocked if the voltage is lower 0.15 times Vn.
Frequency Functions
Due to its various frequency functions, the device is very flexible. That makes it suitable for a wide range of
applications where frequency supervision is an important criterion.
In the Device Planning menu, the User can decide how to use each of the six frequency elements.
• 81U – Under-frequency;
• 81O – Over-frequency;
• 81R – Rate of Change of Frequency (df/dt);
• 81UR – Under-frequency and Rate of Change of Frequency (df/dt);
• 81OR – Over-frequency and Rate of Change of Frequency (df/dt);
• 81UΔR – Under-frequency and DF/DT (absolute frequency change per definite time interval);
• 81OΔR – Over-frequency and DF/DT (absolute frequency change per definite time interval); and
• 78V – Vector Surge.
526 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
81U – Under-frequency
This protection element provides a pickup threshold and a tripping delay. If the frequency falls below the set
pickup threshold, an alarm will be issued instantaneously. If the frequency remains under the set pickup
threshold until the tripping delay has elapsed, a tripping command will be issued.
With this setting, the frequency element protects electrical generators, loads, or electrical operating equipment in
general against under-frequency.
81O – Over-frequency
This protection element provides a pickup threshold and a tripping delay. If the frequency exceeds the set
pickup threshold, an alarm will be issued instantaneously. If the frequency remains above the set pickup
threshold until the tripping delay has elapsed, a tripping command will be issued.
With this setting, the frequency element protects electrical generators, loads, or electrical operating equipment in
general against over-frequency.
Working Principle
The frequency element supervises the three phase voltages »VA«, »VB« and »VC«. If any of the three phase
voltages is below 15% Vn, the frequency calculation is blocked. According to the frequency supervision mode
set in the Device Planning (81U or 81O), the phase voltages are compared to the set pickup threshold for over-
or under-frequency. If in any of the phases, the frequency exceeds or falls below the set pickup threshold and if
there are no blocking commands for the frequency element, an alarm is issued instantaneously and the tripping
delay timer is started. When the frequency still exceeds or is below the set pickup threshold after the tripping
delay timer has elapsed, a tripping command will be issued.
www.eaton.com 527
528
IM02602007E
81[1]...[n]:81U-Under Or 81O-Over
Name = 81[1]...[n]
Device Planning
Name.Pickup 81
Name.Mode
Name.Pickup
81U-Under: 81O-Over
81O-Over: 81U-Under
14
Name.f
VA
(81O-Over|81U- Name.t
Name.Trip 81
Under)
VB Frequency Calculation t Name.Trip
f AND
0
VC
EDR-5000
Name.TripCmd
AND 15
www.eaton.com
<15%Vn
Name.Blo by V<
<15%Vn AND
<15%Vn
Electrical generators running in parallel with the mains (e. g.: industrial internal power supply plants) should be
separated from the mains when failure in the intra-system occurs for the following reasons:
• Damage to electrical generators must be prevented when mains voltage is recovering asynchronously
(e. g.: after a short interruption).
A reliable criterion of detecting mains failure is the measurement of the rate of change of frequency 81R (df/dt).
The precondition for this is a load flow via the mains coupling point. At mains failure, the load flow change
spontaneously leads to an increasing or decreasing frequency. At active power deficit of the internal power
station, a linear drop of the frequency occurs and a linear increase occurs at power excess. Typical frequency
gradients during application of "mains decoupling" are in the range of 0.5 Hz/s up to over 2 Hz/s.
The protective device detects the instantaneous frequency gradient 81R (df/dt) of each mains voltage period.
Through multiple evaluations of the frequency gradient in sequence, the continuity of the directional change (sign
of the frequency gradient) is determined. Because of this special measuring procedure, a high safety in tripping
and thus a high stability against transient processes (e. g.: switching procedure) are achieved.
The frequency gradient (rate of change of frequency [df/dt]) may have a negative or positive sign, depending on
frequency increase (positive sign) or decrease (negative sign).
In the frequency parameter sets, the User can define the kind of df/dt mode:
This protection element provides a tripping threshold and a tripping delay. If the frequency gradient df/dt
exceeds or falls below the set tripping threshold, an alarm will be issued instantaneously. If the frequency
gradient remains still above/below the set tripping threshold until the tripping delay has elapsed, a tripping
command will be issued.
Working Principle
The frequency element supervises the three phase voltages »VA«, »VB« and »VC«. If any of the three phase
voltages is below 15% Vn, the frequency calculation is blocked. According to the frequency supervision mode
set in the Device Planning (81R), the phase voltages are compared to the set frequency gradient (df/dt)
threshold. If in any of the phases, the frequency gradient exceeds or falls below the set pickup threshold (acc. to
the set df/dt mode) and if there are no blocking commands for the frequency element, an alarm is issued
instantaneously and the tripping delay timer is started. When the frequency gradient still exceeds or is below the
set pickup threshold after the tripping delay timer has elapsed, a tripping command will be issued.
www.eaton.com 529
530
IM02602007E
Name.Pickup
14
Name.Mode t
Name.Trip
df/dt Mode AND
0
81R-Rate of Change
Positive df/dt
EDR-5000
Negative df/dt
Absolute df/dt
www.eaton.com
VB
df/dt Calculation -df/dt
VC
Idf/dtI Name.TripCmd
AND 15
<15%Vn
Name.Blo by V<
<15%Vn AND
<15%Vn
With this setting, the frequency element supervises if the frequency falls below a set pickup threshold and if the
frequency gradient exceeds a set threshold at the same time.
In the selected frequency parameter set 81[X], an under-frequency pickup threshold f<, a frequency gradient
df/dt, and a tripping delay can be set.
Whereby:
With this setting, the frequency element supervises if the frequency exceeds a set pickup threshold and if the
frequency gradient exceeds a set threshold at the same time.
In the selected frequency parameter set 81[X], an over-frequency pickup threshold f>, a frequency gradient df/dt,
and a tripping delay can be set.
Whereby:
Working Principle
The frequency element supervises the three phase voltages »VA«, »VB« and »VC«. If any of the three phase
voltages is below 15% Vn, the frequency calculation is blocked. According to the frequency supervision mode
set in the Device Planning (81UR & df/dt or 81OR & dt/dt), the phase voltages are compared to the set
frequency pickup threshold and the set frequency gradient (df/dt) threshold. If in any of the phases, both the
frequency and the frequency gradient exceed or falls below the set thresholds and if there are no blocking
commands for the frequency element, an alarm is issued instantaneously and the tripping delay timer is started.
When the frequency and the frequency gradient still exceed or are below the set threshold after the tripping
delay timer has elapsed, a tripping command will be issued.
www.eaton.com 531
532
IM02602007E
Name.Pickup 81
Please Refer to Diagram: Blockings
2 (Element is not deactivated and no active blocking signals) Name.Pickup df/dt | DF/DT
81O-Over f
VA 81U-Under
Name.Trip df/dt | DF/DT
VB Frequency Calculation
f f
Name.Trip 81
VC Name.t
t
Name.Trip
df/dt Mode AND
0
Positive df/dt
EDR-5000
Negative df/dt
Absolute df/dt
www.eaton.com
df/dt Calculation -df/dt
Idf/dtI Name.TripCmd
AND 15
<15%Vn
Name.Blo by V<
<15%Vn AND
<15%Vn
With this setting, the frequency element supervises the frequency and the absolute frequency difference during a
definite time interval.
In the selected frequency parameter set 81[X], an under-frequency pickup threshold f<, a threshold for the
absolute frequency difference (frequency decrease) DF and supervision interval DT can be set.
With this setting, the frequency element supervises the frequency and the absolute frequency difference during a
definite time interval.
In the selected frequency parameter set 81[X], an over-frequency pickup threshold f>, a threshold for the
absolute frequency difference (frequency increase) DF and supervision interval DT can be set.
Working Principle
The frequency element supervises the three phase voltages »VA«, »VB« and »VC«. If any of the three phase
voltages is below 15% Vn, the frequency calculation is blocked. According to the frequency supervision mode
set in the Device Planning (81UR & DF/DT or 81OR & DF/DT), the phase voltages are compared to the set
frequency pickup threshold and the set frequency decrease or increase threshold DF.
If in any of the phases, the frequency exceeds or falls below the set pickup threshold and if there are no blocking
commands for the frequency element, an alarm is issued instantaneously. At the same time the timer for the
supervision interval DT is started. When, during the supervision interval DT, the frequency still exceeds or is
below the set pickup threshold and the frequency decrease/increase reaches the set threshold DF, a tripping
command will be issued.
Case 1:
When the frequency falls below a set f< threshold (81U) at t1, the DF/DT element energizes. If the frequency
difference (decrease) does not reach the set value DF before the time interval DT has expired, no trip will occur.
The frequency element remains blocked until the frequency falls below the under-frequency threshold f< (81U)
again.
Case 2:
When the frequency falls below a set f< threshold (81U) at t4, the DF/DT element energizes. If the frequency
difference (decrease) reaches the set value DF before the time interval DT has expired (t5), a trip command is
issued.
www.eaton.com 533
534
IM02602007E
Device Planning
Name.Pickup
Name.Mode
14
81ODR- Over & DF/DT
VA
81UDR- Under & DF/DT
Name.Trip df/dt | DF/DT
VB 81O-Over f
Frequency Calculation DT Name.Trip 81
f 1
VC 81U-Under
AND t Name.Trip
AND
<name>.81+D
F
EDR-5000
Name.TripCmd
AND 15
www.eaton.com
Name.Blo by V<
<15%Vn
<15%Vn AND
<15%Vn
Trip
f
Reset
Temporarily Blocking
fN
81U-Under
DF
DF
DF
EDR-5000
www.eaton.com
t
DT DT
t1 t2 t3 t4 t6
t5
IM02602007E
535
IM02602007E EDR-5000
The vector surge supervision protects synchronous generators in mains parallel operation due to very fast
decoupling in case of mains failure. Very dangerous are mains auto reclosings for synchronous generators. The
mains voltage returning typically after 300 ms can hit the generator in asynchronous position. A very fast
decoupling is also necessary in case of long time mains failures.
A very fast decoupling in case of mains failures for synchronous generators is very difficult. Voltage supervision
units cannot be used because the synchronous alternator, as well as the load impedance, support the
decreasing voltage.
In this situation, the mains voltage drops only after some 100 ms below the pickup threshold of the voltage
supervision and, therefore, a safe detection of mains auto reclosings is not possible with voltage supervision
only.
Frequency supervision is partially unsuitable because only a highly loaded generator decreases its speed within
100 ms. Current relays detect a fault only when short-circuit type currents exist, but cannot avoid their
development. Power relays are able to pickup within 200 ms, but they also cannot prevent the power from rising
to short-circuit values. Since power changes are also caused by sudden loaded alternators, the use of power
relays can be problematic.
Whereas the vector surge supervision of the device detects mains failures within 60 ms without the restrictions
described above because it is specially designed for applications where very fast decoupling from the mains is
required. Adding the typical operating time of a breaker or contactor, the total disconnection time remains below
150 ms.
Basic requirement for tripping of the generator/mains monitor is a change in load of more than 15 - 20% of the
rated load. Slow changes of the system frequency, for instance at regulating processes (adjustment of speed
regulator), do not cause the relay to trip.
Trippings can also be caused by short-circuits within the grid, because a voltage vector surge higher than the
preset value can occur. The magnitude of the voltage vector surge depends on the distance between the short-
circuit and the generator. This function is also of advantage to the Power Utility Company because the mains
short-circuit capacity and, consequently, the energy feeding the short-circuit is limited.
To prevent a possible false tripping, the vector surge measuring is blocked at a low input voltage <15% Vn. The
undervoltage lockout acts faster then the vector surge measurement.
Vector surge tripping is blocked by a phase loss so that a VT fault (e. g.: faulty VTs fuse) does not cause false
tripping.
536 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
V = I1* j Xd I1 I2
VP V1 Grid
V1
VP
V = I1* j Xd
Grid/Load
Generator
The rotor displacement angle between stator and rotor is dependent on the mechanical moving torque of the
generator shaft. The mechanical shaft power is balanced with the electrical fed mains power and, therefore, the
synchronous speed keeps constant.
www.eaton.com 537
IM02602007E EDR-5000
V´ = I´1* j Xd
I1
VP V´1 Grid
In case of mains failure or auto-reclosing, the generator suddenly feeds a very high load. The rotor
displacement angle is decreased repeatedly and the voltage vector V1 changes its direction (V1').
V1 V´1
VP
V´ = I´1* j Xd
Generator Load
538 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Trip
t=0 t
As shown in the voltage/time diagram, the instantaneous value of the voltage jumps to another value and the
phase position changes. This is called phase or vector surge.
The relay measures the cycle duration. A new measuring is started at each zero passage. The measured cycle
duration is internally compared with a reference time and from this the deviation of the cycle duration of the
voltage signal is ascertained. In case of a vector surge as shown in the above graphic, the zero passage occurs
either earlier or later. The established deviation of the cycle duration is in compliance with the vector surge
angle. If the vector surge angle exceeds the set value, the relay trips immediately.
Tripping of the vector surge is blocked in case of loss of one or more phases of the measuring voltage.
Working Principle
The vector surge element supervises the three phase voltages »VA«, »VB« and »VC«. If any of the three phase
voltages is below 15% Vn, the vector surge calculation is blocked. According to the frequency supervision mode
set in the Device Planning (78V), the phase voltages are compared to the set vector surge threshold. If in any of
the phases, the vector surge exceeds the set threshold and if there are no blocking commands for the frequency
element, an alarm and a trip command is issued instantaneously.
www.eaton.com 539
540
IM02602007E
Name.Pickup
VA Name.78V vector
surge
78V vector
www.eaton.com
VB
Delta phi Calculation surge
VC
Name.TripCmd
AND 15
<15%Vn
Name.Blo by V<
<15%Vn AND
<15%Vn
/81[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
www.eaton.com 541
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Freq-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /81[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
of the module/element.
Active /<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Freq-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /81[1]]
Fc=active".
81O-Over Pickup value for over-frequency. 40.00 – 69.95 Hz 81[1]: 61.00 Hz [Protection Para
81[5]: 51.00 Hz
81[6]: 51.00 Hz
81U-Under Pickup value for under-frequency. 40.00 – 69.95 Hz 81[1]: 59.0 Hz [Protection Para
81[5]: 59.0 Hz
81[6]: 59.0 Hz
542 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/81[1]]
81R-Rate of Measured value (calculated): Rate-of- 0.1 – 10.0 Hz/s 1.0 Hz/s [Protection Para
Change frequency-change.
/<n>
Only available if: Device Planning: 81.Mode
= 81R-Rate of Change Or 81UR- Under & /Freq-Prot
df/dt Or 81OR- Over & df/dt
/81[1]]
t-df/dt Trip delay df/dt 0.00 – 300.00 s 1.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
DF Frequency difference for the maximum 0.0 – 10.0 Hz 1.00 Hz [Protection Para
admissible variation of the mean of the rate
of frequency-change. This function is /<n>
inactive if DF=0.
/Freq-Prot
Only available if: Device Planning: 81.Mode
= 81UDR- Under & DF/DT Or 81ODR- /81[1]]
Over & DF/DT
DT Time interval of the maximum admissible 0.1 – 10.0 s 1.00 s [Protection Para
rate-of-frequency-change.
/<n>
Only available if: Device Planning: 81.Mode
= 81UDR- Under & DF/DT Or 81ODR- /Freq-Prot
Over & DF/DT
/81[1]]
df/dt Mode df/dt Mode Absolute df/dt, Absolute df/dt [Protection Para
/81[1]]
www.eaton.com 543
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Blo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection
Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change
Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge
Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)
Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.
Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi
Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
544 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Necessary means:
• Three-phase voltage source with variable frequency; and
• Timer.
Procedure:
• For testing the threshold values, the frequency has to be decreased until the protection element is
activated.
• For detection of the drop-out ratio, the measuring quantity has to be increased to more than 100.05% of
the trip value (or 0.05% fn). At 100.05% of the trip value the relay is to fall back at the earliest (or 0.05%
fn).
Necessary means:
• Three-phase voltage source and
• Frequency generator that can generate and measure a linear, defined rate of change of frequency.
Procedure:
www.eaton.com 545
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Necessary means:
• Three-phase voltage source and
• Frequency generator that can generate and measure a linear, defined rate of change of frequency.
Procedure:
Necessary means:
• Three-phase voltage source and
• Frequency generator that can generate and measure a linear, defined rate of change of frequency.
Procedure:
546 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Necessary means:
• Three-phase voltage source and
• Frequency generator that can generate and measure a defined frequency change.
Procedure:
Necessary means:
• Three-phase voltage source and
• Frequency generator that can generate and measure a defined frequency change.
Procedure:
www.eaton.com 547
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Necessary means:
• Three-phase voltage source that can generate a definite step (sudden change) of the voltage pointers
(phase shift).
Procedure:
548 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
32 - Power Protection
Available Elements:
32[1] ,32[2] ,32[3]
This is the 32 device Power Protection setting. Each element can be set to one of five settings:
• Do Not Use;
• Over Forward Power (P>);
• Under Forward Power (P<);
• Over Reverse Power (Pr>); and
• Under Reverse Power (Pr<).
Each element consists of a Pickup and a Delay setting. These elements are based on rated apparent power
VAn.
The following graphics show the areas that are protected by the corresponding modes.
www.eaton.com 549
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Pickup P>
Pickup P<
550 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Pickup Pr>
Pickup Pr<
www.eaton.com 551
552
IM02602007E
32[1]...[n]
Name = 32[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup
14
Loss of Potential Blo
active
Name.t
Please Refer to Diagram:.LOP
38 t Name.Trip
OR AND AND
Please Refer to Diagram:.CTS 0
40
EDR-5000
www.eaton.com
Pickup P<
Pickup Pr> OR
Pickup Pr<
Name.Mode
Syst W RMS
/32[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /Power-Prot
/32[1]]
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
www.eaton.com 553
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Power-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /32[1]]
Fc=active".
Loss of Blocking of the protective element in case Inactive, Active [Protection Para
Potential Blo that of lacking measuring input quantities
(Loss of Potential) Active /<n>
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
Pickup P> Over(load) Active Power Pickup Value. Can 0.02 – 10.00 VAn 1.20 VAn [Protection Para
be used for monitoring the maximum
allowed forward power limits of /<n>
transformers or overhead lines.
/Power-Prot
Only available if: Device Planning:
PQS.Mode = Pickup P> /32[1]]
Pickup P< Under(load) Active Power Pickup Value 0.02 – 10.00 VAn 0.80 VAn [Protection Para
(e.g.: caused by idling motors).
/<n>
Only available if: Device Planning:
PQS.Mode = Pickup P< /Power-Prot
/32[1]]
Pickup Pr> Over Reverse 0.02 – 10.00 VAn 1.20 VAn [Protection Para
/32[1]]
554 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/32[1]]
t Tripping delay 0.00 – 1100.00 s 0.01 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
www.eaton.com 555
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
• P>;
• P<;
• Pr>; and
• Pr<.
Necessary means:
• Feed rated voltage and rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
If the measured values are shown with a negative (algebraic) sign, check
the wiring.
The examples shown within this chapter have to be carried out with the
tripping values and tripping delays that apply to the User's switchboard.
If the User is testing „greater than thresholds“ (e.g.: P>), start at 80% of the
tripping value and increase the object to be tested until the relay picks up.
In case the User is testing „less than thresholds“ (e.g.: P<), start at 120% of
the tripping value and reduce the object to be tested until the relay picks
up.
If the User is testing tripping delays of „greater than“ modules (e.g.: P>),
start a timer simultaneously with an abrupt change of the object to be
tested from 80% of the tripping value to 120% of the tripping value.
If the User is testing tripping delays of „less than“ modules (e.g.: P<), start
a timer simultaneously with an abrupt change of the object to be tested
from 120% of the tripping value to 80% of the tripping value.
556 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
P>
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current in phase to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=1).
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Increase the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage
remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current in phase to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=1).
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Increase the current with an abrupt change to 1.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage
remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond
with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-
cal Data section.
P<
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current in phase to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=1).
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Decrease the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage
remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured.
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current in phase to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=1).
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
www.eaton.com 557
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• In order to test the tripping delay feed, 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Decrease the current with an abrupt change to 0.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and
voltage remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond
with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-
cal Data section.
Pr>
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current with 180 degree phase angle between voltage and
current pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Increase the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage
remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current with 180 degree phase shift between voltage and current
pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Increase the current with an abrupt change to 1.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage
remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond
with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-
cal Data section.
558 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Pr<
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current with 180 degree phase shift between voltage and current
pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Decrease the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage
remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current with 180 degree phase shift between voltage and current
pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Decrease the current with an abrupt change to 0.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and
voltage remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond
with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-
cal Data section.
www.eaton.com 559
IM02602007E EDR-5000
This is the 32V device Reactive Power Protection setting. Each element can be set to one of five settings:
• Do Not Use;
• Over Forward Reactive Power (Q>);
• Under Forward Reactive Power (Q<);
• Over Reverse Reactive Power (Qr>); and
• Under Reverse Reactive Power (Qr<).
Each element consists of a Pickup and a Delay setting. These elements are based on rated apparent power
Van.
The following graphics show the areas that are protected by the corresponding modes.
560 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Trip Region
Pickup Q>
No Trip
No Trip
Pickup Q<
Trip Region
www.eaton.com 561
IM02602007E EDR-5000
P
No Trip
Pickup Qr>
Trip Region
Trip Region
Pickup Qr<
No Trip
562 www.eaton.com
32V[1]...[n]
Name = 32V[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup
14
Loss of Potential Blo
active
www.eaton.com
Pickup Q<
Pickup Qr> OR
Pickup Qr<
Name.Mode
563
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/32V[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
564 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Power-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /32V[1]]
Fc=active".
Loss of Blocking of the protective element in case Inactive, Active [Protection Para
Potential Blo that of lacking measuring input quantities
(Loss of Potential) Active /<n>
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
Pickup Q> Over(load) Reactive Power Pickup Value. 0.02 – 10.00 VAn 1.20 VAn [Protection Para
Monitoring the maximum allowed reactive
power of the electrical equipment like /<n>
transformers or overhead lines). If the
maximum value is exceeded, a condensator /Power-Prot
bank could be switched off.
/32V[1]]
Only available if: Device Planning:
PQS.Mode = Pickup Q>
Pickup Q< Under(load) Reactive Power Pickup Value. 0.02 – 10.00 VAn 0.80 VAn [Protection Para
Monitoring the minimum value of the
reactive power. If it falls below the set /<n>
value, a condensator bank could be
switched on. /Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
www.eaton.com 565
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/32V[1]]
t Tripping delay 0.00 – 1100.00 s 0.01 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
566 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
• Q>;
• Q<;
• Qr>; and
• Qr<.
Necessary means:
• Feed rated voltage and rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
If the measured values are shown with a negative (algebraic) sign, check
the wiring.
The examples shown within this chapter have to be carried out with the
tripping values and tripping delays that apply to the User's switchboard.
If the User is testing „greater than thresholds“ (e.g.: Q>), start at 80% of the
tripping value and increase the object to be tested until the relay picks up.
In case the User is testing „less than thresholds“ (e.g.: Q<), start at 120% of
the tripping value and reduce the object to be tested until the relay picks
up.
If the User is testing tripping delays of „greater than“ modules (e.g.: Q>),
start a timer simultaneously with an abrupt change of the object to be
tested from 80% of the tripping value to 120% of the tripping value.
If the User is testing tripping delays of „less than“ modules (e.g.: Q<), start
a timer simultaneously with an abrupt change of the object to be tested
from 120% of the tripping value to 80% of the tripping value.
www.eaton.com 567
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Q>
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current (90 degrees phase shift) to the measuring inputs of the
relay (PF=0).
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Increase the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage
remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current (90 degree phase shift) to the measuring inputs of the
relay (PF=0).
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Increase the current with an abrupt change to 1.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage
remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond
with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-
cal Data section.
Q<
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current (90 degree phase shift) to the measuring inputs of the
relay (PF=0).
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Decrease the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage
remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
568 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current (90 degree phase shift) to the measuring inputs of the
relay (PF=0).
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Decrease the current with an abrupt change to 0.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and
voltage remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond
with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-
cal Data section.
Qr>
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current with -90 degree phase shift between voltage and current
pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Increase the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage
remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current with -90 degree phase shift between voltage and current
pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Increase the current with an abrupt change to 1.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage
remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond
with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-
cal Data section.
www.eaton.com 569
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Qr<
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current with -90 degree phase shift between voltage and current
pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Decrease the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage
remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current with -90 degree phase shift between voltage and current
pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Decrease the current with an abrupt change to 0.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and
voltage remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond
with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-
cal Data section.
570 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
The Apparent Power Factor is computed by dividing real power (watts) by volt-amperes. The apparent power
factor computation includes harmonics.
Watt
PF apparent =
VA
Definition Displacement Power Factor 55D (Fundamental):
The Displacement Power Factor is computed by dividing the fundamental watts by the fundamental volt-
amperes as shown below. This definition is only valid at the system fundamental operating frequency. The
Displacement Power Factor isolates the fundamental portion of the Power Factor from the effects of harmonics.
Watt
PF displacement =
Watt 2var2
These elements supervise the Power Factor within a defined area (limits).
Q
leading lagging
PF<0 PF>0
90°<phi<180° 0°<phi<90°
lagging leading
PF>0 PF<0
180°<phi<270° 270°<phi<360°
www.eaton.com 571
572
IM02602007E
PF[1]...[n]
Name = PF[1]...[n]
Name.Pickup
14
RMS
EDR-5000
φ Name.PF Name .t
PF t Name.Trip
AND
0
www.eaton.com
Name.TripCmd
AND 15
V
<20%Vn
Name.Impossible
OR
OR
Imax
<0.5%In
/PF-55D[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Power Factor-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /PF-55D[1]]
www.eaton.com 573
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Power Factor-Prot
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /PF-55D[1]]
Fc=active".
Trig Mode Trigger Mode. Should the Module be Leading, Lagging [Protection Para
triggered if the Current Phasor is leading to
the Voltage Phasor = Lead? Or should the Lagging /<n>
Module be triggered if the Current Phasor is
lagging to the Voltage Phasor = Lag? /Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
Trigger-PF This is the power factor where the relay will 0.5 - 0.99 0.7 [Protection Para
pick up
/<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
Res Mode Trigger Mode. Should the Module be Leading, Lagging [Protection Para
triggered if the Current Phasor is leading to
the Voltage Phasor = Lead? Or should the Lagging /<n>
Module be triggered if the Current Phasor is
lagging to the Voltage Phasor = Lag? /Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
Reset-PF This setting is the power factor, at which the 0.5 - 0.99 0.9 [Protection Para
relay will reset the power factor trip. It is like
setting a hysteresis for the Trigger setting. /<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
t-trip Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
574 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
t-Reset Comp Reset (Post-trigger) time of the 0.00 – 300.00 s 5.00 s [Protection Para
Compensation Signal. When this timer is
elapsed the compensation signal will be /<n>
deactivated.
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the [Protection Para
Trip Command
/Global Prot Para
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Factor
Trip Signal: Trip Power Factor
www.eaton.com 575
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Compensator Signal: Compensation Signal
Impossible Signal: Pickup Power Factor Impossible
Necessary means:
• Feed the rated voltage and rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
If the measured values are shown with a negative (algebraic) sign, check
the wiring.
In this example, the PF-Trigger is set to 0.86 = 30° (lagging) and the PF-
Reset is set to 0.86 = 30° (leading).
Carry out the test with the settings (trigger and reset) that fit the
switchboard.
Testing the threshold values (Trigger) (PF Trigger: Example = 0.86 lagging):
• Feed the rated voltage and rated current in phase to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=1).
• Adjust the angle between the voltage and current (current pointer lagging) until the relay picks up.
• Reduce the angle between voltage and current beyond PF = 1 (current pointer leading) until the alarm
drops off.
576 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Feed the rated voltage and rated current in phase to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=1).
• Adjust the angle between voltage and current (current pointer lagging) with an abrupt change to
PF = 0.707 (45°) lagging.
• Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay. Compare the measured tripping time to the
selected trip time.
The measured total tripping delays, threshold, and reset values correspond with those values specified in the ad-
justment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found the Technical Data section.
www.eaton.com 577
IM02602007E EDR-5000
By means of these elements, the protective device can detect and execute pickups and trips that are issued by
other external devices. This can be helpful, for logging purposes, if the other device is not equipped with an
event or disturbance recorder. This might also be helpful if the other device has no communication (SCADA)
interface.
578 www.eaton.com
ExP[1]...[n]
Name = ExP[1]...[n]
EDR-5000
Name.Trip-I
www.eaton.com
and no active blocking
signals)
Name.Alarm Name.Alarm
AND 14
1..n, Assignment List
Name.Trip Name.Trip
AND
1..n, Assignment List
Name.TripCmd
Please Refer to Diagram: Trip Blockings AND 15
3 (Tripping command not deactivated or blocked. )
IM02602007E
579
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/ExP[1]]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
the module/the element, if blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set /Global Prot Para
and if the state of the assigned signal is
true. /ExP
/ExP[1]]
Alarm Assignment for External Alarm 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
Trip External trip of the Bkr. if the state of the 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
assigned signal is true.
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
580 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /ExP
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /ExP[1]]
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
of the module/element.
Active /<n>
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
ExBlo TripCmd Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
Fc blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /ExP
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd /ExP[1]]
Fc=active".
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
www.eaton.com 581
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
Alarm-I Module Input State: Alarm [Protection Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
Trip-I Module Input State: Trip [Protection Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
Alarm Signal: Alarm
Trip Signal: Trip
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Necessary means:
Procedure:
• Simulate the functionality of the External Protection (pickup, trip, and blockings) by (de-)energizing the
digital inputs.
582 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
All external pickups, external trips, and external blockings are correctly recognized and processed by the device.
www.eaton.com 583
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Supervision
50BF – Breaker Failure Supervision
BF
Trigger Modes
There are three trigger modes for the breaker failure available. In addition, there are three assignable trigger
inputs available.
• All Trips: All trip signals that are assigned to this breaker (within the breaker manager) will start the BF
module.
• Current Trips: All current trips that are assigned to this breaker (within the breaker manager) will start the
BF module.
• External Trips: All external trips that are assigned to this breaker (within the breaker manager) will start
the BF module.
In addition, the User can also select none (e.g.: if the User intends to use one of the three additional assignable
trigger inputs).
Those trips can exclusively start the breaker failures that are assigned
within the breaker manager to the breaker that is to be supervised.
Select the winding side from which the measured currents should be taken
in case this protective device is a transformer differential protection.
584 www.eaton.com
BF
Name = BF
2
Determining the trigger mode for
the Breaker Failure.
All Trips
Current Trips
External Trips
BF.Pickup
15 15 15 All Trips
Current Trips
15 15 Name.t-BF
EDR-5000
www.eaton.com
OR
BF.Trigger1
BF.Trigger1-I
BF.Trigger2
BF.Trigger2-I
BF.Trigger3
BF.Trigger3-I
BF.Lockout
Name.I-BF > S 1
IA Res Lockout
R1 1
IB
AND
IC
IM02602007E
585
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Direct Commands
Active /Reset]
/BF]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Supervision
/BF]
Trigger Determining the trigger mode for the - . -, All Trips [Protection Para
Breaker Failure.
All Trips, /Global Prot Para
ExP Fc /BF]
Trigger1 Trigger that will start the BF Trigger -.- [Protection Para
/Supervision
/BF]
Trigger2 Trigger that will start the BF Trigger -.- [Protection Para
/Supervision
/BF]
586 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Supervision
/BF]
• The close-open time of the breaker (please refer to the technical data of
the manufacturer of the breaker);
• + The tripping delay of the device (please refer to the Technical Data
section);
/Supervision
/BF]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Supervision
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /BF]
I-BF > Current level that needs to exist after Trip 0.00 – 0.10 In 0.00 In [Protection Para
Command has been given.
/<n>
/Supervision
/BF]
t-BF If the delay time is expired, an BF alarm is 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.20 s [Protection Para
given out.
/<n>
/Supervision
/BF]
www.eaton.com 587
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Supervision
/BF]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Supervision
/BF]
Trigger1 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BF [Protection Para
/Supervision
/BF]
Trigger2 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BF [Protection Para
/Supervision
/BF]
Trigger3 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BF [Protection Para
/Supervision
/BF]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Pickup Signal: BF-Module Started (Pickup)
Trip Signal: Breaker Failure Trip
Lockout Signal: Lockout
Res Lockout Signal: Reset Lockout
588 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
These trips will start the BF module if all trips have been selected as the trigger event.
Name Description
-.- No assignment
50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59N[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59N[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
46[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
46[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
47[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
47[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
www.eaton.com 589
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
81[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[5].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[6].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55D[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55D[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ZI.TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip Command
ExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
DI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital Input
Logic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
590 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 591
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
592 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 593
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
594 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 595
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
596 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 597
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
These trips will start the BF module if all current functions have been selected as the trigger event.
Name Description
-.- No assignment
50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
598 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
46[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
46[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ZI.TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip Command
These trips will start the BF module if external trips have been selected as the trigger event.
Name Description
-.- No assignment
ExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
The time that is configured for the BF MUST NOT be below the breaker
control time, otherwise an unwanted operation of the BF is caused by any
protective trip.
Object to Be Tested:
Necessary Means:
• Current source;
• Current meter; and
• Timer.
www.eaton.com 599
IM02602007E EDR-5000
When testing, the applied test current must always be higher than the
tripping threshold »I-BF«. If the test current falls below the threshold while
the breaker is in the “Off” position, no pickup will be generated.
Procedure (Single-Phase):
For testing the tripping time of the BF protection, a test current has to be higher than the threshold value of one
of the current protection modules that are assigned to trigger the BF protection. The BF trip delay can be
measured from the time when one of the triggering inputs becomes active to the time when the BF protection trip
is asserted.
To avoid wiring errors, checked to make sure the breaker in the upstream system switches off.
The time, measured by the timer, should be in line with the specified tolerances.
The actual times measured comply with the setpoint times. The breaker in the higher-level section switches off.
600 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Most functions of metering, protection, and control in the relay rely on correct current measurements. It is
important to make sure the CT connections and their operations are correct. The failures (including CT
secondary wire broken, insulation broken down, broken wiring between CT and relay, and mismatched
polarities) will cause the incorrect current measurements. The other CT errors (due to the magnetizing current
that is proportional to the primary current, CT saturation, and measuring circuit and quantization error) can also
cause inaccurate current measurements.
The CTS utilizes the Kirchhoff’s current law to detect a CT failure and can differentiate the wiring errors from the
measurement errors by adding biases to offset the measurement related errors. The biases include two terms,
one of which is related to the static error that accounts for CT magnetizing characteristic differences and current
measurement circuit calibration errors and other is the dynamic error that is proportional to the measured
maximum current due to CT transformation characteristics. The CTs are assumed to be used in the wye-
grounded winding sides. Under normal conditions, the mismatch between the calculated and the measured zero
sequence current should be less than the bias value. However, if there is a CT wiring error, such relationship
will not hold true. If the mismatch exceeds the bias for a specified time, an alarm will be generated.
KI is the ratio of the ground CT ratio over the phase CT ratio, and it is automatically calculated from the rated
system parameters.
∆I = The static error, a minimum mismatch allowed between the calculated and measured zero
sequence current.
Kd = The dynamic error factor, a restrain slope that defines a percentage error generated by a
high current.
Imax = maximum phase current.
Total bias value = ∆I + Kd x Imax.
Limit Value
Kd*Imax
Imax
If the current is measured in two phases only (for example only IA/IB) or if
there is no separate ground current measuring (e.g.: normally via a zero
sequence CT), the supervision function should be deactivated.
www.eaton.com 601
602
IM02602007E
CTS
IA
www.eaton.com
IB IX
Calculated CTS.
IC ¬I
Kd
+ CTS.t CTS.Pickup
AND 40
t
Σ 0
IX
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/CTS]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Supervision
/CTS]
/Supervision
/CTS]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Supervision
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /CTS]
ΔI In order to prevent faulty tripping of phase 0.10 – 1.00 In 0.50 In [Protection Para
selective protection functions that use the
current as tripping criterion. If the /<n>
difference of the measured ground current
and the calculated value I0 is higher than /Supervision
the pick up value ΔI, an pickup event is
generated after expiring of the excitation /CTS]
time. In such a case, a fuse failure, a
broken wire or a faulty measuring circuit
can be assumed.
www.eaton.com 603
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/<n>
/Supervision
/CTS]
Kd Dynamic correction factor for the evaluation 0.00 - 0.99 0.00 [Protection Para
of the difference between calculated and
measured ground current. This correction /<n>
factor allows transformer faults, caused by
higher currents, to be compensated. /Supervision
/CTS]
/Supervision
/CTS]
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Supervision
/CTS]
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Pickup Signal: Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit Supervision
Preconditions:
1.Measurement of all three-phase currents (are applied to the measuring
inputs of the device).
2.The ground current is detected via a zero sequence transformer (not in
residual connection).
604 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Object to Be Tested:
Check of the CT Supervision (by comparing the calculated with the measured ground current).
Necessary Means:
Procedure, Part 1:
Procedure, Part 2:
• Feed a three-phase, symmetrical current system (approx. nominal current) to the secondary side.
• Feed a current that is higher than the threshold value for the measuring circuit supervision to the ground
current measuring input.
• Make sure that the »CTS.ALARM« signal is generated.
www.eaton.com 605
IM02602007E EDR-5000
The trip circuit monitoring is used for monitoring if the trip circuit is ready for opening operations. The monitoring
can be fulfilled by two ways. The one way assumes only 52a is used in the trip circuit and other assumes
besides 52a, 52b is also used for the circuit monitoring. Two options either 52a only (or breaker closed) or both
(52a and 52b) are provided for the User to select based on use of the breaker status in the trip circuit. With 52a
only in the trip circuit, the monitoring is only effective when the breaker is closed while if both 52a and 52b are
used, the trip circuit will be monitored all time as long as the control power is on.
The trip circuit continuity is monitored through the digital inputs DI1 and DI2, and the breaker status 52a or 52b
or both must be monitored through the other digital inputs. Note that the digital inputs used for this purpose
must be configured properly based on the trip circuit control voltage and also that the de-bouncing times must be
set to minimum. If the trip circuit is detected broken, an alarm will be issued with a specified delay, which must
be greater than a period from the time when a trip contact is closed to the time when the breaker status is clearly
recognized by the relay.
In Slot 1 has two digital inputs, each of which has a separate root (contact
separation) for the trip circuit supervision.
In this case, the trip circuit supply voltage serves also as supply voltage for the digital inputs and so the supply
voltage failure of a trip circuit can be detected directly.
In order to identify a conductor failure in the trip circuit on the supply line or in the trip coil, the off-coil has to be
looped-in to the supervision circuit.
The time delay is to be set in a way that switching actions cannot cause false trips in this module.
606 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
- DC
X1
1 PE TC
2 V+
3 V-
52a 52b
4
COM1 5 Trip
DI1 6
+DC
COM2 7
DI2 8
9
10
11
W1-52a
12
13
W1-52b
14
15
16
17
18
DI-Threshold
X1
6 AND
5
t-TCM
TCM.Pickup
t
OR
0
DI-Threshold
X1
8 AND
7
www.eaton.com 607
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Trip Circuit Monitoring for One Breaker: Auxiliary Contacts (52a Only) in Trip Circuit.
- DC
X1
1 PE TC
2 V+
3 V-
52a 52b
4
COM1 5 Trip
DI1 6
+DC
7
8
9
10
11
12
W1-52a
13
W1-52b
14
15
16
17
18 52a only in Trip Circuit
DI-Threshold
X1
6 t-TCM
TCM.Pickup
5 AND
t
Bkr.Pos CLOSE
/Supervision
/TCM]
608 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
Input 2 Select the input configured to monitor the -.-, -.- [Protection Para
trip coil when the breaker is open. Only
available if Mode set to “Either”. DI-8P X1.DI 1, /Global Prot Para
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Supervision
/TCM]
ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Global Prot Para
true.
/Supervision
/TCM]
www.eaton.com 609
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/Supervision
/TCM]
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) Inactive, Inactive [Protection Para
blocking of the module/element. This
parameter is only effective if a signal is Active /<n>
assigned to the corresponding global
protection parameter. If the signal becomes /Supervision
true, those modules/elements are blocked
that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active". /TCM]
t-TCM Tripping delay time of the Trip Circuit 0.10 – 10.00 s 0.2 s [Protection Para
Supervision
/<n>
/Supervision
/TCM]
/Supervision
/TCM]
CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the [Protection Para
Bkr. (52b)
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Supervision
/TCM]
610 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/Supervision
/TCM]
Bkr Pos Detect-I Module Input State: Criterion by which the []
Breaker Switch Position is to be detected.
Name Description
Active Signal: Active
ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Pickup Signal: Pickup Trip Circuit Supervision
Not Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker.
For breakers that trip by means of little energy (e.g.: via an optocoupler), it
has to be ensured that the current applied by the digital inputs will not
cause false tripping of the breaker.
Object to Be Tested:
Test of the trip circuit monitoring (with 52a and 52b contact).
Procedure, Part 1:
Simulate failure of the control voltage in the power circuits.
Procedure, Part 2:
Simulate a broken cable in the breaker control circuit.
www.eaton.com 611
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Self Supervision
The System-OK contact (SC relay, life-contact) cannot be configured. The system contact is a Form “C” contact
that picks up when the device is free from internal faults. While the device is booting up, the System OK relay
(SC) remains dropped-off (unenergized). As soon as the system is properly started (and protection is active),
the System Contact picks up and the System LED is activated accordingly.
The devices are continuously monitored and supervised by different methods during normal operation as well as
during the start-up phase.
In case of failures that cannot be corrected immediately, 3 restarts within 20 minutes are accepted before the
device will be deactivated. In such a case, the device should be removed for service to ensure continuous
correct operation. The Eaton Customer Service contact information and address can be found at the front of this
manual.
In case of any failures, the recorders of the device should be left untouched to ensure an easy diagnosis and
proper repair at the factory. Besides the records and visible indications to the customer, there is internal
information about failures. These allow Eaton service personnel at the repair facility to make a detailed analysis
of files with failure reports.
Self supervision is applied by different functions at different cyclic or non-cyclic timings to the following parts and
functions of the device:
Faultless cyclic operation of the software is supervised by timing analysis and checking results of different
functions. Errors of the software (watchdog function) lead to restarting the device and switching off the System-
OK contact (life contact). In addition, the “System-OK” LED will blink red after 3 unsuccessful attempts to restart
the device within a time period of 20 minutes.
The main processor cyclically monitors the operation of the signal processor and initiates corrective actions or
restart of the device in case of faulty operation. Data and files are generally secured against unintended
overwriting or faulty changes by check-sums.
The measuring unit continuously checks the measured data by comparing received data with data from a
second channel sampled in parallel.
The auxiliary voltage is monitored continuously. If the voltage of one of the different supply circuits falls below a
certain threshold, a restart of the device is initiated. If the voltage staggers around the threshold, the device also
starts again after several seconds. Additionally the level of all internal supply voltage groups are continuously
monitored.
Independent of these separate monitoring functions, the intermediate voltage circuit is buffered until all important
and relevant operational and fault-data have been saved and the device initiates a restart.
612 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
After a reboot of the device, the reason for rebooting will be displayed under [Operation/Status
Display/Sys/Reboot]. For more information about the reboot reason, please refer to the information in this
section.
The reboot will also be logged within the event recorder. Rebooting causes an event named “Sys.Reboot”.
Error Messages/Codes
1. Reboot after clean switching off of the device - Normal reboot after clean shut-down of the
device.
2. Reboot by User command - User-initiated reboot through panel command.
3. Super reset - Reset to factory settings.
4. Restart by debugger - Eaton internally for system-analysis purposes.
5. Restart because of configuration changes.
6. General failure - Reboot without definite reason.
7. Reboot by “SW-system abort” (HOST-side) - Summary of several reboot reasons detected by the
software (i.e.: wrong pointer, corrupted files, etc.).
8. Reboot by watchdog timeout (HOST-side) - Signaling if the protection-class-task hangs.
9. Reboot by system abort (DSP-side) - Summary of several reboot reasons detected by software
(i.e.: wrong pointer, DSP-side).
10. Reboot by watchdog timeout (DSP-side) - Appears when DSP sequence needs too long for one
cycle.
11. Loss of auxiliary voltage or low voltage reboot after loss of auxiliary voltage or voltage dropping
below reboot level but not becoming zero.
12. Faulty memory access - Message of MMU (memory mapping unit) that prohibited memory
access has occurred.
www.eaton.com 613
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Programmable Logic
Available Elements (Equations):
Logic
General Description
The protective device includes programmable logic equations for programming inputs, outputs, blocking of
protective functions, and custom logic functions in the relay.
The logic provides control of the relay output contacts based on the state of the inputs that can be chosen from
the assignment list (protective function pickups, protective function states, breaker states, system alarms, and
module inputs). The User can use the output signals of a logic equation as inputs in higher equations (e.g.: the
output signal of logic equation 10 might be used as an input of logic equation 11).
Principle Overview
Type of logic gate selectable Gate Out
Delay Timer
IN2 Inverting settable AND
OR Set Out
t-On Delay Inverting settable Q
S
NAND
614 www.eaton.com
LE[1]...[n]
LE[x].IN1
Active Gate
Timer Out
Inactive
AND
LE[x].IN2
OR
1..n, Assignment List
XOR NAND
Inverting2
Detailed Overview – Overall Logic Diagram.
Active
NOR
Inactive Delay Timer
LE[x].IN3 φ
1..n, Assignment List
t-On Delay
EDR-5000
AND
XOR OR Out
Inverting3
NAND t-Off Delay XOR S Q
Active NOR Out inverted
Inactive R Q
www.eaton.com
LE[x].IN4
Inverting Set
XOR
Inverting4
Active
Active
Inactive
Inactive
LE[x].Reset Latched
XOR
Inverting Reset
Active
Inactive
IM02602007E
615
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Gate
AND AND OR OR
Input Signals
The User can assign up to four Input signals (from the assignment list) to the inputs of the gate.
Latching
The timer issues two signals: an unlatched and a latched signal. The latched output can optionally be inverted.
In order to reset the latched signal, the User has to assign a reset signal from the assignment list. Optionally,
the reset signal can also be inverted.
If no »Reset Latched« signal is assigned, then the »LATCH OUT «signal will be identical with the »TIMER OUT «
signal.
Cascading in an ascending sequence means that the User utilizes the output signal of “Logic Equation n” as
input of “Logic Equation n+1”. If the state of “Logic Equation n” changes, the state of the output of “Logic
Equation n+1” will be updated within the same cycle.
Cascading in a descending sequence means that the User utilizes the output signal of “Logic Equation n+1” as
input of “Logic Equation n”. If the output of “Logic Equation n+1” changes, this change of the feed back signal at
the input of “Logic Equation n” will be delayed for one cycle.
616 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
LE2.IN2
LE1.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 2
Logic Equation2
LE2.IN3
LE2.IN4
LE1.IN1
LE2.IN2
LE1.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 2
Logic Equation2
LE2.IN3
LE3.IN2
LE2.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 3
Logic Equation3
LE3.IN3
LE3.IN4
Cascading in Descending Order
LE2.IN1
Update within the same evaluation cycle
LE1.IN2
LE2.IN4
Output of Logic Equation1
Logic Equation1
LE1.IN3
LE1.IN4
LE3.IN1
LE2.IN2 Update within the next but one evaluation cycle (2 cycles
delay)
LE3.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 2
Logic Equation2
LE2.IN3
LE1.IN2
LE2.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 1
Logic Equation1
LE1.IN3
LE1.IN4
www.eaton.com 617
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Do not use logic equations unless the User can ensure the safe
functionality.
• Within the Device Planning, set the number of required Logic Equations.
• If the latched output signal is used, assign a reset signal to the reset input.
• Within the »status display«, the User can check the status of the logical inputs and outputs of the logic
equation.
In case the logic equations should be cascaded, the User has to be aware of timing delays (cycles) in case of
descending sequences (Please refer to the Cascading Logical Outputs section).
By means of the Status Display [Operation/Status Display], the logical states can be verified.
Do not use logic equations unless the User can ensure the safe
functionality.
• Within the Device Planning, set the number of required Logic Equations.
618 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• If the latched output signal is used, assign a reset signal to the reset input.
• Within the »status display«, the User can check the status of the logical inputs and outputs of the logic
equation.
In case the logic equations should be cascaded, the User has to be aware of timing delays (cycles) in case of
descending sequences (Please refer to section: Cascading Logical Outputs).
By means of the Status Display [Operation/Status Display], the logical states can be verified.
10,
20,
40,
80
Name Description
-.- No assignment
Prot.Active Signal: Active
Prot.Available Signal: Protection is available
Prot.I dir fwd Signal: Phase current failure forward direction
Prot.I dir n poss Signal: Phase fault - missing reference voltage
Prot.I dir rev Signal: Phase current failure reverse direction
Prot.IR dir fwd Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) forward
Prot.IR dir n poss Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) direction detection not possible
Prot.IR dir rev Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) reverse direction
Prot.IX dir fwd Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) forward
Prot.IX dir n poss Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) direction detection not possible
Prot.IX dir rev Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) reverse direction
Prot.Pickup Signal: General Pickup
Prot.Trip Signal: General Trip
Breaker.Interl CLOSE1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE command
Breaker.Interl CLOSE2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE command
www.eaton.com 619
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Breaker.Interl CLOSE3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE command
Breaker.Interl OPEN1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN command
Breaker.Interl OPEN2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN command
Breaker.Interl OPEN3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN command
Breaker.Ack unsucc SwitchCmd-I State of the module input: Acknowledge an error signal the
signalizes an unsuccessful switching attempt
Breaker.SC CLOSE-I State of the module input: Switching CLOSE Command, e.g.: the
state of the Logic or the state of the digital input
Breaker.SC OPEN-I State of the module input: Switching OPEN Command, e.g.: the
state of the Logic or the state of the digital input
Breaker.CinBkr-52a-I Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52a)
Breaker.CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52b)
Breaker.Ready-I Module Input State: Breaker Ready
Breaker.Sys-in-Sync-I State of the module input: This signals has to become true within
the synchronization time. If not, switching is unsuccessful.
Breaker.Operate Position-I State of the module input: The withdrawable Breaker is in the
Operate Position
Breaker.Test Position-I State of the module input: The withdrawable Breaker is in the Test
Position
Breaker.Removed-I State of the module input: The withdrawable Breaker is Removed
Breaker.Ack TripCmd-I State of the module input: Acknowledgment Signal (only for
automatic acknowledgment). Module input signal
Breaker.SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary
contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and disturbed Positions
cannot be detected.
Breaker.Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSE
Breaker.Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-Position
Breaker.Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-Position
Breaker.Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate Position
Breaker.Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-
back signals (Position Indicators) contradict themselves. After
expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.
Breaker.Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.
Breaker.t-Dwell Signal: Dwell time
Breaker.Operate Position Signal: The withdrawable Breaker is in the Operate Position
Breaker.Test Position Signal: The withdrawable Breaker is in the Test Position
Breaker.Removed Signal: The withdrawable Breaker is Removed
Breaker.CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed
successfully.
Breaker.CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command
unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.
Breaker.CES SAuthority Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed. No switching authority.
620 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Breaker.CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision: Switching Direction Control. A
switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again
(doubly).
Breaker.CES DoubleOperating Command Execution Supervision: A second switch command is in
conflict with a pending one.
Breaker.CES CLOSE durg OPEN Cmd Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a
pending OPEN Command.
Breaker.CES SG not ready Command Execution Supervision: Switchgear not ready
Breaker.CES Field Interl Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed because of field interlocking.
Breaker.CES Station Interl Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed because of station interlocking.
Breaker.CES SyncTimeout Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed No Synchronization signal while t-sync was running.
Breaker.Prot CLOSE Signal: CLOSE command issued by the Prot module.
Breaker.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Breaker.Ack TripCmd Signal: Acknowledge Trip Command
Breaker.CLOSE incl Prot CLOSE Signal: The CLOSE Command includes the CLOSE Command
issued by the Protection module.
Breaker.OPEN incl TripCmd Signal: The OPEN Command includes the OPEN Command
issued by the Protection module.
Breaker.Position Ind manipulated Signal: Position Ind manipulated
Breaker.Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Slow Breaker Alarm
Breaker.Res Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Resetting the slow breaker alarm.
Breaker.CLOSE Cmd Signal: CLOSE command issued to the switchgear. Depending on
the setting the signal may include the CLOSE command of the
Prot module.
Breaker.OPEN Cmd Signal: OPEN command issued to the switchgear. Depending on
the setting the signal may include the OPEN command of the Prot
module.
Breaker.CLOSE Cmd manual Signal: CLOSE Cmd manual
Breaker.OPEN Cmd manual Signal: OPEN Cmd manual
Breaker.CLOSE request Signal: Synchronous CLOSE request
50P[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup
50P[1].Trip Signal: Trip
50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50P[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup
50P[2].Trip Signal: Trip
50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50P[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup
50P[3].Trip Signal: Trip
50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup
www.eaton.com 621
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
51P[1].Trip Signal: Trip
51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup
51P[2].Trip Signal: Trip
51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup
51P[3].Trip Signal: Trip
51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50X[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50X[1].Trip Signal: Trip
50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50X[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50X[2].Trip Signal: Trip
50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51X[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51X[1].Trip Signal: Trip
51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51X[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51X[2].Trip Signal: Trip
51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50R[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50R[1].Trip Signal: Trip
50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50R[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50R[2].Trip Signal: Trip
50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51R[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51R[1].Trip Signal: Trip
51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51R[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51R[2].Trip Signal: Trip
51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27M[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
27M[1].Trip Signal: Trip
27M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27M[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
27M[2].Trip Signal: Trip
27M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59M[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
622 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
59M[1].Trip Signal: Trip
59M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59M[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
59M[2].Trip Signal: Trip
59M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27A[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
27A[1].Trip Signal: Trip
27A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27A[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
27A[2].Trip Signal: Trip
27A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59A[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
59A[1].Trip Signal: Trip
59A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59A[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
59A[2].Trip Signal: Trip
59A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59N[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
59N[1].Trip Signal: Trip
59N[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59N[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
59N[2].Trip Signal: Trip
59N[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
46[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Negative Sequence
46[1].Trip Signal: Trip
46[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
46[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Negative Sequence
46[2].Trip Signal: Trip
46[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
47[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Asymmetry
47[1].Trip Signal: Trip
47[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
47[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Asymmetry
47[2].Trip Signal: Trip
47[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[1].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection
81[1].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
www.eaton.com 623
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
81[1].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge
81[1].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[1].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.
81[1].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
81[1].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi
81[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[2].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection
81[2].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
81[2].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge
81[2].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[2].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.
81[2].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
81[2].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi
81[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[3].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection
81[3].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
81[3].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge
81[3].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[3].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.
81[3].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
81[3].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi
81[4].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[4].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection
81[4].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
81[4].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge
81[4].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[4].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.
81[4].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
81[4].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi
81[5].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[5].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection
81[5].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
624 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
81[5].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge
81[5].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[5].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[5].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.
81[5].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
81[5].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi
81[6].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[6].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection
81[6].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
81[6].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge
81[6].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[6].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[6].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.
81[6].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
81[6].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi
32[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
32[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
32[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
32[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
32[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
32[3].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
32[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32V[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
32V[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
32V[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32V[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
32V[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
32V[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32V[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
32V[3].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
32V[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55D[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Factor
PF-55D[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power Factor
PF-55D[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55D[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Factor
PF-55D[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power Factor
www.eaton.com 625
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
PF-55D[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55A[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Factor
PF-55A[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power Factor
PF-55A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55A[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Factor
PF-55A[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power Factor
PF-55A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ZI.Ground OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground OUT
ZI.Ground Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Pickup
ZI.Ground Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Trip
ZI.IN Signal: Zone Interlocking IN
ZI.OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUT
ZI.Phase OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase OUT
ZI.Phase Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Pickup
ZI.Phase Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Trip
ZI.Pickup Signal: Pickup Zone Interlocking
ZI.Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip
ZI.TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip Command
SOTF.Active Signal: Active
SOTF.enabled Signal: Switch Onto Fault enabled. This Signal can be used to
modify Overcurrent Protection Settings.
SOTF.Ex Man CLOSE Cmd-I Module Input State: External manual breaker CLOSE command
(NOT for AR!)
SOTF.I< Signal: No Load Current.
CLPU.detected Signal: Cold Load detected
CLPU.enabled Signal: Cold Load enabled
CLPU.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
CLPU.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking
CLPU.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking
CLPU.I< Signal: No Load Current.
CLPU.Load Inrush Signal: Load Inrush
CLPU.Settle Time Signal: Settle Time
BF.Lockout Signal: Lockout
BF.Pickup Signal: BF-Module Started (Pickup)
BF.Trip Signal: Breaker Failure Trip
TCM.Not Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker.
TCM.Pickup Signal: Pickup Trip Circuit Supervision
CTS.Pickup Signal: Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit Supervision
LOP.Pickup Signal: Pickup Loss of Potential
AR.Blo Signal: Auto Reclosure is blocked
626 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
AR.failed Signal: Auto Reclosing Failure
AR.Lock Signal: Auto Reclosure is locked out
AR.Pre Shot Pre Shot Control
AR.Ready Signal: Ready to shoot
AR.Running Signal: Auto Reclosing Running
AR.Standby Signal: Standby
AR.successful Signal: Auto Reclosing successful
Sync.In-Sync Allowed Signal: In-Sync Allowed
Sync.Sys-in-Sync Signal: Bus and line voltages are in synchronism according to the
system synchronism criteria.
Sync.LiveBus Signal: Live-Bus or Dead-Bus flag: 1=Live-Bus, 0=Dead-Bus
Sync.LiveLine Signal: Live-Line or Dead-Line flag: 1=Live-Line, 0=Dead-Line
Sync.SlipTooHigh Signal: Frequency difference (slip frequency) between bus and line
voltages too high.
Sync.SynchronFailed Signal: This signal indicates a failed synchronization. It is set for
5 s when the breaker is still open after the Sync-check Run-timer
has timed out.
Sync.Sync-checkRunTiming Signal: Sync-check RunTiming
Sync.SyncOverridden Signal: Sync-check is overridden because one of the Synchronism
overriding conditions (DB/DL or ExtBypass) is met.
Sync.VDiffTooHigh Signal: Voltage difference between bus and line too high.
WiredInputs.52a M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Closed
WiredInputs.52b M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Open
WiredInputs.TOCa M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Connected
WiredInputs.43/10 M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Selected To Trip
WiredInputs.52a M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Closed
WiredInputs.52b M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Open
WiredInputs.TOCa M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Connected
WiredInputs.43/10 M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Selected To Trip
WiredInputs.52a T -I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Closed
WiredInputs.52b T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Open
WiredInputs.TOCa T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Connected
WiredInputs.43/10 T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Selected To Trip
WiredInputs.43 M-I State of the module input: System In Manual
WiredInputs.43 A-I State of the module input: System in Auto
WiredInputs.43 P1-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 1
WiredInputs.43 P2-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 2
WiredInputs.Bkr Trouble-I Breaker Trouble
DI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital Input
www.eaton.com 627
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
DI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital Input
RO-6 X5.RO 1 Signal: Relay Output
RO-6 X5.RO 2 Signal: Relay Output
RO-6 X5.RO 3 Signal: Relay Output
RO-6 X5.RO 4 Signal: Relay Output
RO-6 X5.RO 5 Signal: Relay Output
RO-6 X5.RO 6 Signal: Relay Output
RO-4Z X2.ZI OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUT
RO-4Z X2.RO 1 Signal: Relay Output
RO-4Z X2.RO 2 Signal: Relay Output
RO-4Z X2.RO 3 Signal: Relay Output
RO-4Z X2.RO 4 Signal: Relay Output
IEC61850.VirtualOutput1-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput2-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput3-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput4-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput5-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput6-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput7-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput8-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput9-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput10-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput11-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput12-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput13-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput14-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput15-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput16-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualInput1 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput2 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput3 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput4 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput5 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput6 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput7 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
628 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
IEC61850.VirtualInput8 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput9 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput10 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput11 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput12 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput13 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput14 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput15 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput16 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
Logic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 629
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
630 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 631
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
632 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 633
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
634 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 635
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
636 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
System Alarms.Alarm Current Demand Signal: Alarm Current demand value
System Alarms.Alarm I THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion Current
System Alarms.Alarm V THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion Voltage
System Alarms.Alarm VA Demand Signal: Alarm VAs demand value
System Alarms.Alarm VA Power Signal: Alarm VAs peak
System Alarms.Alarm VAr Demand Signal: Alarm VARs demand value
System Alarms.Alarm VAr Power Signal: Alarm VArs peak
System Alarms.Alarm Watt Demand Signal: Alarm WATTS demand value
System Alarms.Alarm Watt Power Signal: Alarm WATTS peak
System Alarms.Trip Current Demand Signal: Trip Current demand value
System Alarms.Trip I THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion Current
System Alarms.Trip V THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion Voltage
System Alarms.Trip VA Demand Signal: Trip VAs demand value
System Alarms.Trip VA Power Signal: Trip VAs peak
System Alarms.Trip VAr Demand Signal: Trip VARs demand value
System Alarms.Trip VAr Power Signal: Trip VArs peak
System Alarms.Trip Watt Demand Signal: Trip WATTS demand value
System Alarms.Trip Watt Power Signal: Trip WATTS peak
Sys.Maint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Active
Sys.Maint Mode Comm Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Comm. Mode
Sys.Maint Mode DI Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Digital Input Mode
Sys.Maint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Inactive
www.eaton.com 637
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Sys.MaintMode Manually Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Manual Mode
Sys.Maint Mode-I Module Input State: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Switch
Sys.Min. 1 param changed Signal: At least one parameter has been changed.
Sys.PS 1 Signal: Parameter Set 1
Sys.PS 2 Signal: Parameter Set 2
Sys.PS 3 Signal: Parameter Set 3
Sys.PS 4 Signal: Parameter Set 4
Sys.PS1-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should
activate this Parameter Setting Group.
Sys.PS2-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should
activate this Parameter Setting Group.
Sys.PS3-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should
activate this Parameter Setting Group.
Sys.PS4-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should
activate this Parameter Setting Group.
Sys.PSS manual Signal: Manual switch over of a Parameter Set
Sys.PSS via Comm Signal: Parameter Set Switch via Communication
Sys.PSS via Inp fct Signal: Parameter Set Switch via Input Function
Sys.Res AlarmCr Signal: Res AlarmCr
Sys.Res OperationsCr Signal: Res OperationsCr
Sys.Res TotalCr Signal: Res TotalCr
Sys.Res TripCr Signal: Res TripCr
OR, /LE 1]
NAND,
NOR
LE1.IN1 Assignment of the Input Signal 1..n, LogicList -.- [Logic
/LE 1]
LE1.Inverting1 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Inactive [Logic
/LE 1]
638 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/LE 1]
LE1.Inverting3 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Inactive [Logic
/LE 1]
LE1.Inverting4 Inverting the input signals. Inactive, Inactive [Logic
/LE 1]
LE1.t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 36000.00 s 0.00 s [Logic
/LE 1]
LE1.Reset Reset Signal for the Latching 1..n, LogicList -.- [Logic
Latched
/LE 1]
LE1.Inverting Inverting Reset Signal for the Latching Inactive, Inactive [Logic
Reset
Active /LE 1]
LE1.Inverting Inverting the Setting Signal for the Latching Inactive, Inactive [Logic
Set
Active /LE 1]
www.eaton.com 639
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
640 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Commissioning
Before starting work on an open switchboard, it is required that the switchboard is de-energized and the following
five safety regulations have been met.
Safety precautions:
• Disconnect the power supply;
• Secure against reconnection;
• Verify that the equipment is de-energized;
• Connect to ground and short-circuit all phases; and
• Cover or safeguard all live adjacent parts.
Even when the auxiliary voltage is switched off, it is likely that there are still
hazardous voltages at the component connections.
Commissioning/Protection Test
www.eaton.com 641
IM02602007E EDR-5000
With any test of the protection functions, the following has to be checked:
Check all general trip blockings. All general trip blockings MUST be tested.
Prior to the initial operation of the protection device, all tripping times and
values shown in the adjustment list MUST be confirmed by a secondary
test.
Ensure that the cabinet is de-energized and that there are no voltages that
could lead to injury of personnel.
Disconnect the terminals at the rear-side of the device. DO NOT pull any
cable – pull on the plug! If it is stuck, use a screw driver.
Fasten the cables and terminals in the cabinet by means of cable clips to
ensure that no accidental electrical connections are caused.
Hold the device at the front-side while removing the mounting nuts.
642 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 643
IM02602007E EDR-5000
General
Within the [Service/General] menu, the User can initiate a reboot of the device.
Maintenance Mode
Principle – General Use
The Maintenance Mode can be used to reduce arc flash levels.
Refer to Std. NFPA70E.
The Maintenance Mode can improve safety by providing a simple and reliable method to reduce fault clearing
time and lower incident energy levels at energized panels. The Maintenance Mode allows the User to switch to
more sensitive settings via the HMI/panel, Communication, or via a Digital Input while maintenance work is being
performed at an energized panel or device. The more sensitive settings provide greater security for
maintenance personnel and helps reduce the possibility of injury.
The status of the Maintenance Mode (active/inactive) is stored power fail-safe.
Manual activation is only possible via the HMI/panel (not via PowerPort-E).
644 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Before Use
The sensitivity settings for the Maintenance Mode have to be calculated
and programmed into the device (according to Std. NFPA70E).
They are not part of the device by default.
When the Maintenance Mode is enabled and fault current causes its operation, the fault clearing time of the
associated breaker has to be very fast. Calculate the sensitivity setting on the basis of Std. NFPA70E.
Program those sensitivity settings either into a setting group or into Adaptive Parameters.
The Maintenance Mode offers two output signals: “Maint Mode activated” and “Maint Mode not activated”.
• Switch to another setting group (in case the sensitivity settings are saved within this setting group);
• Activate “Adaptive Parameters” (in case the sensitivity settings are saved within these adaptive
parameters); and/or
• Block or activate dedicated functions.
• Switch back to the standard setting group when Maintenance Mode should not be used.
For fast access, the Maintenance Mode can be accessed by means of the »Softkey« Maint on the start screen
(root) of the device.
www.eaton.com 645
646
IM02602007E
Sys
Sys.Maint Mode DI
Sys.MaintMode Manually
Inactive
Sys.Maint Mode Mode
Active
Inactive
AND
Activation Manually
EDR-5000
Activation via DI
www.eaton.com
Comm Cmd Sys.Maint Mode Active
AND
The parameters, their defaults, and setting ranges have to be taken from
Relay Output Contacts section.
For commissioning purposes or for maintenance, relay output contacts can be set by force.
Within this mode [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Force RO], relay output contacts can be
set by force:
• Permanent; or
• Via timeout.
If they are set with a timeout, they will keep their “Force Position” only as long as this timer runs. If the timer
expires, the relay will operate normally. If they are set as Permanent, they will keep the “Force Position”
continuously.
Forcing an entire group takes precedence over forcing a single relay output contact!
Keep in mind, that forcing all relay output contacts (of the same assembly
group) takes precedence over the force command of a single relay output
contact.
www.eaton.com 647
IM02602007E EDR-5000
The User MUST ENSURE that the relay output contacts are ARMED AGAIN
after maintenance is complete. If they are not armed, the protective device
WILL NOT provide protection.
Within this mode [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/DISARMED] entire groups of relay output
contacts can be disarmed:
• Permanent; or
• Via timeout.
If they are set with a timeout, they will keep their “Disarm Position” only as long as this timer runs. If the timer
expires, the relay output contacts will operate normally. If they are set Permanent, they will keep the “Disarm
State” continuously.
648 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
For commissioning support and in order to analyze failures, the protective device offers the option to simulate
measuring quantities. The simulation menu can be found within the [Service/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen] menu. The simulation cycle consists of three states:
• Pre-failure;
• Failure; and
• Post-failure State (Phase).
Within the [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen/Configuration] sub-menu, the
duration of each phase can be set. In addition; the measuring quantities to be simulated can be determined
(e.g.: voltages, currents, and the corresponding angles) for each phase (and ground).
Setting the device into the simulation mode means taking the protective
device out of operation for the duration of the simulation. Do not use this
feature during operation of the device if the User cannot guarantee that
there is a running and properly working backup protection.
www.eaton.com 649
IM02602007E EDR-5000
**Please note: Due to internal dependencies, the frequency of the simulation module is 0.16% greater than the rated one.
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/Times]
650 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/Times]
t-PostFault t-PostFault 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.0 s [Service
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/Times]
TripCmd Mode Trip Command Mode No TripCmd, No TripCmd [Service
/WARNING! Cont?
/Process]
ExBlo External blocking of the module, if blocking 1..n, Assignment List Breaker.Pos [Service
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set CLOSE
and if the state of the assigned signal is /Test Mode (Prot
true. inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Process]
Ex ForcePost Force Post state. Abort simulation. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Service
/WARNING! Cont?
/Process]
www.eaton.com 651
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]
VB Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude in Pre 0.00 – 2.00 Vn 1.0 Vn [Service
State: Phase B
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]
VC Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude in Pre 0.00 – 2.00 Vn 1.0 Vn [Service
State: Phase C
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]
652 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]
Angle VA Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 0° [Service
Voltage Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase A
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]
Angle VB Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 240° [Service
Voltage Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase B
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]
Angle VC Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 120° [Service
Fund. Voltage Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase C
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]
www.eaton.com 653
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]
VA Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude in Fault 0.00 – 2.00 Vn 0.5 Vn [Service
State: Phase A
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]
VB Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude in Fault 0.00 – 2.00 Vn 0.5 Vn [Service
State: Phase B
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]
VC Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude in Fault 0.00 – 2.00 Vn 0.5 Vn [Service
State: Phase C
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]
654 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]
Angle VA Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 0° [Service
Voltage Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase
A /Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]
Angle VB Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 240° [Service
Voltage Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase
B /Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]
Angle VC Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 120° [Service
Fund. Voltage Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase
C /Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]
www.eaton.com 655
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]
VA Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude during 0.00 – 2.00 Vn 1.0 Vn [Service
Post phase: Phase A
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]
VB Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude during 0.00 – 2.00 Vn 1.0 Vn [Service
Post phase: Phase B
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]
VC Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude during 0.00 – 2.00 Vn 1.0 Vn [Service
Post phase: Phase C
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]
656 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]
Angle VA Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 0° [Service
Voltage Phasor during Post phase: Phase A
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]
Angle VB Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 240° [Service
Voltage Phasor during Post phase: Phase B
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]
Angle VC Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 120° [Service
Fund. Voltage Phasor during Post phase: Phase
C /Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]
www.eaton.com 657
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]
IB Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre 0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
State: Phase B
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]
658 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]
IX meas Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre 0.00 – 25.00 In 0.0 In [Service
State: IX
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]
Angle IA Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 0° [Service
Current Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase A
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]
Angle IB Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 240° [Service
Current Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase B
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]
www.eaton.com 659
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]
Angle IX meas Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 0° [Service
Fund. Current Phasor during Pre Phase: IX
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]
IA Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault 0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
State: Phase A
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]
IB Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault 0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
State: Phase B
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]
660 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]
IX meas Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault 0.00 – 25.00 In 0.0 In [Service
State: IX
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]
Angle IA Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 0° [Service
Current Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase A
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]
Angle IB Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 240° [Service
Current Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase B
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]
www.eaton.com 661
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]
Angle IX meas Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 0° [Service
Fund. Current Phasor during Fault Phase: IX
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]
IA Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude during 0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
Post phase: Phase A
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]
IB Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude during 0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
Post phase: Phase B
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]
662 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]
IX meas Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude during 0.00 – 25.00 In 0.0 In [Service
Post phase: IX
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]
Angle IA Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 0° [Service
Current Phasor during Post phase: Phase A
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]
Angle IB Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 240° [Service
Current Phasor during Post phase: Phase B
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]
www.eaton.com 663
IM02602007E EDR-5000
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]
Angle IX meas Start Position respectively Start Angle of the -360 - 360° 0° [Service
Fund. Current Phasor during Post phase: IX
/Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]
/WARNING! Cont?
/Process]
Ex ForcePost-I State of the module input:Force Post state. [Service
Abort simulation.
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Process]
664 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Running Signal: Measuring value simulation is running.
State Signal: Wave generation states: 0=AdcNormal, 1=PreFault,
2=Fault, 3=Post, 4=InitReset.
/WARNING! Cont?
/Process]
Stop Simulation Stop Fault Simulation (Using the test Inactive, Inactive [Service
parameters)
Active /Test Mode (Prot
inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Process]
Init Res
www.eaton.com 665
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Technical Data
Use Copper conductors only, 75°C (167°F).
Conductor size AWG 14 [2.5 mm].
Routine Test
Insulation Test Acc. to IEC60255-5: All tests to be carried out against ground and other input and output circuits.
Aux. Voltage Supply, Digital Inputs, 2.5 kV (eff.) / 50 Hz
Current Measuring Inputs, Signal Relay Outputs:
Voltage Measuring Inputs: 3.0 kV (eff.) / 50 Hz
All Wire-Bound Communication Interfaces: 1.5 kV DC
Housing
Housing B2: Height / Width 183 mm (7.205 in.) / 212.7 mm (8.374 in.)
Housing Depth (Incl. Terminals): 208 mm (8.189 in.)
Material, Housing: Aluminum extruded section
Material, Front Panel: Aluminum/Foil front
Mounting Position: Horizontal (±45° around the X-axis must be permitted)
Weight: Approx. 4.2 kg (9.259 lb)
666 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 667
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Frequency Measurement
Nominal Frequencies: 50 Hz / 60 Hz
Voltage Supply
Aux. Voltage: 24 - 270 Vdc / 48 - 230 Vac (-20/+10%)
Buffer Time in Case of Supply Failure: >= 50 ms at minimal aux. voltage
Interrupted communication is permitted.
Max. Permissible Making Current: 18 A peak value for <0.25 ms
12 A peak value for <1 ms
Power Consumption
Power Supply Range: Power consumption Max. Power Consumption
in Idle Mode
24 - 270 Vdc: Approx. 7 W Approx.13 W
48 - 230 Vac Approx. 7 VA Approx.13 VA
(For Frequencies of 50-60 Hz):
Display
Display Type: LCD with LED background illumination
Resolution - Graphics Display: 128 x 64 pixel
Digital Inputs
Max. Input Voltage: 300 Vdc / 259 Vac
Input Current: <4 mA
Reaction Time: <20 ms
Drop-out Time: <30 ms
668 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Relay Outputs
Continuous Current: 5 A ac / dc
Max. Make Current: 25 A ac / 25 A dc for 4 s
30 A / 230Vac according to ANSI IEEE Std C37.90-2005
30 A / 250Vdc according to ANSI IEEE Std C37.90-2005
Max. Breaking Current: 5 A ac up to 240 Vac
5 A dc up to 30 V (resistive)
0.3 A dc at 250 V (resistive)
Max. Switching Voltage: 250 V ac / 250 Vdc
Switching Capacity: 1,250 VA
Contact Type: Form C or normally open contact
Terminals: Screw-type terminals
www.eaton.com 669
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Zone Interlocking
Only for Zone Interlock Tripping Outputs (Zone Interlock, semiconductor
output): 5 Vdc, <2mA for connection to electronic inputs only.
Zone Out:
Output voltage (High) 4.75 to 5.25 Vdc
Output voltage (Low) 0.0 to +0.5 Vdc
Zone In:
Nominal input voltage +5 Vdc
Max. input voltage +5.5 Vdc
Switching threshold ON min. 4.0 Vdc
Switching threshold OFF max. 1.5 Vdc
RS485*
Master/Slave: Slave
Connection: 6 screw-clamping terminals RM 3.5 mm (138 MIL)
(terminating resistors internal)
The RS485 interface is realized via terminals. The communication cable has
to be shielded. The shielding has to be fixed at the screw that is marked
with the ground symbol (rear side of the device).
Fiber Optic*
Master/Slave: Slave
Connection: ST-Plug
URTD-Interface*
Connection: Versatile Link
Boot Phase
After switching on the power supply, the protection will be available in approximately 16 seconds. After
approximately 97 seconds, the boot phase is completed (HMI and Communication initialized).
670 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Standards
Approvals
• UL-listed file: e217753
Design Standards
Generic Standard EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-3
Product Standard IEC 60255-6
EN 50178
UL 508 (Industrial Control Equipment)
CSA C22.2 No. 14-95 (Industrial Control Equipment)
ANSI C37.90
www.eaton.com 671
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Environmental Tests
Classification:
IEC 60068-1 Climatic 20/060/56
Classification
672 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Mechanical Tests
Test Fc: Vibration Response Test
IEC 60068-2-6 (10 Hz – 59 Hz) 0.0014 in. (0.035 mm)
IEC 60255-21-1 Displacement
Class 1
(59Hz – 150Hz) 0.5 gn
Acceleration
Number of cycles in each axis 1
www.eaton.com 673
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Specifications
Frequency Measurement
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz / 60 Hz
Precision: ±0.05% of fn within the range of 40-70 Hz at voltages >50 V
Voltage dependency: frequency acquisition of 5 V – 800 V
674 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
The tripping delay relates to the time between alarm and trip. The accuracy
of the operating time relates to the time between when the measured value
has exceeded the threshold until the protection element is picked-up.
www.eaton.com 675
IM02602007E EDR-5000
676 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 677
IM02602007E EDR-5000
678 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 679
IM02602007E EDR-5000
680 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Appendix
The following terms, abbreviations, and acronyms are used in this manual. Please refer to this section for their
meanings / definitions.
A Ampere(s), Amp(s)
AC Alternating current
A/D Analog to digital
Ack. Acknowledge
AMP Ampere(s), Amp(s)
AND Logical gate (The output becomes true if all Input signals are true.)
ANG Angle
ANSI American National Standards Institute
AR Automatic reclosure
AUX Auxiliary
AVG, avg Average
AWG American wire gauge
BF Breaker failure
BFI Breaker failure initiate
BKR, bkr Breaker
Blo Blocking(s)
°C Degrees Celsius
calc Calculated
CB Circuit breaker, Breaker
CD Compact disk
Char Curve shape
CHK Check
CHNL Channel
Cmd. Command
CMND Command
CMN Common input
COM Common input
Comm Communication
COMP Compensated, comparison
CONN Connection
CONT Continuous, contact
CPU Central processing unit
Cr. Counter(s)
CRT, CRNT Current
CSA Canadian Standards Association
CT Control transformer
Ctrl. Control
CTS Current transformer supervision
d Day
D/A Digital to analog
D-Sub-Plug Communication interface
DC, dc Direct current
DEFT Definite time characteristic (Tripping time does not depend on the height of the current.)
DFLT Default
DGNST Diagnostics
DI Digital Input
Diagn. Diagnosis
www.eaton.com 681
IM02602007E EDR-5000
682 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 683
IM02602007E EDR-5000
ms Milli-second(s)
MTA Maximum torque angle
MTR Motor
MV Medium voltage
mVA Milli volt amperes (Power)
MVA Mega volt-ampere (total 3-phase)
MVA A Mega volt-ampere (phase A)
MVA B Mega volt-ampere (phase B)
MVA C Mega volt-ampere (phase C)
MVAR Mega Var (total 3-phase)
MVAR A Mega Var (phase A)
MVAR B Mega Var (phase B)
MVAR C Mega Var (phase C)
MVARH Mega Var-Hour
MW Megawatt(s) (total 3-phase)
MW A Megawatt(s) (phase A)
MW B Megawatt(s) (phase B)
MW C Megawatt(s) (phase C)
MWH Megawatt-Hour(s)
N Neutral
N/A, n/a Not applicable
N.C. Not connected
NEG Negative
NINV Normal inverse tripping characteristic
Nm Newton-meter
No Number
N.O. Normal open (Contact)
NOM, Nom. Nominal
NT Manufacturer internal product designation code
O Over
OC, O/C Overcurrent
O/P, Op, OUT Output
OV Overvoltage
OVERFREQ Over-frequency
OVLD Overload
P Phase
Para. Parameter
PC Personal computer
PCB Printed circuit board
PE Protected Earth
PF Power factor (total 3-phase)
PF A Power factor (phase A)
PF B Power factor (phase B)
PF C Power factor (phase C)
Ph Phase
POS Positive
PRESS Pressure
PRI, pri Primary
PROT, Prot Protection Module (Master Module), protection
PS1 Parameter set 1
PS2 Parameter set 2
PS3 Parameter set 3
PS4 Parameter set 4
684 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 685
IM02602007E EDR-5000
686 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
t = Tripping delay
I = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
DEFT
100
I
Pickup
0.01 40
10
t [s]
300 s
t
0.1
0.0 s
0.01
1 10
I
Pickup
www.eaton.com 687
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• NINV (IEC/XInv);
• VINV (IEC/XInv);
• LINV (IEC/XInv);
• EINV (IEC/XInv);
• MINV (ANSI/XInv);
• VINV (ANSI/XInv);
• EINV (ANSI/XInv);
• Thermal Flat;
• Therm Flat IT;
• Therm Flat I2T; and
• Therm Flat I4T.
Explanation:
t = Tripping delay
I = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
688 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
IEC NINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
0.14 0.14
t= 2 *t-multiplier [s] t= 0.02 *t-multiplier [s]
I I
(Pickup) -1 (Pickup) -1
t [s] t-multiplier
www.eaton.com 689
IM02602007E EDR-5000
IEC VINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
13.5 13.5
t= *t-multiplier [s] t= *t-multiplier [s]
I 2 I
(Pickup)-1 (Pickup)-1
t [s]
t-multiplier
690 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
IEC LINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
120 120
t= *t-multiplier [s] t= *t-multiplier [s]
I 2 I
(Pickup)-1 ( Pickup)-1
t [s] t-multiplier
www.eaton.com 691
IM02602007E EDR-5000
IEC EINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
80 80
t= 2
*t-multiplier [s] t= 2
*t-multiplier [s]
I I
(Pickup) -1 (Pickup) -1
t [s] t-multiplier
692 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
ANSI MINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
t=
I
4.85
(Pickup)
2
-1
*t-multiplier [s] t=
( 0.0515
I
0.02
(Pickup) -1
+ 0.1140
) *t-multiplier [s]
t [s] t-multiplier
www.eaton.com 693
IM02602007E EDR-5000
ANSI VINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
t=
21.6
I
(Pickup
2
)-1
*t-multiplier [s] t=
( I
(Pickup)
19.61
2
-1
+ 0.491
) *t-multiplier [s]
t [s] t-multiplier
694 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
ANSI EINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
t=
29.1
I 2
(Pickup)-1
*t-multiplier [s] t=
( I
(Pickup)
28.2
2
-1
+ 0.1217
) *t-multiplier [s]
t [s] t-multiplier
www.eaton.com 695
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Therm Flat
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
2 2
5*3 5*1
t= 0
*t-multiplier [s] t= 0
*t-multiplier [s]
I I
( In ) ( In )
t = 45 *t-multiplier [s]
4
1× 10
3
1× 10
TM[s]=
10
5
100
2
1.0
t [s] 10
0.5 t-multiplier
1
0.05
0.1
0.01
0.01 0.1 1 10 100
696 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
IT
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
2 1
5*3 5*3
t= 0 *t-multiplier [s] t= *t-multiplier [s]
I 1
( In ) ( I
)
In
4
1× 10
3
1× 10
100
TM[s]=
t [s] t-multiplier
10
10
5
2
1
1.0
0.5
0.1
0.05
0.01
0.01 0.1 1 10 100
www.eaton.com 697
IM02602007E EDR-5000
I2T
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
2 2
5*3 5*3
t= *t-multiplier [s] t= 2 *t-multiplier [s]
I 0
I
( In ) ( In )
4
1× 10
3
1× 10
100
t [s] t-multiplier
10
TM[s]=
1
10
5
0.1 2
1.0
0.5
0.05
0.01
0.01 0.1 1 10 100
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
698 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
I4T
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
2 4
5*3 5*3
t= 0 *t-multiplier [s] t= *t-multiplier [s]
I I
4
( In ) ( In )
4
1× 10
3
1× 10
100
t [s] t-multiplier
10
TM[s]=
1
10
5
0.1 2
1.0
0.5
0.05
0.01
0.01 0.1 1 10 100
www.eaton.com 699
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Explanation:
t = Tripping delay
IG = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents; but this is only possible
if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
DEFT
100
IR calc
Pickup
I/I>
0.01 20
40
10
t [s]
300 s
t
0.1
0.0 s
0.01
1 10
IR calc
Pickup
700 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Explanation:
t = Tripping delay
IX = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents; but this is only possible
if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
DEFT
100
IX
Pickup
I/I>
0.01 20
40
10
t [s]
300 s
t
0.1
0.0 s
0.01
1 10
IX
Pickup
www.eaton.com 701
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• NINV (IEC/XInv);
• VINV (IEC/XInv);
• LINV (IEC/XInv);
• EINV (IEC/XInv);
• MINV (ANSI/XInv);
• VINV (ANSI/XInv);
• EINV (ANSI/XInv);
• Thermal Flat;
• Therm Flat IT;
• Therm Flat I2T; and
• Therm Flat I4T.
Explanation:
t = Tripping delay
IG = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual
connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents; but this is only possible
if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
702 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
IEC NINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
0.14 0.14
t= 2 *t-multiplier [s] t= 0.02 *t-multiplier [s]
IG IG
(Pickup) -1 (Pickup) -1
t [s] t-multiplier
www.eaton.com 703
IM02602007E EDR-5000
IEC VINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
13.5 13.5
t= *t-multiplier [s] t= *t-multiplier [s]
IG 2 IG
(Pickup)-1 (Pickup) -1
t [s]
t-multiplier
704 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
IEC LINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
120 120
t= *t-multiplier [s] t= *t-multiplier [s]
IG 2 IG
(Pickup
)-1 (Pickup)-1
t [s] t-multiplier
www.eaton.com 705
IM02602007E EDR-5000
IEC EINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
80 80
t= *t-multiplier [s] t= *t-multiplier [s]
IG 2 IG 2
(Pickup) -1 (Pickup) -1
t [s] t-multiplier
706 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
ANSI MINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
t=
4.85
IG
2
(Pickup) -1
*t-multiplier [s] t=
( 0.0515
IG
0.02
(Pickup) -1
+ 0.1140
) *t-multiplier [s]
t [s] t-multiplier
www.eaton.com 707
IM02602007E EDR-5000
ANSI VINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
t=
21.6
IG 2
(Pickup
)-1
*t-multiplier [s] t=
( 19.61
IG
2
(Pickup) -1
+ 0.491
) *t-multiplier [s]
t [s] t-multiplier
708 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
ANSI EINV
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
t=
29.1
IG 2
(Pickup
)-1
*t-multiplier [s] t=
( 28.2
IG
2
(Pickup) -1
+ 0.1217
) *t-multiplier [s]
t [s] t-multiplier
www.eaton.com 709
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Therm Flat
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
2
5*1 5
t= *t-multiplier [s] t= 0 *t-multiplier [s]
IG 0 IG
(IGnom) (IGnom)
t = 5 *t-multiplier [s]
4
1× 10
3
1× 10
TM[s]=
10
5
100
2
1
0.05
0.1
0.01
0.01 0.1 1 10 100
710 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
IT
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
2 1
5*1 5*1
t= 0 *t-multiplier [s] t= *t-multiplier [s]
IG IG
1
(IGnom) (IGnom)
1× 104
3
1× 10
100
t [s] 10
TM[s]= t-multiplier
5
10
5 2
1
2
1.0
0.1 0.5
0.05
0.01
0.01 0.1 1 10 100
www.eaton.com 711
IM02602007E EDR-5000
I2T
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
2 2
5*1 5*1
t= *t-multiplier [s] t= 2 *t-multiplier [s]
IG 0
IG
(IGnom) (IGnom)
4
1× 10
3
1× 10
100
t [s] 10 t-multiplier
TM[s]=
1
10
0.1 2
1.0
0.5
0.05
0.01
0.01 0.1 1 10 100
712 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
I4T
Notice!
Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and
instantaneous.
Reset Trip
2 4
5*1 5*1
t= 0 *t-multiplier [s] t= *t-multiplier [s]
IG IG
4
(IGnom) (IGnom)
4
1× 10
3
1× 10
100
t [s] 10 t-multiplier
TM[s]=
1 10
5
2
0.1
1.0
0.5
0.05
0.01
0.01 0.1 1 10 100
www.eaton.com 713
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Assignment List
The »ASSIGNMENT LIST« below summarizes all module outputs (signals) and inputs (e.g.: states of the
assignments).
Name Description
-.- No assignment
Prot.Available Signal: Protection is available.
Prot.Active Signal: Active
Prot.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Prot.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase A
Prot.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase B
Prot.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase C
Prot.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground Fault
Prot.Pickup Signal: General Pickup
Prot.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
Prot.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
Prot.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
Prot.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground Fault
Prot.Trip Signal: General Trip
Prot.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.
Prot.I dir fwd Signal: Phase current failure forward direction
Prot.I dir rev Signal: Phase current failure reverse direction
Prot.I dir n poss Signal: Phase fault - missing reference voltage
Prot.IR dir fwd Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) forward
Prot.IR dir rev Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) reverse direction
Prot.IR dir n poss Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) direction detection not
possible.
Prot.IX dir fwd Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) forward
Prot.IX dir rev Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) reverse direction
Prot.IX dir n poss Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) direction detection not
possible.
Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
Control.Local Switching Authority: Local
Control.Remote Switching Authority: Remote
Breaker.SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary
contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and disturbed Positions
cannot be detected.
Breaker.Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSE
Breaker.Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-Position
Breaker.Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-Position
714 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Breaker.Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate Position
Breaker.Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-
back signals (Position Indicators) contradict themselves. After
expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.
Breaker.Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.
Breaker.CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed
successfully.
Breaker.CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command
unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.
Breaker.CES SAuthority Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed. No switching authority.
Breaker.CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision: Switching Direction Control. A
switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again
(doubly).
Breaker.CES DoubleOperating Command Execution Supervision: A second switch command is in
conflict with a pending one.
Breaker.CES CLOSE durg OPEN Cmd Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a
pending OPEN Command.
Breaker.CES SG not ready Command Execution Supervision: Switchgear not ready.
Breaker.CES Field Interl Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed because of field interlocking.
Breaker.CES SyncTimeout Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed No Synchronization signal while t-sync was running.
Breaker.Prot CLOSE Signal: CLOSE command issued by the Prot module.
Breaker.TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Breaker.Ack TripCmd Signal: Acknowledge Trip Command
Breaker.Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Slow Breaker Alarm
Breaker.Res Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Resetting the slow breaker alarm.
Breaker.CLOSE Cmd Signal: CLOSE command issued to the switchgear. Depending on
the setting the signal may include the CLOSE command of the
Prot module.
Breaker.OPEN Cmd Signal: OPEN command issued to the switchgear. Depending on
the setting the signal may include the OPEN command of the Prot
module.
Breaker.CLOSE Cmd manual Signal: CLOSE Cmd manual
Breaker.OPEN Cmd manual Signal: OPEN Cmd manual
Breaker.CLOSE request Signal: Synchronous CLOSE request
Breaker.CinBkr-52a-I Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52a)
Breaker.CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52b)
Breaker.Ready-I Module Input State: Breaker Ready
Breaker.Sys-in-Sync-I State of the module input: This signals has to become true within
the synchronization time. If not, switching is unsuccessful.
Breaker.Ack TripCmd-I State of the module input: Acknowledgment Signal (only for
automatic acknowledgment). Module input signal.
Breaker.Interl CLOSE1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE command
www.eaton.com 715
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Breaker.Interl CLOSE2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE command
Breaker.Interl CLOSE3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE command
Breaker.Interl OPEN1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN command
Breaker.Interl OPEN2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN command
Breaker.Interl OPEN3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN command
Breaker.SC CLOSE-I State of the module input: Switching CLOSE Command, e.g.: the
state of the Logic or the state of the digital input.
Breaker.SC OPEN-I State of the module input: Switching OPEN Command, e.g.: the
state of the Logic or the state of the digital input.
Breaker.Operations Alarm Signal: Service Alarm, too many Operations
Breaker.Isum Intr trip: IA Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IA.
Breaker.Isum Intr trip: IB Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IB.
Breaker.Isum Intr trip: IC Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IC.
Breaker.Isum Intr trip Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded in at least one phase.
Breaker.Res TripCmdCr Signal: Resetting of the Counter: total number of trip commands.
Breaker.Res Isum trip Signal: Reset summation of the tripping currents.
Breaker.WearLevel Alarm Signal: Breaker Wear curve Alarm Level in %.
Breaker.WearLevel Lockout Signal: Breaker Wear Curve Lockout Level in %.
Breaker.Res Bwear Curve Signal: Res Bwear Curve
Breaker.Isum Intr per hour Alarm Signal: Isum Intr per hour Alarm
Breaker.Res Isum Intr per hour Alarm Signal: Res Isum Intr per hour Alarm
50P[1].Active Signal: Active
50P[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
50P[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
50P[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
50P[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50P[1].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA
50P[1].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB
50P[1].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC
50P[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup
50P[1].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
50P[1].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
50P[1].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
50P[1].Trip Signal: Trip
50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50P[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
50P[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
716 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
50P[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
50P[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
50P[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
50P[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
50P[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
50P[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50P[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
50P[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter1
50P[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter2
50P[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter3
50P[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter4
50P[2].Active Signal: Active
50P[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
50P[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
50P[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
50P[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50P[2].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA
50P[2].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB
50P[2].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC
50P[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup
50P[2].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
50P[2].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
50P[2].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
50P[2].Trip Signal: Trip
50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50P[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
50P[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
50P[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
50P[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
50P[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
50P[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
50P[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
50P[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50P[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
50P[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1
50P[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
50P[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3
50P[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4
50P[3].Active Signal: Active
www.eaton.com 717
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
50P[3].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
50P[3].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
50P[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
50P[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50P[3].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA
50P[3].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB
50P[3].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC
50P[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup
50P[3].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
50P[3].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
50P[3].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
50P[3].Trip Signal: Trip
50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50P[3].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
50P[3].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
50P[3].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
50P[3].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
50P[3].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
50P[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
50P[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
50P[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50P[3].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
50P[3].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1
50P[3].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
50P[3].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3
50P[3].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4
51P[1].Active Signal: Active
51P[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
51P[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
51P[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
51P[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51P[1].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA
51P[1].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB
51P[1].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC
51P[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup
51P[1].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
51P[1].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
51P[1].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
51P[1].Trip Signal: Trip
718 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
51P[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
51P[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
51P[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
51P[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
51P[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
51P[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
51P[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51P[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
51P[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1
51P[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
51P[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3
51P[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4
51P[2].Active Signal: Active
51P[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
51P[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
51P[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
51P[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51P[2].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA
51P[2].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB
51P[2].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC
51P[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup
51P[2].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
51P[2].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
51P[2].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
51P[2].Trip Signal: Trip
51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
51P[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
51P[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
51P[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
51P[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
51P[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
51P[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
51P[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51P[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
51P[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1
51P[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
www.eaton.com 719
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
51P[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3
51P[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4
51P[3].Active Signal: Active
51P[3].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
51P[3].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
51P[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
51P[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51P[3].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA
51P[3].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB
51P[3].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC
51P[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup
51P[3].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
51P[3].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
51P[3].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
51P[3].Trip Signal: Trip
51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51P[3].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
51P[3].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
51P[3].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
51P[3].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
51P[3].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
51P[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
51P[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
51P[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51P[3].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
51P[3].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1
51P[3].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
51P[3].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3
51P[3].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4
50X[1].Active Signal: Active
50X[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
50X[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
50X[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
50X[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50X[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50X[1].Trip Signal: Trip
50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50X[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
50X[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
720 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
50X[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
50X[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
50X[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
50X[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
50X[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
50X[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50X[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
50X[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1
50X[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
50X[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3
50X[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4
50X[2].Active Signal: Active
50X[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
50X[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
50X[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
50X[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50X[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50X[2].Trip Signal: Trip
50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50X[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
50X[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
50X[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
50X[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
50X[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
50X[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
50X[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
50X[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50X[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
50X[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1
50X[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
50X[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3
50X[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4
51X[1].Active Signal: Active
51X[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
51X[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
51X[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
51X[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51X[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51X[1].Trip Signal: Trip
www.eaton.com 721
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51X[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
51X[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
51X[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
51X[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
51X[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
51X[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
51X[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
51X[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51X[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
51X[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1
51X[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
51X[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3
51X[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4
51X[2].Active Signal: Active
51X[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
51X[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
51X[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
51X[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51X[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51X[2].Trip Signal: Trip
51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51X[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
51X[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
51X[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
51X[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
51X[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
51X[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
51X[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
51X[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51X[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
51X[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1
51X[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
51X[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3
51X[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4
50R[1].Active Signal: Active
50R[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
50R[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
50R[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
722 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
50R[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50R[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50R[1].Trip Signal: Trip
50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50R[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
50R[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
50R[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
50R[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
50R[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
50R[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
50R[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
50R[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50R[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
50R[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1
50R[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
50R[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3
50R[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4
50R[2].Active Signal: Active
50R[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
50R[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
50R[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
50R[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50R[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
50R[2].Trip Signal: Trip
50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
50R[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
50R[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
50R[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
50R[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
50R[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
50R[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
50R[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
50R[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
50R[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
50R[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1
50R[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
50R[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3
50R[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4
51R[1].Active Signal: Active
www.eaton.com 723
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
51R[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
51R[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
51R[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
51R[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51R[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51R[1].Trip Signal: Trip
51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51R[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
51R[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
51R[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
51R[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
51R[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
51R[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
51R[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
51R[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51R[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
51R[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1
51R[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
51R[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3
51R[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4
51R[2].Active Signal: Active
51R[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
51R[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
51R[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
51R[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51R[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR
51R[2].Trip Signal: Trip
51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
51R[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set
51R[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
51R[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2
51R[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3
51R[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
51R[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
51R[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
51R[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
51R[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
51R[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1
51R[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
724 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
51R[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3
51R[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4
27M[1].Active Signal: Active
27M[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
27M[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
27M[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
27M[1].Pickup Phase A Signal: Pickup Phase A
27M[1].Pickup Phase B Signal: Pickup Phase B
27M[1].Pickup Phase C Signal: Pickup Phase C
27M[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
27M[1].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
27M[1].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
27M[1].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
27M[1].Trip Signal: Trip
27M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27M[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
27M[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
27M[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
27M[2].Active Signal: Active
27M[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
27M[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
27M[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
27M[2].Pickup Phase A Signal: Pickup Phase A
27M[2].Pickup Phase B Signal: Pickup Phase B
27M[2].Pickup Phase C Signal: Pickup Phase C
27M[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
27M[2].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
27M[2].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
27M[2].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
27M[2].Trip Signal: Trip
27M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27M[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
27M[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
27M[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
59M[1].Active Signal: Active
59M[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
59M[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
59M[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
59M[1].Pickup Phase A Signal: Pickup Phase A
www.eaton.com 725
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
59M[1].Pickup Phase B Signal: Pickup Phase B
59M[1].Pickup Phase C Signal: Pickup Phase C
59M[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
59M[1].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
59M[1].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
59M[1].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
59M[1].Trip Signal: Trip
59M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59M[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
59M[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
59M[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
59M[2].Active Signal: Active
59M[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
59M[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
59M[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
59M[2].Pickup Phase A Signal: Pickup Phase A
59M[2].Pickup Phase B Signal: Pickup Phase B
59M[2].Pickup Phase C Signal: Pickup Phase C
59M[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
59M[2].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A
59M[2].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B
59M[2].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C
59M[2].Trip Signal: Trip
59M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59M[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
59M[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
59M[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
27A[1].Active Signal: Active
27A[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
27A[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
27A[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
27A[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
27A[1].Trip Signal: Trip
27A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27A[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
27A[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
27A[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
27A[2].Active Signal: Active
27A[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
726 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
27A[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
27A[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
27A[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
27A[2].Trip Signal: Trip
27A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
27A[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
27A[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
27A[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
59A[1].Active Signal: Active
59A[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
59A[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
59A[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
59A[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
59A[1].Trip Signal: Trip
59A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59A[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
59A[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
59A[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
59A[2].Active Signal: Active
59A[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
59A[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
59A[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
59A[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
59A[2].Trip Signal: Trip
59A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59A[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
59A[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
59A[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
59N[1].Active Signal: Active
59N[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
59N[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
59N[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
59N[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
59N[1].Trip Signal: Trip
59N[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59N[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
59N[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
59N[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
59N[2].Active Signal: Active
www.eaton.com 727
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
59N[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
59N[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
59N[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
59N[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element
59N[2].Trip Signal: Trip
59N[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
59N[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
59N[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
59N[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
46[1].Active Signal: Active
46[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
46[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
46[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
46[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Negative Sequence
46[1].Trip Signal: Trip
46[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
46[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
46[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
46[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
46[2].Active Signal: Active
46[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
46[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
46[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
46[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Negative Sequence
46[2].Trip Signal: Trip
46[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
46[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
46[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
46[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
47[1].Active Signal: Active
47[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
47[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
47[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
47[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Asymmetry
47[1].Trip Signal: Trip
47[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
47[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
47[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
47[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
728 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
47[2].Active Signal: Active
47[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
47[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
47[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
47[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Asymmetry
47[2].Trip Signal: Trip
47[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
47[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
47[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
47[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
81[1].Active Signal: Active
81[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
81[1].Blo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.
81[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
81[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
81[1].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection
81[1].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
81[1].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge
81[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[1].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.
81[1].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
81[1].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi
81[1].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
81[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
81[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
81[2].Active Signal: Active
81[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
81[2].Blo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.
81[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
81[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
81[2].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection
81[2].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
81[2].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge
81[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[2].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.
81[2].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
www.eaton.com 729
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
81[2].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi
81[2].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
81[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
81[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
81[3].Active Signal: Active
81[3].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
81[3].Blo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.
81[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
81[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
81[3].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection
81[3].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
81[3].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge
81[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[3].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.
81[3].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
81[3].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi
81[3].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
81[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
81[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
81[4].Active Signal: Active
81[4].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
81[4].Blo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.
81[4].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
81[4].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
81[4].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection
81[4].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
81[4].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge
81[4].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[4].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.
81[4].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
81[4].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi
81[4].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[4].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
730 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
81[4].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
81[4].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
81[5].Active Signal: Active
81[5].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
81[5].Blo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.
81[5].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
81[5].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
81[5].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection
81[5].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
81[5].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge
81[5].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[5].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.
81[5].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
81[5].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi
81[5].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[5].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[5].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
81[5].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
81[5].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
81[6].Active Signal: Active
81[6].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
81[6].Blo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.
81[6].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
81[6].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
81[6].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection
81[6].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
81[6].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge
81[6].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[6].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.
81[6].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
81[6].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi
81[6].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)
81[6].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
81[6].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
81[6].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
81[6].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
32[1].Active Signal: Active
32[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
www.eaton.com 731
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
32[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
32[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
32[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
32[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
32[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking
32[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking
32[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
32[2].Active Signal: Active
32[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
32[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
32[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
32[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
32[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
32[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking
32[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking
32[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
32[3].Active Signal: Active
32[3].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
32[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
32[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
32[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
32[3].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
32[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking
32[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking
32[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
32V[1].Active Signal: Active
32V[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
32V[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
32V[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
32V[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
32V[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
32V[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32V[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking
32V[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking
32V[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
32V[2].Active Signal: Active
732 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
32V[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
32V[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
32V[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
32V[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
32V[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
32V[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32V[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking
32V[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking
32V[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
32V[3].Active Signal: Active
32V[3].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
32V[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
32V[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
32V[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection
32V[3].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection
32V[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
32V[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking
32V[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking
32V[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
PF-55D[1].Active Signal: Active
PF-55D[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
PF-55D[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
PF-55D[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
PF-55D[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Factor
PF-55D[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power Factor
PF-55D[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55D[1].Compensator Signal: Compensation Signal
PF-55D[1].Impossible Signal: Pickup Power Factor Impossible
PF-55D[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking
PF-55D[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking
PF-55D[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
PF-55D[2].Active Signal: Active
PF-55D[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
PF-55D[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
PF-55D[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
PF-55D[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Factor
PF-55D[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power Factor
PF-55D[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55D[2].Compensator Signal: Compensation Signal
www.eaton.com 733
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
PF-55D[2].Impossible Signal: Pickup Power Factor Impossible
PF-55D[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking
PF-55D[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking
PF-55D[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
PF-55A[1].Active Signal: Active
PF-55A[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
PF-55A[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
PF-55A[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
PF-55A[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Factor
PF-55A[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power Factor
PF-55A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55A[1].Compensator Signal: Compensation Signal
PF-55A[1].Impossible Signal: Pickup Power Factor Impossible
PF-55A[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking
PF-55A[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking
PF-55A[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
PF-55A[2].Active Signal: Active
PF-55A[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
PF-55A[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
PF-55A[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
PF-55A[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Factor
PF-55A[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power Factor
PF-55A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
PF-55A[2].Compensator Signal: Compensation Signal
PF-55A[2].Impossible Signal: Pickup Power Factor Impossible
PF-55A[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking
PF-55A[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking
PF-55A[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
ZI.Active Signal: Active
ZI.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
ZI.Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ZI.ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
ZI.Bkr Blo Signal: Blocked by Breaker Failure
ZI.Phase Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Pickup
ZI.Phase Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Trip
ZI.Ground Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Pickup
ZI.Ground Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Trip
ZI.Pickup Signal: Pickup Zone Interlocking
ZI.Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip
734 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
ZI.TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip Command
ZI.Phase OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase OUT
ZI.Ground OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground OUT
ZI.OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUT
ZI.IN Signal: Zone Interlocking IN
ZI.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1
ZI.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2
ZI.ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
ZI.Bkr Blo-I Signal: Blocked by Breaker Failure
SOTF.Active Signal: Active
SOTF.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
SOTF.Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
SOTF.enabled Signal: Switch Onto Fault enabled. This Signal can be used to
modify Overcurrent Protection Settings.
SOTF.I< Signal: No Load Current.
SOTF.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking
SOTF.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking
SOTF.Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
SOTF.Ex Man CLOSE Cmd-I Module Input State: External manual breaker CLOSE command
(NOT for AR!)
SOTF.Ext SOTF-I Module Input State: External Switch Onto Fault Alarm
CLPU.Active Signal: Active
CLPU.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
CLPU.Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking
CLPU.enabled Signal: Cold Load enabled
CLPU.detected Signal: Cold Load detected
CLPU.I< Signal: No Load Current.
CLPU.Load Inrush Signal: Load Inrush
CLPU.Settle Time Signal: Settle Time
CLPU.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking
CLPU.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking
CLPU.Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking
ExP[1].Active Signal: Active
ExP[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
ExP[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExP[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
ExP[1].Alarm Signal: Alarm
ExP[1].Trip Signal: Trip
ExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1
www.eaton.com 735
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
ExP[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2
ExP[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
ExP[1].Alarm-I Module Input State: Alarm
ExP[1].Trip-I Module Input State: Trip
ExP[2].Active Signal: Active
ExP[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
ExP[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExP[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
ExP[2].Alarm Signal: Alarm
ExP[2].Trip Signal: Trip
ExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1
ExP[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2
ExP[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
ExP[2].Alarm-I Module Input State: Alarm
ExP[2].Trip-I Module Input State: Trip
ExP[3].Active Signal: Active
ExP[3].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
ExP[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExP[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
ExP[3].Alarm Signal: Alarm
ExP[3].Trip Signal: Trip
ExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
ExP[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
ExP[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
ExP[3].Alarm-I Module Input State: Alarm
ExP[3].Trip-I Module Input State: Trip
ExP[4].Active Signal: Active
ExP[4].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
ExP[4].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
ExP[4].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
ExP[4].Alarm Signal: Alarm
ExP[4].Trip Signal: Trip
ExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
ExP[4].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
ExP[4].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
ExP[4].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
ExP[4].Alarm-I Module Input State: Alarm
736 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
ExP[4].Trip-I Module Input State: Trip
BF.Active Signal: Active
BF.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
BF.Pickup Signal: BF-Module Started (Pickup)
BF.Trip Signal: Breaker Failure Trip
BF.Lockout Signal: Lockout
BF.Res Lockout Signal: Reset Lockout
BF.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
BF.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
BF.Trigger1 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BF
BF.Trigger2 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BF
BF.Trigger3 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BF
TCM.Active Signal: Active
TCM.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
TCM.Pickup Signal: Pickup Trip Circuit Supervision
TCM.Not Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker.
TCM.CinBkr-52a-I Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52a)
TCM.CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52b)
TCM.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
TCM.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
CTS.Active Signal: Active
CTS.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
CTS.Pickup Signal: Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit Supervision
CTS.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
CTS.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
LOP.Active Signal: Active
LOP.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
LOP.Pickup Signal: Pickup Loss of Potential
LOP.LOP Blo Signal: Loss of Potential blocks other elements
LOP.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
LOP.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
AR.Active Signal: Active
AR.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
AR.Standby Signal: Standby
AR.t-Man Close Blo Signal: AR blocked after breaker was switched on manually. This
timer will be started if the breaker was switched on manually.
While this timer is running, AR cannot be started.
AR.Ready Signal: Ready to shoot
AR.Running Signal: Auto Reclosing Running
AR.t-dead Signal: Dead time between trip and reclosure attempt
www.eaton.com 737
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
AR.Bkr CLOSE Cmd Signal: Bkr. Switch ON (CLOSE) Command
AR.t-Run2Ready Signal: Examination Time: If the Breaker remains after a reclosure
attempt (shot) for the duration of this timer in the Closed position,
the AR has been successful and the AR module returns into the
ready state.
AR.Lock Signal: Auto Reclosure is locked out
AR.t-Reset Lockout Signal: Delay Timer for resetting the AR lockout. The reset of the
AR lockout state will be delayed for this time after the reset signal
(e.g digital input or Scada) has been detected.
AR.Blo Signal: Auto Reclosure is blocked
AR.t-Blo Reset Signal: Delay Timer for resetting the AR blocking. The release
(de-blocking) of the AR will be delayed for this time, if there is no
blocking signal anymore.
AR.successful Signal: Auto Reclosing successful
AR.failed Signal: Auto Reclosing Failure
AR.t-AR Supervision Signal: AR Supervision
AR.Pre Shot Pre Shot Control
AR.Shot 1 Shot Control
AR.Shot 2 Shot Control
AR.Shot 3 Shot Control
AR.Shot 4 Shot Control
AR.Shot 5 Shot Control
AR.Shot 6 Shot Control
AR.Service Alarm 1 Signal: AR - Service Alarm 1, too many switching operations
AR.Service Alarm 2 Signal: AR - Service Alarm 2, too many switching operations
AR.Max Shots / h exceeded Signal: The maximum allowed number of shots per hour has been
exceeded.
AR.Res Statistics Cr Signal: Reset all statistic AR counters: Total number of AR,
successful and unsuccessful no of AR.
AR.Res Service Cr Signal: Reset the Service Counters for pickup and blocking.
AR.Reset Lockout Signal: The AR Lockout has been reset via the panel.
AR.Res Max Shots / h Signal: The Counter for the maximum allowed shots per hour has
been reset.
AR.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
AR.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
AR.Ex Shot Inc-I Module input state: The AR Shot counter will be incremented by
this external Signal. This can be used for Zone Coordination (of
upstream Auto Reclosure devices). Note: This parameter enables
the functionality only. The assignment has to be set within the
global parameters.
AR.Ex Lock-I Module input state: External AR lockout.
AR.DI Reset Ex Lock-I Module input state: Resetting the lockout state of the AR (if the
resetting via digital inputs has been selected).
738 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
AR.Comm Reset Ex Lock-I Module input state: Resetting the Lockout State of the AR by
Communication.
Sync.Active Signal: Active
Sync.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
Sync.LiveBus Signal: Live-Bus or Dead-Bus flag: 1=Live-Bus, 0=Dead-Bus
Sync.LiveLine Signal: Live-Line or Dead-Line flag: 1=Live-Line, 0=Dead-Line
Sync.SynchronRunTiming Signal: Sync-checkRunTiming
Sync.SynchronFailed Signal: This signal indicates a failed synchronization. It is set for
5s when the breaker is still open after the Sync-check Run-timer
has timed out.
Sync.SyncOverridden Signal:Sync-check is overridden because one of the Synchronism
overriding conditions (DB/DL or ExtBypass) is met.
Sync.VDiffTooHigh Signal: Voltage difference between bus and line too high.
Sync.SlipTooHigh Signal: Frequency difference (slip frequency) between bus and line
voltages too high.
Sync.AngleDiffTooHigh Signal: Phase Angle difference between bus and line voltages too
high.
Sync.Sys-in-Sync Signal: Bus and line voltages are in synchronism according to the
system synchronism criteria.
Sync.In-Sync Allowed Signal: In-Sync Allowed
Sync.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
Sync.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2
Sync.Bypass-I State of the module input: Bypass
Sync.BkrCloseInitiate-I State of the module input: Breaker Close Initiate with synchronism
check from any control sources (e.g. HMI / SCADA). If the state of
the assigned signal becomes true, a Breaker Close will be initiated
(Trigger Source).
WiredInputs.52a M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Closed
WiredInputs.52b M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Open
WiredInputs.TOCa M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Connected
WiredInputs.43/10 M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Selected To Trip
WiredInputs.52a M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Closed
WiredInputs.52b M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Open
WiredInputs.TOCa M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Connected
WiredInputs.43/10 M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Selected To Trip
WiredInputs.52a T -I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Closed
WiredInputs.52b T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Open
WiredInputs.TOCa T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Connected
WiredInputs.43/10 T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Selected To Trip
WiredInputs.43 M-I State of the module input: System In Manual
WiredInputs.43 A-I State of the module input: System in Auto
WiredInputs.43 P1-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 1
www.eaton.com 739
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
WiredInputs.43 P2-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 2
WiredInputs.Bkr Trouble-I Breaker Trouble
DI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital Input
RO-6 X5.RO 1 Signal: Relay Output
RO-6 X5.RO 2 Signal: Relay Output
RO-6 X5.RO 3 Signal: Relay Output
RO-6 X5.RO 4 Signal: Relay Output
RO-6 X5.RO 5 Signal: Relay Output
RO-6 X5.RO 6 Signal: Relay Output
RO-6 X5.DISARMED! Signal: CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform
maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process
off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot
be disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that the relays are
ARMED AGAIN after maintenance.
RO-6 X5.Outs forced Signal: The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by
force. That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced
and hence does not show the state of the assigned signals.
RO-4Z X2.ZI OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUT
RO-4Z X2.RO 1 Signal: Relay Output
RO-4Z X2.RO 2 Signal: Relay Output
RO-4Z X2.RO 3 Signal: Relay Output
RO-4Z X2.RO 4 Signal: Relay Output
RO-4Z X2.DISARMED! Signal: CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform
maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process
off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot
be disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that the relays are
ARMED AGAIN after maintenance.
RO-4Z X2.Outs forced Signal: The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by
force. That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced
and hence does not show the state of the assigned signals.
Event rec.Res all rec Signal: All records deleted
Disturb rec.Recording Signal: Recording
Disturb rec.Memory full Signal: Memory Full
Disturb rec.Clear fail Signal: Clear Failure in Memory
Disturb rec.Res all rec Signal: All records deleted
Disturb rec.Res record Signal: Delete Record
740 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Disturb rec.Man. Trigger Signal: Manual Trigger
Disturb rec.Start1-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Disturb rec.Start2-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Disturb rec.Start3-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Disturb rec.Start4-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Disturb rec.Start5-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Disturb rec.Start6-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Disturb rec.Start7-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Disturb rec.Start8-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Fault rec.Res record Signal: Delete Record
Fault rec.Man. Trigger Signal: Manual Trigger
Fault rec.Start1-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Fault rec.Start2-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Fault rec.Start3-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Fault rec.Start4-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Fault rec.Start5-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Fault rec.Start6-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Fault rec.Start7-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Fault rec.Start8-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
Trend rec.Hand Reset Hand Reset
EnergyCr.Cr Overflow VAh Net Signal: Counter Overflow VAh Net
EnergyCr.Cr Overflow Wh Net Signal: Counter Overflow Wh Net
EnergyCr.Cr Overflow Wh Fwd Signal: Counter Overflow Wh Fwd
EnergyCr.Cr Overflow Wh Rev Signal: Counter Overflow Wh Rev
EnergyCr.Cr Overflow VArh Net Signal: Counter Overflow VArh Net
EnergyCr.Cr Overflow VArh Lag Signal: Counter Overflow VArh Lag
EnergyCr.Cr Overflow VArh Lead Signal: Counter Overflow VArh Lead
EnergyCr.VAh Net Res Cr Signal: VAh Net Reset Counter
EnergyCr.Wh Net Res Cr Signal: Wh Net Reset Counter
EnergyCr.Wh Fwd Res Cr Signal: Wh Fwd Reset Counter
EnergyCr.Wh Rev Res Cr Signal: Wh Rev Reset Counter
EnergyCr.VArh Net Res Cr Signal: VArh Net Reset Counter
EnergyCr.VArh Lag Res Cr Signal: VArh Lag Reset Counter
EnergyCr.VArh Lead Res Cr Signal: VArh Lead Reset Counter
EnergyCr.Res all Energy Cr Signal: Reset of all Energy Counters
EnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn VAh Net Signal: Counter VAh Net will overflow soon.
EnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn Wh Net Signal: Counter Wh Net will overflow soon.
EnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn Wh Fwd Signal: Counter Wh Fwd will overflow soon.
EnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn Wh Rev Signal: Counter Wh Rev will overflow soon.
www.eaton.com 741
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
EnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn VArh Net Signal: Counter VArh Net will overflow soon.
EnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn VArh Lag Signal: Counter VArh Lag will overflow soon.
EnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn VArh Lead Signal: Counter VArh Lead will overflow soon.
Modbus.Transmission Signal: Communication Active
Modbus.Comm Cmd 1 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 2 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 3 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 4 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 5 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 6 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 7 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 8 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 9 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 10 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 11 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 12 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 13 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 14 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 15 Communication Command
Modbus.Comm Cmd 16 Communication Command
IEC61850.VirtualInput1 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput2 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput3 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput4 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput5 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput6 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput7 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput8 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput9 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput10 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput11 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput12 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput13 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput14 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput15 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualInput16 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput1-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput2-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput3-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
742 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
IEC61850.VirtualOutput4-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput5-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput6-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput7-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput8-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput9-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput10-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput11-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput12-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput13-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput14-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput15-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IEC61850.VirtualOutput16-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
IRIG-B.Active Signal: Active
IRIG-B.Inverted Signal: IRIG-B inverted
IRIG-B.Control Signal1 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal2 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal4 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal5 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal6 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal7 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal8 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal9 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal10 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal11 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal12 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal13 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal14 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal15 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal16 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal17 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B.Control Signal18 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
Statistics.ResFc all Signal: Resetting of all Statistic values (Current Demand, Power
Demand, Min, Max)
Statistics.ResFc I Demand Signal: Resetting of Statistics - Current Demand (avg, peak avg)
Statistics.ResFc P Demand Signal: Resetting of Statistics - Power Demand (avg, peak avg)
Statistics.ResFc Max Signal: Resetting of all Maximum values
Statistics.ResFc Min Signal: Resetting of all Minimum values
Statistics.StartFc 1-I State of the module input: Start of Statistics 1 (Update the
displayed Demand)
www.eaton.com 743
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Statistics.StartFc 2-I State of the module input: Start of Statistics 2 (Update the
displayed Demand)
Logic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE1.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE1.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE1.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE1.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE1.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE2.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE2.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE2.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE2.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE2.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE3.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE3.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE3.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE3.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE3.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE4.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE4.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE4.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE4.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE4.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
744 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE5.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE5.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE5.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE5.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE5.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE6.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE6.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE6.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE6.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE6.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE7.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE7.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE7.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE7.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE7.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE8.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE8.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE8.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE8.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE8.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 745
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE9.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE9.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE9.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE9.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE9.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE10.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE10.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE10.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE10.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE10.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE11.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE11.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE11.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE11.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE11.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE12.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE12.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE12.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE12.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE12.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE13.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE13.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE13.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
746 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE13.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE13.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE14.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE14.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE14.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE14.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE14.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE15.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE15.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE15.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE15.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE15.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE16.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE16.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE16.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE16.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE16.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE17.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE17.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE17.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE17.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE17.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 747
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE18.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE18.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE18.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE18.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE18.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE19.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE19.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE19.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE19.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE19.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE20.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE20.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE20.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE20.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE20.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE21.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE21.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE21.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE21.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE21.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
748 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE22.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE22.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE22.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE22.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE22.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE23.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE23.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE23.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE23.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE23.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE24.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE24.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE24.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE24.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE24.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE25.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE25.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE25.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE25.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE25.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE26.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE26.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE26.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 749
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE26.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE26.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE27.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE27.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE27.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE27.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE27.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE28.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE28.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE28.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE28.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE28.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE29.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE29.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE29.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE29.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE29.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE30.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE30.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE30.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE30.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE30.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
750 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE31.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE31.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE31.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE31.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE31.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE32.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE32.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE32.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE32.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE32.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE33.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE33.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE33.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE33.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE33.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE34.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE34.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE34.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE34.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE34.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 751
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE35.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE35.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE35.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE35.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE35.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE36.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE36.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE36.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE36.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE36.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE37.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE37.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE37.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE37.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE37.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE38.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE38.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE38.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE38.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE38.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE39.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE39.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE39.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
752 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE39.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE39.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE40.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE40.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE40.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE40.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE40.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE41.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE41.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE41.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE41.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE41.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE42.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE42.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE42.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE42.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE42.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE43.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE43.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE43.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE43.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE43.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 753
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE44.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE44.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE44.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE44.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE44.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE45.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE45.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE45.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE45.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE45.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE46.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE46.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE46.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE46.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE46.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE47.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE47.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE47.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE47.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE47.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
754 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE48.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE48.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE48.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE48.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE48.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE49.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE49.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE49.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE49.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE49.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE50.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE50.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE50.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE50.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE50.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE51.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE51.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE51.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE51.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE51.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE52.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE52.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE52.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 755
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE52.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE52.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE53.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE53.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE53.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE53.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE53.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE54.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE54.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE54.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE54.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE54.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE55.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE55.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE55.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE55.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE55.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE56.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE56.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE56.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE56.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE56.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
756 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE57.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE57.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE57.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE57.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE57.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE58.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE58.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE58.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE58.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE58.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE59.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE59.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE59.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE59.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE59.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE60.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE60.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE60.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE60.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE60.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 757
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE61.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE61.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE61.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE61.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE61.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE62.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE62.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE62.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE62.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE62.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE63.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE63.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE63.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE63.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE63.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE64.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE64.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE64.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE64.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE64.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE65.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE65.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE65.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
758 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE65.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE65.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE66.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE66.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE66.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE66.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE66.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE67.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE67.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE67.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE67.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE67.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE68.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE68.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE68.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE68.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE68.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE69.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE69.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE69.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE69.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE69.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 759
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE70.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE70.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE70.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE70.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE70.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE71.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE71.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE71.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE71.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE71.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE72.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE72.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE72.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE72.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE72.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE73.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE73.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE73.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE73.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE73.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
760 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE74.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE74.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE74.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE74.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE74.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE75.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE75.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE75.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE75.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE75.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE76.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE76.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE76.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE76.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE76.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE77.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE77.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE77.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE77.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE77.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE78.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE78.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE78.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 761
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE78.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE78.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE79.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE79.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE79.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE79.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE79.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE80.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE80.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE80.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE80.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
Logic.LE80.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
System Alarms.Active Signal: Active
System Alarms.ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
System Alarms.Alarm Watt Power Signal: Alarm WATTS peak
System Alarms.Alarm VAr Power Signal: Alarm VArs peak
System Alarms.Alarm VA Power Signal: Alarm VAs peak
System Alarms.Alarm Watt Demand Signal: Alarm WATTS demand value
System Alarms.Alarm VAr Demand Signal: Alarm VARs demand value
System Alarms.Alarm VA Demand Signal: Alarm VAs demand value
System Alarms.Alarm Current Demand Signal: Alarm Current demand value
System Alarms.Alarm I THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion Current
System Alarms.Alarm V THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion Voltage
System Alarms.Trip Watt Power Signal: Trip WATTS peak
System Alarms.Trip VAr Power Signal: Trip VArs peak
System Alarms.Trip VA Power Signal: Trip VAs peak
System Alarms.Trip Watt Demand Signal: Trip WATTS demand value
System Alarms.Trip VAr Demand Signal: Trip VARs demand value
System Alarms.Trip VA Demand Signal: Trip VAs demand value
System Alarms.Trip Current Demand Signal: Trip Current demand value
System Alarms.Trip I THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion Current
762 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
System Alarms.Trip V THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion Voltage
System Alarms.ExBlo-I Module Input State: External Blocking
Sine wave gen.running Signal: Measuring value simulation is running
Sine wave gen.ExBlo Module Input State: External Blocking
Sine wave gen.Ex ForcePost-I State of the module input:Force Post state. Abort simulation.
Sys.PS 1 Signal: Parameter Set 1
Sys.PS 2 Signal: Parameter Set 2
Sys.PS 3 Signal: Parameter Set 3
Sys.PS 4 Signal: Parameter Set 4
Sys.PSS manual Signal: Manual switch over of a Parameter Set
Sys.PSS via Comm Signal: Parameter Set Switch via Communication
Sys.PSS via Inp fct Signal: Parameter Set Switch via Input Function
Sys.Min. 1 param changed Signal: At least one parameter has been changed
Sys.Maint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Active
Sys.Maint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Inactive
Sys.MaintMode Manually Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Manual Mode
Sys.Maint Mode Comm Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Comm Mode
Sys.Maint Mode DI Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Digital Input Mode
Sys.Ack LED Signal: LEDs Acknowledgment
Sys.Ack RO Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs
Sys.Ack Comm Signal: Acknowledge Communication
Sys.Ack TripCmd Signal: Reset Trip Command
Sys.Ack LED-HMI Signal: LEDs Acknowledgment :HMI
Sys.Ack RO-HMI Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs :HMI
Sys.Ack Comm-HMI Signal: Acknowledge Communication :HMI
Sys.Ack TripCmd-HMI Signal: Reset Trip Command :HMI
Sys.Ack LED-Comm Signal: LEDs Acknowledgment :Communication
Sys.Ack RO-Comm Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs :Communication
Sys.Ack Counter-Comm Signal: Reset of all Counters :Communication
Sys.Ack Comm-Comm Signal: Acknowledge Communication :Communication
Sys.Ack TripCmd-Comm Signal: Reset Trip Command :Communication
Sys.Res OperationsCr Signal: Res OperationsCr
Sys.Res AlarmCr Signal: Res AlarmCr
Sys.Res TripCr Signal: Res TripCr
Sys.Res TotalCr Signal: Res TotalCr
Sys.Ack LED-I Module Input State: LEDs Acknowledgment by Digital Input.
Sys.Ack RO-I Module Input State: Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs.
Sys.Ack Comm-I Module Input State: Acknowledge Communication via Digital Input.
The replica that Communication has received from the device is to
be reset.
www.eaton.com 763
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Sys.PS1-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should
activate this Parameter Setting Group.
Sys.PS2-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should
activate this Parameter Setting Group.
Sys.PS3-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should
activate this Parameter Setting Group.
Sys.PS4-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should
activate this Parameter Setting Group.
Sys.Maint Mode-I Module Input State: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Switch
Special Assignment List for All Digital Input Signals and All Logic Outputs
Name Description
-.- No assignment
DI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital Input
DI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital Input
Logic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
764 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 765
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
766 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 767
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
768 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 769
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
770 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 771
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
Logic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
Logic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
772 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Notes:
www.eaton.com 773
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Notes:
774 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Notes:
www.eaton.com 775
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Eaton Corporation
Electrical Group
1000 Cherrington Parkway
Moon Township, PA 15108
United States
877-ETN-CARE (877-386-2273)
Eaton.com
© 2010 Eaton Corporation PowerChain Management is a registered
All Rights Reserved trademark of Eaton Corporation.
Printed in USA All other trademarks are property of their
Publication No. IM02602007E/66A2416 respective owners.
776 www.eaton.com